5351a PDF

Operation & Service Manual
1 Technical Specification
2 Propeller & Shaft

• Propeller and Shafting • Hub Design
• Oil Pressure Coupling type OMC
• Oil Pipe • OD Box
• Lub. and Hydraulic Oil • Oil Circulation
• Appendix
CPP SYSTEM 3 Accessories

• Sterntube Seals
• Sterntube & Sterntube Bearing
Operation & Service Manual • Cooper Bearing • Bulkhead Seal
• Bulkhead Seals Adaptor Ring
• Shaft Earthing Device • Shaft Alternator
• Shaft Alternator Flexi. Coupling
Order No. : 5351
• Geartooth Flexi. Coupling
Equipment : BCP 760 HDX-400 • Net Cutter
4
Yard : ABG Shipyard Limited
Hydraulic System
New Bldg. No. : Y-259 • Pitch Control Unit
• Pressure Oil System
• Oil Recommendations
• Emergency Blocking
• Appendix
5 Remote Control System

• General Descriptions
• Operating Instructions
• Appendix
6 Supervising System
• Propeller System Alarms
After Sales Support & Spares
EUROPE
Tel • +46 31 969 462
7 Spare Parts
Fax • +46 31 976 539
ASIA
Tel • +65 6377 5251
Fax • +65 6272 0016
8 Special Tools
EUROPE Office:
BERG PROPULSON EUROPE AB
Kläva Hamnväg 12, 43091 Hönö Gothenburg, Sweden
Tel: +46 31 976 500 Fax: +46 31 976 539
E-mail: info@bergpropulsion.com
ASIA Office:
BERG PROPULSION INTERNATIONAL PTE LTD This version of the service book is published using
3 HarboourFront Place, #07-01 HarbourFront Tower 2,
the latest information available. This book will not
Singapore 099254
be subject to continual updates. This book issued
Tel: +65 6377 5251 Fax: +65 6272 0016
E-mail: info@bergpropulsion.com for the use by purchaser of the equipment and shall
not be further distributed without the permission of
www.bergpropulsion.com BERG PROPULSION.

OPERATION AND SERVICE MANUAL
1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
PROPELLER AND HUB
Type BCP 760
Qty 2
Diameter 3000 mm
Material Cu Ni Al Bronze
No. of Blades 4
Rotation Outwards
Classification DNV
Ice Class -
Rated Power 2500 KW
Max Shaft Speed 184 RPM
TAIL SHAFT + INTERMEDIATE SHAFTS
Length 10075/12860 mm
Diameter 270/260/240-140mm
Hollow Bore DIA. 72mm
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Pump Type DENISON PV20E PTO PV29
Motor type VEM 3 ph 4 pole
Calculated Pressure 35 BAR
Working Pressure 45 BAR
1-Tech Spec Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 2

REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
Type ERC3000
Control Panels
Bridge 2
Engine Room 1
Supply Voltage 24VDC
Power Consumption Max. 120 Watts
1-Tech Spec Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 2 of 2

BCP & HDX Description
2 BCP AND HDX DESCRIPTION
CONTENTS:
2.1 PROPELLER AND SHAFTING ..........................................................................3

2.1.1 TYPE OF DELIVERY ........................................................................................... 3
2.1.2 INSTALLATION OF BLADE .................................................................................. 3
2.1.3 INSTALLATION OF PROPELLER SHAFT ................................................................. 5
2.1.4 OIL FILLING OF HUB......................................................................................... 5
2.1.5 LOCKING OF SCREWS AND PLUGS BEFORE LAUNCHING ........................................ 6
2.1.6 CHECK OF CORRECT MOUNTING OF BLADE ......................................................... 6
2.2 HUB DESIGN.................................................................................................. 7
2.3 OIL PRESURE COUPLING TYPE OMC ..............................................................9

2.3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................... 9
2.3.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY ............................................................................................ 9
2.3.3 MOUNTING INSTRUCTION ................................................................................ 10
2.3.4 DISMOUNTING INSTRUCTION ........................................................................... 11
2.4 OIL PIPES ................................................................................................... 12

2.4.1 PIPE IN SHAFT................................................................................................ 12
2.4.2 INSTALLING OD-BOX MALE COUPLING INTO PIPE ASSEMBLY ................................ 12
2.4.3 INSTALLING THE GEAR SHAFT PIPES ................................................................. 13
2.4.4 EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS .......................................... 14
2.5 OD BOX ....................................................................................................... 15

2.5.1 DESCRIPTION................................................................................................. 15
2.5.2 DESIGN OF THE OD-BOX ................................................................................. 16
2.5.3 PIPE CONECTIONS .......................................................................................... 20
2.5.4 INSTALLATION BY THE YARD ............................................................................ 21
2.5.5 INSTALLATION BY THE BERG REPRESENTATIVE .................................................. 22
Propeller BCP (Ngj 2005-07-21) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 27

2.6 LUBRICATION AND HYDRAULIC OIL............................................................ 23

2.6.1 RECOMMENDED OIL TYPES............................................................................... 23
2.6.2 OIL FILLING FROM MAIN TANK, LUBRICATION AND HYDRAULIC OIL ...................... 24
2.6.3 OIL DRAINAGE OF HUB .................................................................................... 25
2.6.4 LOCKING OF PLUG .......................................................................................... 25
2.7 OIL CIRCULATION ....................................................................................... 26
2.8 APPENDIX ................................................................................................... 27

2.8.1 DRAWINGS & PART LISTS ................................................................................ 27

2.1 PROPELLER AND SHAFTING
2.1.1 TYPE OF DELIVERY
The propeller hub is delivered assembled and mounted on the tail shaft, the piston rod, piston
rod head, blocks and blade roots are in position. If it is possible, due to transport reasons the
blades are mounted on the propeller hub. If not the blades are mounted on the hub before
installation, see below.
2.1.2 INSTALLATION OF BLADE
Refer to the exploded view overleaf.
• The blades can be mounted before that the propeller shaft is installed.
• If the shaft is installed in the ship before mounting of the blades. The blades are then
fitted in turn in the upright position. The same procedure is carried out for each propeller
blade.
NOTE: After the final tightening of the blade screws, the hub shall be tested to ensure that
there is no leakage at blade screws, blade seals and oil plugs. For example with air of low
pressure.


2.1.3 INSTALLATION OF PROPELLER SHAFT
Proceed as follows:
1. Thoroughly clean the tailshaft and sterntube, carry out a complete inspection for damage
that might have occurred during transportation.
2. Lubricate and protect all parts using thick oil in preparation for installation.
Note: Care must be taken not to damage the surfaces during lifting operations.
3. Mount the outer sterntube seal on the shaft in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
4. Insert the tailshaft into the sterntube.
5. Fit a check unit on the propeller shaft to prevent it from sliding aft.
6. Check the number markings on the blade and hub and the blade and screws. Fit the
correct blade and torque tighten the screws. If it is not possible to torque tighten all bolts
using a torque multiplier, then a rotation measurement can be taken on the first bolt as
follows:
Screw the first bolt in hand tight using the spanner supplied with the propeller. Note the
angle. Continue tighten using a suitable torque multiplier and measure the final angle of
rotation when the correct torque is achieved.
7. When all blades are fitted check for freedom of movement by turning two blades at the
same time.
8. Fit the shaft coupling in accordance with the shaft coupling instructions, see chapter” Oil
pressure coupling type OMC”.
9. Fit the inner sterntube seal in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
10. Fit and secure the protective casing on the outer sterntube seal.
11. In addition it is advisable to make a check measurement, for example from the front end
of the sterntube to the front end of the shaft, to ensure that no movement has taken
place during launching.
2.1.4 OIL FILLING OF HUB
See separate chapter regarding procedures of filling hydraulic and lubrication oil. The oil can
be filled when the coupling, intermediate shaft (if fitted), gear and OD-box are mounted.

2.1.5 LOCKING OF SCREWS AND PLUGS BEFORE LAUNCHING
Check that all blade screws, shaft flange screws and plugs are locked. Weld the locking pins
onto the bolt heads or plugs using stainless steel electrodes (Berg supplied).
Be sure that the material used is of the stainless steel type.
2.1.6 CHECK OF CORRECT MOUNTING OF BLADE
Find out and be sure of the direction of the propeller shaft. Which edge is the leading edge of
the blade is taken as understood and not described below.
When the propeller is rotated the leading edge goes first. If the blade is correctly mounted,
the pitch through the water during one revolution by the root section of the blade is similar in
length to that for the tip section. See figure below:
If the blade is incorrectly mounted, the pitch through the water during one revolution by the
root section of the blade is very much less than that for the tip section. See figure below:

2.2 HUB DESIGN
The design shown below is general, the delivered equipment can differ in some details.


2.3 OIL PRESURE COUPLING TYPE OMC
2.3.1 INTRODUCTION
The Berg OMC Coupling is a hydraulic mounted Flange Coupling with tapered inside diameter
which is mounted on the tapered shaft end.
When mounting the Berg OMC Coupling, the coupling is slid onto the tapered shaft. Ordinary
mineral oil is then injected between the coupling and shaft. A built-in hydraulic jack drives the
coupling up the taper on the shaft. When the coupling has reached its final position an
interference fit is created.
At the shop test the coupling is mounted on the actual shaft. When the correct drive up is
reached a line is marked 20 mm from aft end of the coupling. For information a calculated
drive up length is stamped on the aft end of coupling.
2.3.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
• Berg OMC Coupling
• Two injectors
• One hydraulic pump
• One spanner for shaft nut

2.3.3 MOUNTING INSTRUCTION
1. Thoroughly clean the seating of the shaft and flange coupling and the surface of the
coupling that will be in contact with the shaft nut. Lubricate the seatings with mounting
oil. Position the flange coupling on the shaft.
2. Coat the outer sealing surface on the shaft nut with mineral oil. Take care not to damage
the sealing-rings. Screw the shaft nut up close to the surface of the shaft, using the
special spanner provided.
3. Accurately measure the diameter at point B, see shaft assembly drawing, using a
micrometer. Check that the tapered surfaces are in contact. Then measure the distance
between the end of shaft and forward surface of the flange.
4. Connect the hydraulic pump to the shaft nut and pump oil until air free oil escapes
through the vent hole. Stop pumping and close the hole.
5. Connect the injectors and start injecting oil until oil emerges all around the periphery at
the aft end of the coupling. After injecting oil with both injectors for a couple of minutes,
start the hydraulic pump, thus driving up the coupling on the shaft. The injection of oil
between the coupling and shaft should be continued during the entire drive-up process in
order to maintain the oil film. Drive-up is completed when the aft end of coupling is 20
mm from the marking line on the shaft. At this position the diameter of the coupling in
point “B” has increased by the dimension stated on the assembly drawing. The drive up
length stated on the drawing is the calculated drive up length.
NOTE: If the injector pressure is lost during the operation, then the drive up must be
stopped until pressure is regained.
6. Open the pressure reduction valve on the injectors to release the oil between the coupling
and the shaft. This takes about 5 minutes. The pressure in the hydraulic hand pump must
remain unchanged for about 20 minutes to prevent slide back and possible damage to the
coupling.
7. Disconnect the injector and the pump, but let the oil remain in the hydraulic unit. Seal
the oil ducts with the appropriate plugs.

2.3.4 DISMOUNTING INSTRUCTION
1. Connect the same equipment as was used during the mounting. Set the oil pressure in
the hydraulic hand pump to about 15 N/mm². Do not forget to release air through the
ventilation hole.
2. Inject oil with both injectors, until oil is pressed out between the coupling and shaft.
Continue the pumping for some minutes.
3. Open the return valve on the hydraulic hand pump to allow the flange coupling to slide off
the shaft. Continue the oil injection during the whole operation. Should the coupling fail
to move, increase the pressure on the hydraulic pump or change the injector oil to a
thicker type.
WARNING: Take extreme care not to damage the tapered surfaces during the removal
operation

2.4 OIL PIPES
2.4.1 PIPE IN SHAFT
The pipe assembly in the shaft has 4 channels. Channel “A” is in the center pipe. Channel “B”
is 3 of the peripheral pipes. The 4:th peripheral pipe is the lubrication oil return. The outside
of the pipe assembly and inside of the propeller shaft is the inlet lubrication flow and reverse
flow line for the lubrication oil displaced during pitch setting.
This pipe assembly is delivered ready fitted in the propeller shaft.
If the pipe in the shaft is disconnected, the square in the piping must be engaged with the
square in the piston rod.
2.4.2 INSTALLING OD-BOX MALE COUPLING INTO PIPE ASSEMBLY
After contact is made between the threads of the female end of the pipe assembly and the
OD-box male end, the male end must be tightened according to the values defined in the
sketch. The same procedure is to be done when connecting two pipe assemblies.

2.4.3 INSTALLING THE GEAR SHAFT PIPES
The pipes are mounted in the gear shaft one after another, beginning with the pipe closest to
the propeller shaft. The mounting is to be performed in accordance to section above. In
order to simplify future disassembly, each coupling should be mounted with Loctite 243
(medium strength) or equivalent, except the pipe closest to the propeller shaft pipe.
The number of extension pipes varies depending on the ship and gearbox design. Note that
all design require extension pipes.
The OD-box inner pipe should be fitted into the OD-box gear pipe before mounting the OD-
box aft pipe on the gear pipe. The thread is to be locked with Loctite 243 (medium strength)
or equivalent.

2.4.4 EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS
See 2.4.2 for assembly procedure.

2.5 OD BOX
2.5.1 DESCRIPTION
The hydraulic pitch control unit type HDX is intended for use on ships equipped with a
reduction gearbox. The pitch control unit consists of two main parts, the oil distributor and the
cylinder.
The oil distributor is mounted on the forward end of the reduction gear box and connected to
the gearbox secondary shaft, the cylinder is an integral part of the propeller hub. The oil
distributor is required to deliver pressure oil and receive return oil, respectively to and from
the hub cylinder.
The gear piping for the oil distributor is prefabricated ready for mounting in the gear, after the
gearbox has been mounted in the vessel.
The item consists of a distributor and a feedback housing. Oil is passed to the cylinder unit in
the hub in required direction via intermediate pipes mounted in the hollow bored gearbox and
propeller shafts. The intermediate pipe is attached to the propeller hub piston rod which in
turn transmits longitudinal movement back to the oil distributor. The movement of the
intermediate/feedback pipe is transferred to rotational movement of the feedback output
shaft. Attached to the feedback output shaft are the potentiometers and micro-switches
required by the control system.
NOTE: Easy access must be provided to the oil distributor to allow for insitu. servicing of the
unit.

2.5.2 DESIGN OF THE OD-BOX
The design shown below is general; the delivered equipment can differ in some details.




2.5.3 PIPE CONECTIONS
The installation of the OD-box is straight forward. The hydraulic connection is done with hoses
directly connected to the piping according to the hydraulic diagram. Hose length and
diameters can be found in the table below.
Pitch scales are on both sides of the box (except early deliveries of HDX500) and the pointer
can be placed on suitable side. The 3 box parts can be rotated individually at mounting to get
the best connection of hoses and visibility of the pitch scale.
O.D. Box Hub Size Hose Length Pipe A,B Pipe D Pipe L
BCP 550
BCP 620
HDX 400 1m 30S 18L 28L
BCP 690
BCP 760
BCP 850
BCP 950
HDX 500 1.5 m 38S 28L 35L
BCP 1040
BCP 1140

2.5.4 INSTALLATION BY THE YARD
The following instruction gives the yard information how to mount the outer parts of the OD-
box. The benefit of doing this is that no visit by Berg Propulsion representative is required,
and when the installation of the housing is finished the yard can prepare all pipe and hose
connections without to be dependent of someone else’s schedule.
The installation of the housing is very simple and includes only four parts.
The pitch scale and mechanical indicator must face in a direction that is visual from the
electric control valve. This is not necessary when the vessel is equipped with an extra
electronic indicator mounted by the electric control valve.
The OD-box is delivered with the parts 1, 2, 3 and 4 mounted together. The OD-box need not
to be mounted with any special torque, so just tighten the bolts by hand.

2.5.5 INSTALLATION BY THE BERG REPRESENTATIVE
1. Dismount the feed back casing from the oil distributor house and connection Test the
radial alignment of the OD shaft. Max run out at the sealing areas, white metal and radial
seal, are 0.1mm. Test different rotated positions of the OD shaft and make the final
assembly with the best position. Some adjustment of the run out can be to move the OD
shaft within its clearance. Finally, tight the locking screw, check and note the run out.
Send a copy of this to Berg Propulsion AB or file in the service manual.
Run out at radial seal ……………………… date……………………… Sign……………
Run out at white metal seal ……………… date……………………… Sign……………
2. Mount the connection flange to the gearbox.
3. Mount the feed back house and oil distributor house to the connection flange. Ensure the
feed back arm and block is located correctly in the radial slot on the forward seal
assembly.
4. Connect the pipes and fill the system with oil, use the back-up control to exercise the
system.

2.6 LUBRICATION AND HYDRAULIC OIL
2.6.1 RECOMMENDED OIL TYPES
IMPORTANT : Due to the hub lubrication system flow requirements only RECOMMENDED
type oil shall be used.
The following list is sample of Marine Hydraulic oils suitable for the hydraulic and lubrication
system:
Manufacturer Type
Shell Tellus Tx Oil 32 or 46
ESSO Univis N 32 or N46
Texaco Rando HDZ 32 or 46
BP HLP alt. SHF46
Castrol Hyspin AWH-M 32 or 46
Total/Elf Visga 32 or 46
FINA HYDRAN HVI 32 or 46
Mobil DTE 13M 32, 15M 46
Other marine hydraulic oil types that meet the specification for High VI optimized low
temperature fluidity, with a viscosity index of 140 or greater may be used.

2.6.2 OIL FILLING FROM MAIN TANK, LUBRICATION AND HYDRAULIC OIL
Lubrication and hydraulic oil can be filled by starting the hydraulic unit and opening the valve
(26) at the connection LF. Now the entire lubrication system (OD-box, shaft, piping in shaft
and the hub) will be filled with oil at 3 litres per minute.
An air pocket will remain in the hub equal to about half the hub volume.
The hub cylinder will be filled when the propeller pitch is maneuvered. In the same way, only
half of the volume will be filled when the propeller is not rotating.
When the propeller rotates, the air will be evacuated in these air pockets and the
corresponding mount of oil volume will then be missing in the hydraulic tank.
After oil filling, don’t forget to shut the valve (26).

2.6.3 OIL DRAINAGE OF HUB
The lubrication oil in the hub can be drained using the plugs described below.
2.6.4 LOCKING OF PLUG
The valve screw should only be lightly tightened; final sealing is achieved using the plug and
the washer. After fitting, the sealing plug is locked using a stainless steel rod, spot welded at
each end. When welding, care should be taken not to damage the rubber seal.
NOTE: Be sure that the plug, rod and the sealing washer are of stainless steel type.

2.7 OIL CIRCULATION
The oil lubricating and pitch setting system is completely separated from the propeller shaft
lining oil and the gear oil. The oil lubricating and pitch setting system for the propeller hub are
using the same oil. Electronically logging of the moisture content makes it possible to foresee
the need and plan the overhaul of the hub.
In addition to the 2 channels for pitch setting, there are 2 channels for circulating the
lubricating oil in the hub. The intended circulation flow is about 1 l/min. The flow force is the
height difference between the header tank and the main tank in the hydraulic unit. A small
drilling in the gear pipe at the OD box restricts the flow. The level in the header tank is
achieved by a small flow of about 3 l/min lead from the main system.
This flow goes through a filter for off line cleaning of the system. This filter cartridge can be
changed to a cartridge which can absorb water. By using water absorbing cartridge, the
service time can be prolonged until a suitable planed time for overhaul of the propeller hub, if
water penetrates the blade seals.

2.8 APPENDIX
2.8.1 DRAWINGS & PART LISTS
Shafting Arrangement P1-25209 revI
Propeller Hub Assembly P1-25000
Propeller Shaft Assembly P3-25662 revA
Intermediate Shaft Assembly (Aft) P3-25758 revA
Intermediate Shaft Assembly (Mid) P3-25760 revA
Intermediate Shaft Assembly (Fwd) P3-25762 revA
Lubrication of Sterntube & Hub P2-24974 revA

2.8.1 Drawings & Part Lists
Dev. Plant Deviation comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Revis. Revision comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Surface texture ISO/R 1302 Ra µm
When not otherwise stated :
Angle dimension tolerance shall comply with SS-ISO 2768-1 middle column.
Linear dimension tolerance shall comply with SS-ISO 2768-1 middle column. (See the table below)
Basic size Tolerances Basic size Tolerances

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
TO BE WELDED IN ONE SIDE TO BE LOCKED IN BLADE ROOT 1500-1600 Nm (6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
WITH LOCTITE 242 OR EQUIVALENT 1500-1600 Nm (30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
14 13 25 (400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
8 50 6 41 6 41
23
33 34 31
1500-1600 Nm
29 7 41
B
9 40 1 42 15
D (1 : 1.5)
A 5
21 22 51 32
B-B (1 : 5.5)
46
30
85 AHEAD
61 ASTERN
51 6 WELD LOCKING dia. 6x24 STAINL. ST. LS1514
91 50 8 WELD LOCKING dia. 8x180 STAINL. ST. LS1518
D 118 46 1 O-RING 419,3x5,7 SMS1586/1587 TO2820

45 1 O-RING 479,3x5,7 SMS1586/1587 TO2845
44 1 O-RING 94,5x3 SMS1586/1587 TO2294
43 1 O-RING 29,2x3 SMS1586/1587 TO2228
42 1 O-RING 665x5,7 SMS1587 TO2920
41 40 O-RING 66x2 SMS1587 TO2066
40 4 BLADE SEAL CR OR 415.0x11.0-N70 TO4500
E
34 1 SEAL SUPPORT CR STR 140x160x3-A DX4500
33 1 SEAL CR SI 140x160x13 TX4500
32 1 PISTON SEAL CR GH 470x445.5x8.1-AE1 TX4700
31 1 GUIDE RING CR RGR 140x146x40-PEP LX4500
30 1 GUIDE RING CR RGR 100x106x40-PEP TX3025
29 4 BUSH LMB4550 LB3600
27 1 LOCKING WASHER NL36 ss STAINL. ST. BL3036

26 20 LOCKING WASHER NL20 ss STAINL. ST. BL3020
25 4 SCREW MF6S 8x30 SM3860
24 20 SCREW MC6S MC6S 20x90-A4-80 STAINL. ST. SM7146
23 4 RETAINING RING SS1582-40x1,75 LR3040
22 6 WASHER TREDO 3/8" SS STAINL. ST. BP1000
21 6 PLUG 3/8" DIN 908 STAINL. ST. SR4031
20 1 PLUG 1/4" DIN 906 SR4025
third party no be used for any unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted in accordance with Swedish law.
4 ±1,5 CLEARANCE
This document must not be copied without our written permission, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a
15 4 WIRE WINDER P3-25010 SEE ORDER

20 14 1 PIN P3-23482 CP23482
13 2 SLIDING BAR P3-23480 LB23480
12 1 PIPE ASSEMBLY P3-25004 AR25004
11 2 NUT P3-23475 MA23475
10 1 PISTON ROD HEAD P1-25009 RT25009
9 4 BLADE ROOT SEE ORDER
8 4 TORQUE PIN P3-23471 CP23471
7 4 TORQUE SCREW P3-25003 CP25003
6 36 SCREW P3-23468 SN23468
5 4 GUIDE BLOCK P3-23467 BT23467
4 1 PISTON ROD P1-25002 DS25002
3 1 PISTON P2-23465 CK23465
2 1 HUB CYLINDER P2-23463 CK23463
1 1 HUB BODY P1-25001 PN25001
11 21 22 51 Item No. No.off Description Reference Material Part No.
Drawn Checked Approved Previous dwg. Tot.weight
12 27 43 11 2 44 3 4 24 26 45 10 E
Ngj Tgc P1-23460 1475
B 129 Nm Sheet of Date
129 Nm 35 Litre 55 Litre (MC6S M12 90 Nm)
(MC6S M12 90 Nm) 364 Nm PROPELLER HUB ASSEMBLY 1 1 2005-09-30
315 Part No. Skala
TO BE TIGHTENED 45° OR 41 Nm E (1 : 1.3) BCP 760 PN25000 1:2.5 A1

635 A-A 435 Revis.
P1- 25000
Dev. Order Deviation comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Revis. Revision comprises Date Sign. Check. Appr.
Surface texture ISO/R 1302 Ra µm
A EFFECT AND RPM UPDATED WAS 2354 kW, 175 RPM 07-01-12 BW When not otherwise stated :

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
10075 (30)- 120
(120)- 400
±0,3
±0,5
(8000)-12000
(12000)-16000
±4
±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
PROPELLER SHAFT LENGTH 10060
L
5 6 3
* MARKING LINE ON SHAFT 20
POSITION OF FLANGE
91 220 BEFORE DRIVE UP
∆L IS STAMPED HERE
B
118 10
8
7
4
9
GEAR PIPE
third party nor be used for any unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted in accordance with Swedish law.
111
1 2
126
PIPE DESIGN LENGTH 9858
10 1 O-RING Ø339,3x5,7 SMS 1586/87 TO2772

9 1 O-RING 189,3x5,7 SMS 1586/87 TO2700
8 1 SEAL CR SI Ø300x279x8,1 TX3604
7 1 PLUG 1/4" BSTP STEEL SR4025
6 1 PLUG 1/4" DIN 908 STEEL SR4010
* THE CORRECT DRIVE UP LENGTH IS REACHED 5 2 PLUG 1/2" BSTP STEEL SR4045
WHEN THE AFT END OF THE COUPLING IS 4 1 SHAFT NUT P3-22328 MA22328
20 mm FROM MARKING LINE. 3 1 FLANGE COUPLING AK21650
2 1 PIPE IN SHAFT P2-25664 AR25664
1 1 PROPELLER SHAFT P4-25663 AP25663
DRIVE UP LENGTH L = 8,6 mm Description
FOR COMPLETE DRIVE UP, THE INCREASE
ItemNo No.off Reference Material Part No.
OF DIAMETER ∆ IN POINT B = 0,14 mm

Drawn Checked Approved E Previous dwg. Tot.weight
MA _ 3989
Sheet of Date
P = 2500 kW A PROPELLER SHAFT ASSY 1 1 2006-05-17

RPM = 184 RPM Part No. Scale
CLASSIFICATION = DNV, No Ice BCP 760 AP25662 1:6 A3

Revis.
P3- 25662 A
A FLANGE BOLT HOLES WAS REAMED Ø24 H7 07-01-09 BW

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
(30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
25
1 2 0,05 B-C
B C 0,05 B-C
+0,072
0 210 H8
375
A
0,5 x 45°
4
4
A (2 : 1)
45
260
4310 6,3
2 1 FLANGE COUPLING P3-25813 AK25813

1 1 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT AFT P3-25759 AM25759
ItemNo No.off Description Reference Material Part No.
PD 601
Sheet of Date
INTERMEDIATE SHAFT ASSY 1 1 2006-09-07

Part No. Scale
AFT AM25758 1:3 A3

Revis.
P3- 25758 A

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
(30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
25
0,05 C-D 0,05 C-D
2 1 2
0,05 C-D 0,05 C-D
C D
2
375
- 0,015
- 0,044
+0,072
0
210 g6
210 H8
375
A B
0,5 x 45°
3
3 4 4
0,5 x 45°
45 45
B (2 : 1)
A (2 : 1) 260 260
4275 6,3

1 1 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT MIDDLE P3-25761 AM25761
PD 678
Sheet of Date

Part No. Scale
MIDDLE AM25760 1:3 A3

Revis.
P3- 25760 A

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
(30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
25
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
0,05 B-C
2 1
0,05 B-C
B C
- 0,015
- 0,044
375
210 g6
A
0,5 x 45°
3
3
45
260
A (2 : 1)
4275
6,3

1 1 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT P3-25763 AM25763
PD 598
Sheet of Date

Part No. Scale
FRWD AM25762 1:3 A3

Revis.
P3- 25762 A
3 ACCESSORIES
3.1 STERNTUBE SEALS

IHC Supreme Seal – Installation & Maintenance Instructions Manual
– Type STA 300 -270 (Aft) & Type STF 280 -260 (Fwd)
3.2 STERNTUBE & STERNTUBE BEARINGS

Cedervall – Instruction Manual
3.3 COOPER BEARING

Centa
3.4 BULKHEAD SEAL

Wärtsila
3.5 BULKHEAD SEAL ADAPTOR RING

Wärtsila
3.6 SHAFT EARTHING DEVICE

BAC
3.7 SHAFT ALTERNATOR

Leroy Somer
3.8 SHAFT ALTERNATOR FLEXIBLE COUPLING

Centa
3.9 GEARTOOTH FLEXIBLE COUPLING

Centa
3.10 NET CUTTER
3-Accessories Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 1

3.1 STERNTUBE SEALS
IHC Supreme
SUPREME ®
Manual
IHC Lagersmit is a business unit of the IHC Holland group of

companies and has unrivalled experience in developing rotating
seals. They are the makers of the SUBLIME®, SUPREME® and
LIQUIDYNE® shaft seals.
IHC Lagersmit
P.O. box 5 2960 AA Kinderdijk
Tel.: 078 - 691 04 72
Fax: 078 - 691 04 77
E-mail: info@lagersmit.ihcholland.com
Website: www.ihclagersmit.com
IHC Lagersmit is a business unit of IHC Holland.

IHC LAGERSMIT Installation and maintenance instructions SUPREME® stern tube seals
CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE
DATA SHEET 2
1. INTRODUCTION 3
2. GENERAL 4
3. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SUPREME STERN TUBE SEAL 7
4. PUTTING INTO OPERATION 14
5. MAINTENANCE / REPAIRS 16
6. OPTIONAL EXTRA’S 19
ENCLOSURES
; WEAR DOWN PROTOCOL
; SPARE PARTS / SERVICE
TYPE APPROVAL CLASS. (copy)
ASSEMBLY DRAWING AFT SEAL
ASSEMBLY DRAWING FORWARD SEAL
DRAWING CIRCULATION OILTANK
DRAWING 20 L. OIL TANK
DRAWING LUBRICATION SCHEME
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
06/04 1
DATA SHEET SUPREME®
SUPREME® aft seal SUPREME® forward seal
Size
Type
Serial no
Drawing no
IHC Lagersmit order no
06/04 2
1. INTRODUCTION
This manual is for the professional assembly, maintenance and dismantling of the SUPREME® ∗
stern tube seal and is intended for those persons who have to carry out above mentioned tasks.
The products of IHC Holland NV Lagersmit∗∗ have been designed and manufactured to reflect the
technological state of the art. Nevertheless, it cannot be ruled out that danger may arise to:
• Life and limp;
• the product and/or overall plant;
• other aspects.
Make sure the safety instructions given in this manual are carefully observed.
Where needed, the instructions in this manual are supplied with symbols for specified dangers:
: danger to life and limb
: danger to the product and/or the overall plant
: danger to other aspects
In particular, hazards may occur:

• if insufficiently trained personnel manipulates the product;
• if the product is inexpertly installed, operated and serviced;
• if the product is used for other than the intended purposes.
Beside the danger symbols above the next symbol is used in this manual:
: attention to notes
All persons responsible for the operation of the product must:

o be familiar with the contents of this manual;
o have adequate technical qualifications and are authorized to perform the relevant activity.
No modifications to the product are permitted unless the prior approval of IHC Lagersmit is obtained.
The content of this specification is the property of IHC Lagersmit and may not be brought to the
knowledge of third parties either in the original form or by reproduction. Although the information in
this manual has been checked and reproduced as carefully as possible no responsibility can be
accepted for faults and/or incompleteness. IHC Lagersmit reserves the right to alter the information
given in this manual without prior warning.
∗
SUPREME is a registrated trademark
∗∗
IHC Holland NV Lagersmit, abbreviated IHC Lagersmit, is a business unit of IHC Holland NV.
06/04 3
2. GENERAL
2.1 Product description*
The SUPREME stern tube seal system consists of a SUPREME aft seal, an aft bearing
bush, a forward bearing bush and a SUPREME forward seal. The SUPREME stern tube
seals are used for sealing the stern tube at the points where the shaft penetrates. The oil
level in the stern tube tank should be 3 to 4 meters above the loaded water-line (LWL).
Figure 2.1 shows an example of a complete stern tube system.
Figure 2.1: Example of a complete stern tube system
2.1.1 The SUPREME aft seal

The aft seal exists of three rubber lip seals which are clamped in the house parts. The lip
seals are sealing at a corrosion proof liner. The purpose of the aft seal is to prevent (sea)
water ingress and oil outlet from the stern tube.
The lip seals can be replaced without removing the propeller or withdrawing the propeller
shaft.
* A typical model is described. Consult the appropriate assembly drawing for detailed information.
06/04 4
Figure 2.2: SUPREME aft seal (standard design)
The SUPREME aft seal is also available in a fully split execution, called the SUPREME 2/2.
This seal affords the possibility to replace the lip seals and the liner without removing the
propeller or withdrawing the propeller shaft. The principal of sealing, materials, etc. is equal
to that of the standard SUPREME aft seal.
This manual describes instructions belonging to the standard SUPREME seals.

Additional instructions regarding SUPREME 2/2 aft seals will be stated
separately.
In order to protect the liner against corrosion IHC Lagersmit recommends a

grounded propeller shaft.
2.1.2 Bearing bushes

The bearing bushes of IHC Lagersmit are made of cast iron lined with a white metal bearing
surface. The bearing bushes shown in figure 2.3 must be lubricated with lubrication oil only.
Figure 2.3: Oil lubricated bearing bushes
06/04 5
2.1.3 The SUPREME forward seal

The forward seal exists of two lip seals which are clamped in the house parts. The lip seals
are sealing at a cast iron liner which is provided with a ceramic surface. This liner is
connected to the shaft with the aid of a splitted clamping ring. The purpose of the seal is to
prevent oil outlet from the stern tube. The lip seals are lubricated with oil from a circulation
tank. The rotation of the propeller shaft together with the presence of a scraper in the seal
forces the oil to circulate.
Figure 2.4: SUPREME forward seal (standard design)
2.2 Handling and storing of the product

If the product is stored for a longer period, the product has to be stored in a clean and dry
place.
The seal must be protected against any kind of damage. IHC Lagersmit recommends storing
the product in the original packaging.
06/04 6
3. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SUPREME STERN TUBE SEAL*
The following precautions must be taken before commencing the installation of the SUPREME stern
tube seals.
Precautions:
1. Check the shaft and stern tube for damage and/or dirt;
The shaft and stern tube should be free of imperfections such as dirt and/or damage/burs.
2. Check the goods for transport damage and/or incompleteness;

If any transport damage is noted and/or anything is missing contact IHC Lagersmit.
3. Check the connection sizes;

If the connection sizes do not agree with those in the drawing the stern tube seal cannot be
fitted. In that case consult IHC Lagersmit.
4. Check the pipes and oil tank(s) for internal dirt, damages and leakages
The pipes and tank(s) should be free of imperfections such as dirt, damages and leakages.
3.1 Installing the stern tube aft seal

The SUPREME aft seal is delivered completely assembled, including brackets. In order to
prevent damage to the liner as well as the lip seals, the complete seal must slid onto the
propeller shaft as a unit, including the brackets.
The shaft may not be driven when work is carried out on the seal.
The brackets are not suitable for lifting purposes.
Install:
1. Take the precautions mentioned;
2. Oil the shaft;
3. Fit the complete stern tube seal according the assembly drawing;
Mind the correct position of the gaskets and the bleed plug.
With respect to the alignment don’t secure the bolts of the flange ring yet.
Remove the brackets!

If the brackets are not removed the installation will cause
damage when the seal is put into operation.
The brackets do not determine the built-in length.
4. Couple the propeller shaft and fit the propeller
* Instructions regarding bearing bushes will not be dealt with in this manual.
06/04 7
5. Check the alignment of the seal according figure 3.1;
Fig. 3.1: Checking the alignment
Measurements must be taken in horizontal and vertical direction. The maximum

allowed difference in measurement A – B depends of the size on the SUPREME
seal, according table 3.1.
Maximum allowed difference measurements

SUPREME size
A1 – B1 and A2 – B2
155 t/m 300 0,35 mm
330 t/m 500 0,40 mm
530 t/m 710 0,45 mm
750 t/m 900 0,50 mm
Table 3.1
6. Check the built-in length according figure 3.2;
Fig. 3.2: Checking the built-in length
The built-in length depends on the size of the SUPREME stern tube seal and is
shown at the assembly drawing.
06/04 8
7. Check the run-out of the liner according figure 3.3
Fig. 3.3: Checking the run-out
The maximum allowed shaft movement depends on the size of the SUPREME seal.
The next table shows the maximum allowed clock gauge deflections:
SUPREME size Maximum allowed clock gauge deflection

155 t/m 300 0,09 mm
330 t/m 500 0,12 mm
530 t/m 900 0,15 mm
Table 3.2: Maximum allowed clock gauge deflections
8. Fasten and secure the bolts.

Table 3.3 shows the torque moments. The bolts need to be redrawed after fitting.
The bolts have to be secured with the help of securing wire according figure 3.4.
Torque moment Torque moment

Bolt
Aft seal Forward seal
M8 20 [Nm] 22 [Nm]
M10 45 [Nm] 44 [Nm]
M12 75 [Nm] 74 [Nm]
M16 120 [Nm] 165 [Nm]
M20 205 [Nm] 314 [Nm]
Table 3.3 : Torque moments
06/04 9
Additional instructions for SUPREME 2/2 aft seals:

Bolts have to be tightened uniformly and in order 1 – 2 – 3 – … as shown in figure
3.4.
Figure 3.4: * Tightening order (seen against the flange of a liner 2/2)
* Way of securing
3.2 Zero wear down measurement

The wear down of the aft bearing bush can be determinated without removing the aft seal by
carrying out a zero wear down measurement. This measurement has to be carried out
before launch. The value has to be recorded at the wear down protocol attached in this
manual. This measurement has to be carried out regularly, e.g. at dry-dockings. By
comparing the values to the zero wear down value, it can be determined whether the bearing
clearance is still acceptable.
06/04 10
Carrying out the zero wear down measurement:

The bearing wear down is to be determined with the use of the vernier callipers and the
measuring plug as shown in figure 3.5.
Figure 3.5: Zero wear down measurement
1. Put the propeller blade #1 at TOP position;
2. Remove the plug and sealing ring from the end supporting ring;
3. Screw the measuring plug into the thread hole;
4. Determine dimension A with the use of the vernier callipers;
5. Write down the measured value at the wear down protocol;
6. Remove the measuring plug and replace the sealing ring and plug.
Use a new sealing ring after each wear down measurement!
3.3 Installing the stern tube forward seal

The SUPREME forward seal is delivered completely assembled, including brackets. In order
to prevent damage to the liner as well as the lip seals, the complete seal must slid onto the
propeller shaft as a unit, including the brackets.
The shaft may not be driven when work is carried out on the seal.
The brackets are not suitable for lifting purposes.
06/04 11
Installing:
1. Take the precautions written at page 7 of this manual;
2. Oil the shaft;
3. Slid the complete stern tube seal, including the gasket, brackets and O-ring onto the
shaft;
4. Fit the seal against the stern tube;

Mind the correct position of the gasket and the bleed plug.
With respect to the alignment do not fasten the bolts of the flange ring yet.
5. Couple the propeller shaft;
6. Remove the brackets;
If the brackets are not removed the installation will cause

damage when the seal is put into operation.
The brackets do not prescribe the built-in length.
7. Adjust and mount the clamping ring onto the propeller shaft;
The adjusting size is given in table 3.4.
Adjusting Adjusting Adjusting

SUPREME SUPREME SUPREME
size [mm] size [mm] size [mm]
Size Size Size
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.
155 to 190 57 67 355 to 380 79 89 670 130 145
200 to 220 62 72 400 to 500 84 99 710 to 750 120 135
240 to 260 67 77 530 89 104 800 to 850 123 138
280 69 79 560 to 600 90 105 900 138 153
300 to 330 74 84 630 105 120 950 to 1000 148 163
Table 3.4: Adjusting sizes
06/04 12
With respect to the possibility to shove the liner aside to the stern
tube the maximum adjusting size should be realized at new-
building.
8. Fit the liner against the clamping ring;
9. Check the alignment and run-out of the liner;

See paragraph 3.1 (instructions 5 and 7)
10. Fasten the bolts;

See table 3.3 for the required torque moments
11. Fit and connect the lubrication tank according to the drawing attached in this manual
(if applicable);
At all times the seals must be protected against grinding dust and/or welding
spatter.
Wrapping of the seals for example with fibreglass cloths is recommended by
IHC Lagersmit.
06/04 13
4. PUTTING INTO OPERATION
For putting the propulsion installation into operation see the concerned manuals of the supplier(s) of
the propulsion installation. As for the stern tube seals and bearings the next actions must be taken:
1. Filling the stern tube and stern tube tank;
2. Filling the circulation tank of the forward seal;
3. Filling the additional lubrication oil tank(s). (if applicable)
Observe the safety and environmental rules when filling the tanks.
4.1 Filling the stern tube and stern tube tank

The stern tube and stern tube tank should be filled with lubrication oil* up to the maximum
level. To prevent pressure increase the stern tube must be aerated continuously.
4.2 Filling the circulation tank of the forward seal

The next actions must be taken:
1. Remove the filler plug of the circulation tank;
2. Fill the circulation tank with lubrication oil*;

The circulation tank should be filled up to the upper sight glass
3. Fit the filler plug.
4.3 Filling the additional tank(s) (if applicable)

The next actions must be taken:
1. Open the valve between the additional tank and the aft seal;
2. Remove the bleed plug of the aft seal;
3. Remove the filler plug of the additional tank;
* For oil specifications see paragraph 4.4
06/04 14
4. Fill the additional tank with lubrication oil;

The additional tank should be filled up until the oil is coming out of the bleed hole of
the aft seal. Because there is no counter pressure the water repellent seals may
loose some oil. For oil specifications see paragraph 4.4.
5. Fit the bleed plug;
6. Close the valve; (see the lubrication scheme in the enclosure)

The valve must be opened after launch.
7. Fit the filler plug.
4.4 Oil specifications

Mineral lubrication oil can be used, provided it is compatible with the next properties:
- ISO VG 68 … ISO VG 320;
- Temperature range: -20 … 120 °C.
Often lubrication oil class SAE 30 / 40 is used.
The lubrication oil may not be polluted.
When the use of specific oil, for example biological-oil, is desired, please contact the oil
supplier concerned.
The installation is ready for start-up after removing the protection cloths of the
seal.
Keep one’s distance to the shaft during start-up!
06/04 15
5. MAINTANANCE / REPAIRS
The following inspections / actions should be taken periodically:
Periodical Act
Weekly Checking the oil levels (5.1)
Half-yearly Refreshing the lub. oil in the circulation tank of the forward seal
Each docking Measuring the wear down (5.2)
Overhaul of the Removing the distance ring (if fitted) (5.3.1.1)
Points of interest at aft seal (5.3.1) Machining the liner (5.3.1.2)
overhaul Shortening and fitting the springs of the lip seals (5.3.1.3)
Overhaul of the forward seal (5.3.2)
5.1 Weekly maintenance
Checking the oil level:

At normal operation conditions seals will have little oil consumption. This consumption
depends on a large amount of factors. For instance the size, peripheral velocity,
misalignment, viscosity of the oil, temperature and conditions of the lip seals/liner have a
great influence. Weekly the oil levels in the circulation tank of the forward seal, the stern tube
tank and additional oil tanks need to be checked and filled if necessary.
5.2 Each docking
Measuring the wear down:

Before starting the work the bearing bush wear down needs to be measured. The way of
measuring is the same as the zero wear down measurement as described in paragraph 3.2.
For the maximum allowed bearing clearance contact the concerned classification society.
After the work the zero wear down measurement needs to be redone.
5.3 Points of interest at overhaul

The lip seals can be replaced without removing the propeller or withdrawing the propeller
shaft.
Gluing the lip seals in situ can only be done if the stern tube is free of
oil.
In the event of repairs IHC Lagersmit recommends to renew the lip

seals and other “soft” materials like rubber rings and gaskets.
Overhauling SUPREME seals demands specialistic skills / tools and

therefore needs to be done by a service engineer of IHC Lagersmit or
by a service engineer of a recognized by IHC Lagersmit service station
06/04 16
5.3.1 Overhaul of the aft seal

In the event of running spurs at the liner there are several options:
5.3.1.1 Removing the distance ring (if fitted)

After removing the distance ring the housing of the aft seal can be shoved aside to
the stern tube. This way new running surfaces are achieved for the lip seals.
5.3.1.2 Machining the liner

When the distance ring has been removed earlier (5.3.1.1) the running surface of
the liner can be turned and/or ground down. The finish should be pitch free. The
roughness (Ra) must be between 0.2 and 0.8 µm.
The spring of the lip seal which will run on a machined down surface should be
shortened according 5.3.1.3
Figure 5.1: Machining the liner
Table 5.1 shows the maximum diameter reduction and the shortened spring length
by 1 mm diameter reduction:
SUPREME size Pmax Shortened spring length by 1 mm

(Dnominal) (Max. diam. reduction) diameter reduction (see 5.3.1.3)
155 t/m 200 1,5 mm 20 mm
220 t/m 240 1,6 mm 25 mm
260 t/m 280 1,6 mm 30 mm
300 t/m 355 1,6 mm 35 mm
380 t/m 450 1,7 mm 40 mm
480 t/m 530 1,8 mm 45 mm
560 t/m 600 1,9 mm 50 mm
630 t/m 710 2,0 mm 55 mm
750 t/m 800 2,1 mm 60 mm
850 t/m 900 2,1 mm 65 mm
Table 5.1: Maximum diameter reduction / Shortened spring length by 1 mm diameter reduction.
Example: The running surface diameter of a liner size 420 is machined with
1.3 mm to Ø 418.7 mm. This means that the spring must be
shortened to: 1.3 * 40 = 52 mm.
06/04 17
5.3.1.3 Shortening the springs of the lip seal

The springs of the lip seals can be shortened:
1. Remove the spring;

Screw the spring ends loose by turning the conical spring end left.
2. Shorten the spring;

See table 5.1. for the right length.
NOTE: Do not cut off the conical spring end.
3. Make the spring connection;

Turn the conical spring end to the right into the other spring end.
4. Fit the spring on the lip seal.
5.3.2. Overhaul of the forward seal;

Putting the ship into dock is not always necessary for overhauling the forward seal.
Before such overhaul can take place be ensured the aft seal is watertight.
06/04 18
6. OPTIONAL EXTRAS
To extend the life of the stern tube seal the SUPREME seal can be fitted with a variety of optional
extras.
1 Rubber material 6 Springs

The lip seals can be made from heat The lip seals can be fitted with Hastelloy®
resistant and stable FPM (Viton® ) rubber in springs. These are better resistant to
situations of heavy loads. corrosion than the standard used stainless
steel springs.
2 Wire winder 7 Wear resistant surface

Fitting a stainless steel split (2/2) wire A ceramic or hard metal layer can be
winder prevents thin (fishing) lines being applied to the liner. This reduces the wear
wound onto the liner. and tear of the lip seals in the liner.
3 Net cutters 8 Static sealing

Stainless steel net cutters can be fitted on Fixed propellers can be exchanged without
the rope guard over the overlapping part on loss of lubrication oil form the stern tube, if
the propeller hub. an O-ring is present between the liner and
the propeller shaft.
4 Cathodic protection 9 Distance ring

Fitting a sacrificial anode to the liner itself The SUPREME in its standard design can
offers maximum resistance to corrosion of be fitted with a divisible distance ring. This
the liner. extends the life of the aft seal. Removal of
this ring enables the housing to be removed
in relation to the liner with the result that
5 Dirt barrier new sealing surfaces are created for new
The ingress of sand particles and other rubber lip seals. The spacer ring in fully split
foreign matter can be avoided by using a dirt execution (2/2) can also be supplied.
barrier. This rubber dirt barrier is clamped
onto the liner using 2 taut stainless steel
springs.
06/04 19
WEAR DOWN PROTOCOL
06/04 20
SPARE PARTS / SERVICE
To ensure that the correct parts are supplied the following information must be provided on the order:
1. The information on the data sheet on page 2 of this manual;
2. Description of the required parts;
3. Part number and/or code number of the required parts;
4. Quantity, desired delivery time and sending information of the required parts.
Besides the required information for ordering spare parts the following information should be
provided for ordering a service engineer:
1. Place of docking;
2. Desired starting date.
Orders for spare parts and /or service engineer should be addressed to:
IHC Holland NV Lagersmit

P.O. Box 5
2960 AA KINDERDIJK
Holland
Telephone : +31 (0) 78 69 10 472

Service telephone : +31 (0) 6 539 35 653 (24 h accessible)
Telefax : +31 (0) 78 69 10 477
E-mail : info@lagersmit.ihcholland.com
Website : www.ihclagersmit.com
06/04 21
SUPREME ®
Manual
IHC Lagersmit is a business unit of the IHC Holland group of

companies and has unrivalled experience in developing rotating
seals. They are the makers of the SUBLIME®, SUPREME® and
LIQUIDYNE® shaft seals.
IHC Lagersmit
P.O. box 5 2960 AA Kinderdijk
Tel.: 078 - 691 04 72
Fax: 078 - 691 04 77
E-mail: info@lagersmit.ihcholland.com
Website: www.ihclagersmit.com
IHC Lagersmit is a business unit of IHC Holland.

3.2 STERNTUBE &
STERNTUBE BEARINGS
Cedervall
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
STERN TUBE &

STERN TUBE BEARINGS
Page 1 of 1
Manual Cedervall Sterntube and Bearings
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION 2
2. STERNTUBE BEARINGS 3
2.1. Dismounting sterntube bearings 4
2.2. Mounting new or old bearings 5
3. STERNTUBE 6
3.1. Oil-lubricated bearings 6
3.2. Water-lubricated bearings 7
4. CHOCKFAST INSTALLATION 8
5. INSTALLATION OF TEMPERATURE SENSORS 10
CEDERVALL & SÖNER AB CEDERVALL ESPAÑA S/A Version: 1

Tel: +46 (0) 31 –92 84 00 Tel: +34 986 -34 40 48 Issue date: 2003-05-06
Fax: +46 (0) 31 –92 84 01 Fax: +34 986 –34 47 16 Filename: I:\DWG\BEARINGS\SB\Installat
ion-standard\installation-
info@cedervall.se cedesp@cedervall.com
Page 2 of 2
1. INTRODUCTION
The methods described in this manual are useful and applicable when dismounting and mounting
sterntube and bearings on vessels.
The procedure used when the sterntube is not either welded nor shock fasted to the ship structure
is slightly different.

Page 3 of 3
2. STERNTUBE BEARINGS
Sterntube arrangement consists of one, two or more bearings per shaft.
Aft bearing
Shaft diameter 240 mm
Outer bearing diameter 310 mm
Total length 588 mm
Effective length 528 mm
Weight 125 kg
Fwd bearing
Shaft diameter 230 mm
Outer bearing diameter 300 mm
Total length 290 mm
Effective length 230 mm
Weight 64 kg
Outer bearing diameter
Total lenght
Fig.1 Bearing

Page 4 of 4
2.1. Dismounting sterntube bearings
Enclosed is one “Bearings dismounting procedure” sketch with diagram.
A tool in accordance with the sketch is needed. It is very important that the tool could take the
estimated hydraulic jack capacity calculated using the instruction below.
The dismounting shall be performed according to the following procedure:
1. Check the used diametric interference, usually specified on the bearing drawing, between
bearing and stern tube boss.
2. Calculate the theoretical needed extraction force using the diagram on enclosed drawing.
• Use the correct interference curve according to step 1.
• Read estimated extraction force at y-axis at the actual outer bearing diameter on the
x-axis.
• Multiply the estimated extraction force with the bearing length (in metre).
3. Use a hydraulic jack with at least 40% higher capacity.
4. Dismount the anti rotation screws mounted between the bearing and stern tube boss.
5. Before applying the tool to the bearing cover the bearing surface with clean textile fabric.
6. Secure that the supporting plates on the tool do not damage or buckle the shell plating for
the aft bearing dismounting or the bulkhead for the inner bearing dismounting.
7. When applying the pressure with the hydraulic jack monitor that the tool do not bend or
twist. If so align again and secure the bridge for the hydraulic jack more rigid.
8. The aft bearing have diametrical steps, depending on diameter and length none, one or
two, therefore it will loosen when the bearing is pressed the corresponding distance of the
bearing length.
Quick dismounting of scraped bearing

Use a grinding machine and cut the bearing in the oil groove area longitudinal. Be careful not to
damage the inner boss surface when cutting.

Page 5 of 5
2.2. Mounting new or old bearings
Used equipments are:
• Diameter measuring tools for inside and outside measuring of diameter

• Valid drawings of bearings and stern tube arrangement
• Floating carbon dioxide (CO2)
1. Secure that the measuring tools are calibrated.

2. Secure that during the measuring jobs the temperature of the bearing, stern tube boss and
measuring tools will be approximately the same. Otherwise the diametric change due to
heat expansion could be too big and the grip achieved is not safe enough.
3. Measure the inside diameter of the sterntube boss at different positions both vertical and
horizontal along the extension of the boss where bearing should be fitted.
4. The outer diameter is arranged in 1 mm steps none, one or two, see valid drawing, so it is
also necessary to measure the position of the diametric step.
5. Calculate the correct diameter for the bearing according to grip instructions on the
sterntube drawing or the drawing of the sterntube bearing.
6. Lathe the bearing outer diameters according to calculated dimensions from measurements
and grip. Sometimes it is necessary to machine the oil channels and drill the lubrication
holes.
7. Before cooling the bearing make sure that the sterntube boss is clean.
8. The cooling of the bearing could be done in different ways. Preferably the cooling is
done at the outer surface of the bearing by placing the bearing in a cylindrical casing and
applying the CO2 ice between the casing and the bearing.
9. Lift the bearing into position and press it gently until it makes a mechanically stop at the
diametric steps.
10. Secure the bearing by mounting the anti rotation screws.

Page 6 of 6
3. STERNTUBE
The bearing, supported on jacking screws, is aligned inside the sterntube frame, which has
previously been bored oversize.
The annular clearance provides for flexibility in positioning the bearing for alignment purposes.
Do not align the bearing with smaller clearance than 40% of the original shown on the
arrangement drawing. Once the bearing is positioned, the annular area is dammed forward and
aft, and then filled with liquid epoxy, which is either poured or pumped into the space.
After the epoxy cures, the bearing is “captured” in the bore with virtually 100% surface contact.
Vent tube
or fill tube
Stern frame (pouring method)
Vent tube or fill tube 1-1/2” I.P.S. Vent tube
Stern tube
Aft Forward
Damming foam
Forward sterntube
Aft sterntube bearing
bearing
1” I.P.S. 1” I.P.S.
Pumping fill Pumping fill
connection with valve connection with valve
Fig. 2 Basic installation arrangement
3.1. Oil-lubricated bearings
The sterntube bearings are press-fitted into a bearing sleeve. The sleeve is flanged on the aft end
to facilitate bolting to the stern boss after installation on the ship.
The sterntube is equipped with one loose flange (oil ring) in forward end. The oil ring is
normally bolted on the stern tube. After chockfast hardening, bore and thread for mounting of
flange bolts.
The bore is in most cases designed to have a diameter 30-50 mm larger than the bearing sleeve.
This gap size on 15-25 mm is recommended since it allows for alignment adjustments and still
avoiding the possibility of a thick resin pour if the radial gap is eccentric.
The sleeve is not usually intended to be removable. Although if the sterntube bearing assembly
are intended to be removable it should have a surface finish of at least N9 (6,3Ra microns, 250
CLA-micro-inches) and be coated with Release Agent.
Page 7 of 7
Fill and vent connections must be provided. Usually these are specially drilled holes, but access
can be made into the end of the annular gap. Installations where the epoxy will be poured should
have the filling connection on the top at the low end. Installations where the resin will be
pumped should have a valved connection at the bottom.
Alignment of the stern tube is achieved with the aid of radial jacking screws. Three or four
alignment screws are needed at each end.
3.2. Water-lubricated bearings
There are three ways to install water-lubricated bearings:

• Using chockfast to bond the bearing in place by pouring directly around the bearing after
it has been properly positioned.
• Pouring around a dummy bearing that is subsequently removed and the operating bearing
is interference fitted.
• Installing the bearing in a sleeve or sterntube that is positioned in the ship and the
chockfast poured around it.

Page 8 of 8
4. CHOCKFAST INSTALLATION
1. Make sure the bore of the stern frame and the outside diameter of the sterntube or bearing
is clean through the whole installation process.
2. The stern casting should not be drilled for the flange bolts until after the chockfast work
is completed.
3. Provide filling and vent connections by drilling.
4. In order to align the sterntube or bearing in the bore use alignment screws (jacking bolts).
The alignment screws can often be arranged to act on the flange, thus avoiding drilling
the stern frame casting.
Alignment jackbolts
lokated at forward and
aft end of sterntube Jackbolt
Chockfast
Sterntube
Bearing
Fig. 3 Typical jack bolt configuration
5. If the initial design requires removal of dummy bearings or has provision for future
removal of the sterntube bearing assembly, spray the outer surface with Release Agent.
6. If the bearing is oil lubricated, seal any oil connections that can be plugged by the epoxy.
7. Install and align the sterntube assembly or bearing.
8. Fit the damming foam. If the damming foam is intended as part of the primary sealing
arrangement, closed cell foam should be used. If the damming foam is to be removed,
and other means of sealing installed, use open-cell foam to permit additional air venting.
At the flange end, it is common to use metal strip sealed and reinforced with epoxy past.
If there are flange boltholes, plug them with greased wood or “Armorflex”.
9. Fit riser pipes to the vents, about 38 mm (1-1/2 inch) inside diameter and 250 mm (10
inch) high.
10. If the sterntube area is exposed to the weather, a canopy or tent arrangement should be
erected for protection. If ambient temperatures will be below 13°C (55°F), heated air
should be blown into the area and the temperature allowed to rise for 24 hours minimum.
11. Fill the cavity with chockfast. There are two ways of doing this:
a. By pumping: The filling connection should be at the lowest point of the cavity.
The pump is connected using approximately 25 mm (1 inch) inside diameter
flexible hose and a disposable valve, mounted right at the sterntube. The pump
should be a positive displacement type with a pumping rate at approximately one

Page 9 of 9
litre/min (0,25 gmp) and equipped with a discharged pressure gauge to monitor
backpressure in the hose.
b. By pouring: The pouring connection should be on top of the low end, usually the
aft end, of the cavity. The filling connection should be equipped with a funnel and
made from 36 mm (1-1/2 inch) inside diameter pipe, 250 mm (10 inches) long to
provide some head pressure. To avoid trapping slugs of air in the pipe pour the
chockfast at a high enough rate to keep the level up in the funnel.
12. Let the chockfast rise in the vent until they are full. If pumping, close the valve and
disconnect the tubing. Clean the pump if it will not be used immediately again.
13. Monitor the level in the fill and vent pipes and fill up, if necessary as the resin gels.
14. Remove any temporary damming and filling and vent tubes when the resin has solidified.
Clear the oil connections and flange bolt holes if plugged.
15. If desired, the alignment screws may be removed and replaced with set screws or
securing screws to assist in locking the sterntube or bearing in place.
Securing screw
Repair compound
Set screw
Fig. 4 Installation of securing or setscrews
16. Exposed edges of chockfast should be coated with a sealing compound such as Repair
Compound or Phillybond Orange.

Page 10 of 10
5. INSTALLATION OF TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The temperature sensors can be delivered with one or two elements. An acidproof steel pipe with
bottom in the aft end is mounted in the lower oil groove. The pipe is supported by pipe holders.
At the sterntube flange the pipe is connected to a connection box.
Temperature sensor Pipe Pipe holders
Fig. 5 Common temperature sensor arrangement

By Suraya Emi at 5:32 pm, Jul 27, 2006
3.3 COOPER BEARING
Centa
3.4 BULKHEAD SEAL
Wärtsila
Deep Sea Seals Ltd.
FOR
TYPE ND SEAL
ManeSafe ND Bulkhead Seals
(No End Caps - Design)
Based on Tabulated G.A. Drawings:

H 70300
H 71071
H 70780
This Manual is protected by copyright vested in Deep Sea Seals Limited and may contain information that is confidential to that Company. The Manual is supplied to the customer for its personal use
and no part of the Manual may therefore be copied, lent or otherwise disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of the Company.
Ó1998, Deep Sea Seals Limited. All Rights Reserved.
TM-ND-01 (ISSUE D) Issue Date: 14 June 2004

CONTENTS
SECTION SUBJECT PAGE
1. SPECIFICATIONS / TECHNICAL DATA ....................................................................... 3
2. INTRODUCTION. ........................................................................................................... 5
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUIPMENT........................................................................... 6
4. STORAGE AND HANDLING.......................................................................................... 8
5. PREPARATION.............................................................................................................. 9
6. SPECIAL INTERFACING REQUIREMENTS. .............................................................. 10
7. INSTALLATION............................................................................................................ 11
8. TESTING. ..................................................................................................................... 14
9. NORMAL OPERATION................................................................................................ 15
10. LUBRICATION. ........................................................................................................ 17
11. PROBLEM SOLVING. .............................................................................................. 18
12. MAINTENANCE........................................................................................................ 22
13. SPARE PARTS AND THEIR STORAGE.................................................................. 24
14. ATTACHMENTS. ...................................................................................................... 25
TM-ND-01 (ISSUE D) Page 2 of 25

1. SPECIFICATIONS / TECHNICAL DATA
WORKS ORDER NO. :
OWNER :
VESSEL NAME :
YARD :
YARD No. :
STERNTUBE/SHAFT SEALS
Aft/Outboard Seal Forward/Inboard Seal(s)
Type: Type:
Size:# Size:#
Drawing No.: Drawing No.:
STERNTUBE BEARINGS
Aft STB Mid STB Fwd STB
Size:# Size:# Size:#
Drawing No.: Drawing No.: Drawing No.:
INTERMEDIATE/LINE SHAFT BEARINGS
Type: Type:
Size:# Size:#
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Drawing No.:
System Components
Fwd seal Tank Aft seal Tank
Header Tank Drain/Observation Tank
Air control unit
Drawing No.:
Lub Oil Pump set Filter/Strainer Unit
Oil Flow Meter Water Flow Meter
Pressure Gauge/Panel Units Valves

BULKHEAD SEALS
Type: Type:
Size:# Size:#
ACCESSORIES
#
#
The drawings contained in this manual as well as the drawings provided for
information and assembling purposes, remain the property of DEEP SEA SEALS
LTD.
They may not be copied or reproduced in any way, used by or shown to third parties
without the written consent of DEEP SEA SEALS LTD.

2. INTRODUCTION.
2.1. The equipment described in this manual and the materials selected are the result of
many years of research and experience in this field.
2.2. However, the care and attention paid during installation, testing, operations and
maintenance, do to a large extent determine the long-term operational reliability of
the equipment.
2.3. Thus, whilst it is our policy to allow the Installation and Maintenance of this
equipment to be carried out by 3rd parties (in accordance with the guidance
contained within this Technical Manual) we would always recommend that one of
our Service Engineers is present to oversee any Installation or Maintenance.
2.4. When using this manual refer to the general arrangement drawing(s) in
Section 14, which give the dimensions and data for the correct assembly and
operation of the equipment.
2.5. There is no automatic provision to up-date this manual. However, the latest
revision/issue Manual and Drawing(s) will accompany the supply of a complete new
assembly.
2.6. For further assistance please contact one of the companies listed below:
UNITED KINGDOM USA
Deep Sea Seals Ltd. Wärtsilä Lips Inc.

4 Marples Way 3617 Koppens Way
Havant Chesapeake
Hants PO9 1NX VA 23323
Tel: 44 (0) 2392 400121 Tel: 1 757 558 3625
Fax: 44 (0) 2392 492470 Fax: 1 757 558 3627
NETHERLANDS JAPAN
Wärtsilä Propulsion Netherlands BV Japan Marine Technologies Ltd.

th
Lipsstraat 52 5 Floor, NTC Building
5151 RP Drunen 1-11-2 Kyobashi, Chuo-ku
Tokyo, 104-0031
Tel: 31 416 388115 Tel: 81 (0) 3 5159 8700
Fax: 31 416 374853 Fax: 81 (0) 3 5159 8710

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE EQUIPMENT.
ND seals are members of the "N" Series Family of Bulkhead seals.
The ND seals ("D" standing for Diaphragm) described in this Technical Manual are
fully split, bi-directional, dry running, diaphragm style bulkhead seals designed to
operate automatically to prevent flooding between compartments, with the shaft either
dynamic or static.
3 variants of ND seal are covered by this manual, the only difference between them
being the Materials used, primarily for the Housings. The three are S.G. Iron,
Phosphor Bronze and Gunmetal.
S.G. Iron is used for high-speed applications where the seal will run inactivated in
nominally dry air and flooded with seawater when activated in an emergency.
Phosphor Bronze is used where the seal will run at standard revolutions, but is
expected to be continually immersed or subjected to spray or high humidity
conditions.
Gunmetal Housings are used where the conditions are the same as for
Phosphor Bronze and/or there are also Military Shock requirements.

The Housing (which is split) can be located either
side of a Watertight Bulkhead where a Propeller
shaft, Intermediate shaft or an Auxiliary (e.g.
Generator) shaft passes through it.
Within the Housing is a Diaphragm (also Split) with

an O-cord (contained within a groove in the
diaphragm's bore), which is fitted around the shaft.
Whilst the Diaphragm is a "close" fit to the shaft, it

is free to move axially along the shaft.
Thus, in "normal operation", the Diaphragm rotates

with the shaft, within the static Housing, with little or
no contact with the Housing. The O-cord (which is
specially coated) rotates in unison with the shaft
and Diaphragm.
Only when the Diaphragm is "activated" is a seal actually formed. Activation is caused
by flooding within one of the compartments either side of the Bulkhead to which the
ND Seal is fitted.
Normal Activated
Operation
The pressure of the water acts on the diaphragm (whether it is dynamic or static) and
causes it to move (axially) so that is contacts the inside of the housing. With a
rotating shaft, this contact provides sufficient friction to overcome the drive through the
bore of the diaphragm and to stop it rotating, thus forming a "static" seal. The water
pressure also moves the coated O-cord within the groove in the bore of the diaphragm
so that it becomes a "dynamic" seal between the now static diaphragm and the
rotating shaft.
By design, ND seals are able to accept large angular and radial movements plus
almost unlimited axial movement of the shaft.
All ND seals described in this manual may be installed "around" the shaft they are to
be fitted to, and all of their wearing and working components can be removed and
replaced - without disturbing either the shaft or propeller.

4. STORAGE AND HANDLING.
4.1. All assemblies and components have been carefully inspected before shipment.
4.2. Each component is suitably packed and protected to prevent damage or

deterioration during shipment, transit or storage. Any specific storage requirements
will be clearly identified on the package label(s).
4.3. Goods should be examined on receipt to verify the contents and their condition.
4.4. Deep Sea Seals should be immediately advised of any damage or discrepancy in
the scope of supply. Damage clearly due to handling in transit should be notified to
the carrier along with a claim for damages (copy to us).
4.5. Keep goods in their original packing until just prior to installation in order to best
protect them.
4.6. If goods have to be stored for long periods, they should be kept in their original
packing, stored flat and unobstructed in a dry, cool and dark environment. To
ensure a satisfactory life expectancy for any rubber components, exposure to
sunlight, ultraviolet light and ozone should be prevented.
4.7. Care must be taken during handling to prevent any mechanical damage occurring
due to dropping, crushing etc. Particular care and attention should be paid to the
running/sealing surfaces of the Diaphragm.

5. PREPARATION.
5.1. Remove all burrs and sharp edges over which the seal must pass. The surface of
the shaft, local to the seal, (which must be metallic or fitted with a metal sleeve)
should be clean and to the specified diameter and tolerance.
5.2. Ensure that the mating face with the seal, i.e. the surface of the bulkhead or
mounting pad is machined to the following parameters.
# Surface finish - 6·3 µm Ra or finer
# Flatness - 0·1 mm
# Perpendicularity
^ Shaft Size FIM (Measured outside the
bolting P.C.D.)
< 170 1·5 mm
170 - < 350 2·0 mm
350 - < 530 2·5 mm
530 - 680 3·0 mm
5.3. All mating surfaces should be clean and free of rust, flaking paint etc. with no debris
or old gasket material, etc. present, to allow a watertight joint to be made.
5.4. It is essential that the running surfaces of the ND seal, especially the
Diaphragm are protected at all times during storage, transit and installation to
promote correct operation of the assembled unit. Even minor damage to these
surfaces can promote leakage.

6. SPECIAL INTERFACING REQUIREMENTS.
The seal is designed to fit either side of a bulkhead and to operate bidirectionally
when activated by flooding from either side of the bulkhead.
However there are certain interfacing requirements, and these are as follows:
6.1. Shaft size:

The diameter of the shaft in way of the Bulkhead Seal must be as per the G.A.
Drawing and within the tolerance stated. (Note: the tolerance is dependent upon
shaft size as shown on the drawing).
6.2. Shaft Surface finish:

Due to its interfacing with the O-cord within the bore of the Diaphragm, the surface
finish of the shaft must be 0·8 µm. or better as per the G.A. Drawing.
6.3. Shaft Surface Material:

The ND Diaphragm seal must run on either a metallic shaft or a shaft with a metal
sleeve.
6.4. Shaft Angle/Rake:

The maximum angle of Shaft Rake acceptable is 9º. - However the presentation of
the seal to the shaft must still be perpendicular, using an angled pad if necessary in
the case of a raked shaft.
6.5. Bulkhead to Shaft Perpendicularity:

The bulkhead must be perpendicular to the shaft to within the limits (based on
differing shaft diameters) outlined in Section 5 (Preparation).
6.6. Bulkhead Surface Condition:

The surface to which the ND seal is mounted must conform in respect to condition,
flatness and surface finish to the data and figures given in Section 5 (Preparation).
6.7. Bulkhead Machining:

The Bulkhead to which the ND Seal is to be fixed must have an opening through
which the shaft passes with a bore conforming to the dimension given on the G.A.
Drawing. Also holes tapped to accept fasteners as detailed in the drawing must be
provided to secure the ND Housing to the Bulkhead.

7. INSTALLATION.
(Refer to Drawing(s) see Section 14)
7.1. Supply.
The seal is normally delivered with the two major assemblies (the housing and the
diaphragm assemblies) assembled but packed separately. They should be left in
this condition (to best protect them) until needed for installation.
7.2. Adaptor Plate.

If the ND seal is to be connected to an angled adapter plate
to compensate for shaft rake or an adapter plate to
accommodate an oversize bulkhead opening, these should
be installed first. If split, jointing compound should be used
on the butts and the plate must be centralised around the
shaft.
Angled Adaptor Plate
7.3. Installation.
Determine which side of the Bulkhead (in which compartment) the seal will be
mounted. Ensure that all matters relating to Preparation (Section 5) and Interfacing
(Section 6) have been complied with and that the area where the seal will be
installed (Bulkhead and Shaft) are clean.
7.3.1 O-Cord.
The cord is a Chloroprene O-cord.
Pass the O-cord around the shaft, in the approximate position of the seal.
Clean/de-grease the butts of the O-cord with a suitable cleaner. Apply a
Cyanoacrylate adhesive (supplied with the seal) and join the two ends,
ensuring that there is no step at the butt join.
Clean off any excess adhesive.
Note: The O-cord is supplied as a designed length and MUST NOT be shortened or
adjusted. The cord should fit around the shaft without stretching or having
excess length.

7.3.2 Diaphragm.
Now separate the two halves of the Diaphragm.
The Diaphragm should have been stored packed
and joined in order to protect its running surfaces
(on both sides and in the bore) and the butt
surfaces.
Take care not to damage the Diaphragm when
handling it!
Place both halves of the Diaphragm around the shaft and

over the joined O-cord, ensuring that the cord is fully within
the groove (between the two "nibs") in the bore of the
Diaphragm.
Note: On seal’s 130 mm and below, the halves of the Diaphragm are in "pairs" and
are marked as such.
They are not interchangeable and "must" be fitted as a matched pair.
On seals above 130 mm the boltholes
in one butt of each half Diaphragm
have a "pocket" to accommodate a
round nut.
These should be fitted diagonally
opposite. Insert the butt screws
ensuring that the washers provided are
fitted (one each under each screw head and nut)
Apply a liquid thread locker (supplied) the screw threads and lightly tighten the
screws using the tommy bar (supplied) to hold the round nuts in position
ensuring that the O-cord is still within its groove and not trapped.
Ensure that there are no steps at the
Diaphragm butts, either radially or axially
and then carefully and evenly tighten the
butt screws to the torque specified on the
G.A. Drawing, again taking great care not
to damage the Diaphragm.
The Diaphragm should be a light sliding fit
when rotated around the shaft.

7.3.3 Housing.
Separate the two halves of the ND seal housing assembly, by removing the
butt screws and dowels.
Again, care must be taken when handling the separate halves to ensure that
damage does not occur especially to the machined running surfaces inside the
housing or to the flanged butt surfaces.
Thoroughly clean both halves of the housing assembly checking for any signs
or damage.
"Carefully" locate the two halves of the Housing Assembly around the
Diaphragm Assembly and after applying liquid thread locker (supplied) to the
butt screw, lightly tighten them.
Note:
(i) The clearance between the running surfaces of the "fibre" diaphragm and
the metal housing is very small (< 1·0 mm. total) thus great care must be
taken when joining the two halves of the housing around the
diaphragm to prevent any damage occurring.
(ii) When joining the two halves of the housing together, jointing compound,
sealant or similar is "not" to be used.
Before finally tightening the Housing butt screws ensure that the two halves of
the Housing are correctly aligned one to the other and that there are no
detectable steps at the butts. Insert the dowel pins, which should ensure
perfect alignment and then evenly tighten the butt screws to the Torque
specified on the G.A. Drawing.
7.3.4 Mounting.
Now carefully move the complete seal assembly towards the prepared
bulkhead surface to which it will fit.
Locate the ND seal housing flange on to the bulkhead using a 1.0 mm
compressed fibre joint (lightly greased on both sides).
Secure the ND seal to the bulkhead lightly tightening the securing screws or
bolts etc. (apply liquid thread locker to securing screws).
Before finally tightening the Housing securing screws centralise the housing
around the shaft to within 0·5 mm concentricity.
Finally, fully and evenly tighten the securing screws in diagonal sequence to the
torque shown on the G.A. Drawing. Then dowel the housing into position on
the bulkhead.

8. TESTING.
As the ND seals are dry running seals that operate automatically in the event of a
compartment flooding - there is no routine on-board "testing" to be conducted.
Routine "checks" are however made - refer to Sections 9.1 - Normal Operation and
9.4 - Routine Checks.

9. NORMAL OPERATION.
During operation with the seal functioning within its design parameters, conditions
should be as follows:
9.1. Normal Operation - Seal inactivated - Shaft rotating.

9.1.1 Compartments either side of the seal will be dry (no flooding).
9.1.2 Diaphragm will be rotating with the shaft, within the housing.
9.1.3 Temperature of the housing (to the touch) will be Ambient or a little above - not
hot.
9.1.4 Any noise from the rotating diaphragm will be minimal.
9.1.5 There will be no obvious smell of Burning or Overheating from the seal.
9.2. Emergency Operation - Seal activated - shaft rotating.

9.2.1 One compartment will be flooded at least to the level of the shaft centre line.
9.2.2 Diaphragm will be static with the shaft rotating.
9.2.3 There should be no evidence of elevated temperature, excessive noise or any
smell of burning.
9.2.4 With the shaft dynamic (rotating) some small leakage of water from the flooded
compartment, though the seal is normal. This leakage is expected to be in the
region of a few litres per hour.
9.3. Emergency Operation - seal activated - shaft static.

9.3.1 One compartment will be flooded at least to the level of the shaft centre line.
9.3.2 Diaphragm will be static - shaft will be static.
9.3.3 There should be no elevation in temperature, and no noise or smell
whatsoever.
9.3.4 With the shaft static, the leakage will be similar to when activation occurs in
dynamic mode. It will probably be less and will tend to decrease further after a
short while as activation when static usually take a little longer to be fully
achieved when compared with dynamic activation.

9.4. Routine Checks that should be conducted.
9.4.1 Visually inspect the ND seal on a routine basis.
9.4.2 Check that the diaphragm appears to be rotating freely with the shaft.
9.4.3 Check the Diaphragm housing by touch for signs of overheating.
9.4.4 Check for abnormal noises or noise levels from the seal.
9.4.5 Check for smells indicative of overheating of the seal.
9.5. Checks to be made if the seal is activated (emergency flooding).

9.5.1 Check that the Diaphragm is static (if the shaft is still dynamic).
9.5.2 Monitor the leakage of water through the seal (leakage will slowly increase over
a period of time).

10. LUBRICATION.
It must be emphasised that the ND seals are "Dry Running" seals.
As such they require "no" lubrication of any type during normal inactivated
operation.
Thus, "no" oil, grease etc. it to be applied to the seal when Installing, Overhauling
or Operating it.
When activated by flooding, it is the water from the flooded compartment that cools
and lubricates the seal allowing it to operate dynamically in an activated mode for an
extended period.

11. PROBLEM SOLVING.
11.1. As a dry running seal, in normal operation, the usual indicators of a problem with a
"seal" associated with leakage will not apply.
11.2. ND seal problems will normally show themselves in one of the following ways.
11.2.1 Visual.
i) Diaphragm not rotating with shaft - no obvious reason for activation.
ii) Black dust evident in area of seal.
iii) Debris from seals O-cord evident.
11.2.2 Touch.
i) Seal housing is hot to the touch.
11.2.3 Noise.
i) Abnormal noise or level of noise emanating from the seal.
11.2.4 Smell.
i) Burning smell emanating from the area of the seal.
11.3. Causes and Corrective Actions.

Explanations of the above follow:
11.3.1 Normal Operation:-
For Normal Operating Conditions, refer to Section 9.
11.3.2 Static Diaphragm:-
In normal operations, without actuation of the diaphragm due to Compartment
Flooding - the diaphragm should be rotating with the shaft.
If this is not the case, check as follows: -
Stop the shaft and check if the Diaphragm rotates freely by hand. If it does,
restart the shaft, the diaphragm should now rotate with the shaft.

If it remains static when the shaft is re-started, then it appears to be being
activated by influences other than water (flooding). These may be:
S Differential pressure between the compartments.
It is possible that if one compartment is being over pressurised and the other
under pressurised (e.g. different ventilation systems, one providing a strong
supply, the other, substantial extraction) that the diaphragm is being activated
due to the differential pressure between the compartments.
Reduce the causes of over pressurisation to provide a better balance in Air

Pressure between compartments.
S Shaft Rake
The ND seal can operate with a shaft rake of up to 9º. Above this figure, the
angle of shaft causes the diaphragm to activate due to gravity, forcing it into
contact with the Housing Inner running surface.
Very little if anything can be done if the angle of Shaft Rake proves to be
outside the Design Specifications for the ND Seal. If this is the case - Contact
Deep Sea Seals Ltd.
If when the shaft was stopped to check for the freedom of rotation of the
diaphragm, it was found to be stuck or difficult to move, then this could be due
to several reasons. Namely:
S Dirt, Debris, Paint or Grease etc.
As stated earlier, the clearance between the diaphragm and the machined
surfaces of the Housing in which it runs, are, by design - small.
Hence Dirt, Debris, etc. as above if introduced into the Housing could and most
probably would affect the seal’s function.
In these circumstances, strip down the seal. Clean, measure, replace

components as necessary, rebuild, and re-install all as referenced in Sections
12 (Maintenance), 5 & 6 (Preparation & Special Interfacing Requirements).
S Diaphragm jammed inside its Housing.
This could be due to poor installation, where the diaphragm was trapped when
installed. It can be due to Bulkhead not being flat and perpendicular as
required in Section 5 & 6.
In either case, strip down the seal, clean, remove, replace components as
necessary and rebuild and re-install as above.

11.3.3 Black Dust.
This emanates from the Diaphragm and is evidence that the Fibre Diaphragm
is wearing. The wear is normally caused by excessive "dynamic" contact of the
diaphragm with the housing, usually caused by partial or temporary activation
of the diaphragm. Here, the diaphragm when contacting the housing continues
to rotate (causing the wear and dust) instead of stopping rotating.
Strip the seal down, check and rebuild as referenced earlier.
11.3.4 O-Cord debris.
The O-cord forms a seal when the diaphragm activates under flooding
conditions, with the shaft dynamic or static.
The small amount of water leaking through the seal cools and lubricates the O-
cord and diaphragm allowing it to operate activated for hundreds of hours.
If however the diaphragm activates and/or stops rotating due to causes other
than flooding, we have a dry running "activated" seal. Here, because the shaft
is rotating within a static diaphragm and a "dry" O-cord, the cord will wear and
damage very quickly.
O-cord debris therefore is usually evidence of an activated dry running seal.
The reasons for the activation without flooding must be determined and
resolved and the seal stripped and re-built as referenced earlier.
11.3.5 Housing Hot.
The housing will only become "Hot" due to friction. This in turn will be due to
the diaphragm contacting the housing but continuing to rotate. This "driving"
of the diaphragm by the shaft even when it is contacting the housing is normally
due to poor installation or maintenance. When fitted correctly the diaphragm is
a sliding fit on the shaft. If when fitted, the O-cord became trapped between
the shaft and the diaphragm bore, this would cause the diaphragm to continue
rotating with the shaft even though it was contacting the housing.
Also - if for whatever reason, the O-cord supplied with the seal was not used
and a larger (in diameter) O-cord substituted, then again this would cause the
diaphragm to be a tight fit to the shaft and continue rotating when it should
have stopped.
Strip down the seal - rebuild as per this manual and ensure that the diaphragm
is free to move after installation.

11.3.6 Abnormal Noise.
Abnormal noise or levels of noise will normally be associated with one of the
previous sections (11.3.2 to 11.3.5) indicating incorrect operation, damage or
wear.
Noise could also be an indication that the ND diaphragm butt screws are not
tight.
10.3.7 Burning Smell.
Any smell of this nature will normally be associated with either section 11.3.4
(O-Cord debris.) or section 11.3.5 (Housing Hot.)

12. MAINTENANCE.
(Refer to relevant Drawings(s) - see Section 14).
12.1. The need for "Maintenance".

Basically, as a Dry Running non-contacting (almost) seal, the ND seal is
maintenance free.
The seal operates automatically when a compartment is flooded.
The seal requires no adjustment and no lubricant or other services for either its
operation or running. Greasing or lubrication of the shaft (in way of the ND seal) or
the seal will actually impair the performance and life expectancy of the seal.
12.2. Overhaul of the Seal - Timing.

The seal should be stripped down for overhaul at the following times.
● At major refits every c.4-5 years of operation.
● After activation of the seal caused by the flooding of a Compartment.
● If problems as described in Section 11.2 are experienced.
12.3. Overhaul of the Seal - Procedure.

12.3.1 Seal dismantling procedure.
With the shaft stopped and locked, disassemble the Seal Assembly from
around the shaft by reversing the Installation procedure.
● Remove the dowels locating the Housing flange to the bulkhead.
● Remove the dowels in the butt flanges of the Housing.
● Support the seal and then undo and remove the securing screws holding
the Housing flange to the bulkhead.
● Separate the Housing Flange from the bulkhead - (threaded jacking holes
are provided in each half of the casing flange to assist in this).
● With the seal now separated from the bulkhead, secure each half of the
casing to a suitable lifting device.
● Undo and remove the butt flange securing screws.
● Very carefully separate the two halves of the Housing and remove them
from around the diaphragm and shaft taking great care not to damage the
diaphragm.

● Undo and remove the diaphragm butt screws and carefully remove the two
halves of the diaphragm from the shaft.
● Cut, remove and discard the O-cord from around the shaft. (A new O-cord
must be fitted whenever the seal is dismantled).
12.3.2 Seal checking procedure.
● Thoroughly clean both the Housing and Diaphragm assembly components,
along with the shaft in way of the seal area.
● Measure the bore of the diaphragm; if the bore exceeds the shaft diameter
+1.8 mm, then the diaphragm must be replaced.
● Examine the inner running surfaces of the Housing for wear or corrosion. If
necessary the sides of the Housing can be machined (see below).
● Check the axial clearance of the diaphragm in its housing, the maximum
clearance should not exceed 1·0 mm.
● Reconditioning of the Housing will be necessary if wear grooves in the

housing surfaces exceed 0·5 mm.
12.3.3 Seal Rebuild.
● Replace the specially coated O-cord with a new one.
● Replace the diaphragm if the clearance between it and the housing exceeds
1·0 mm (after cleaning and if necessary - reconditioning of the housing). Or
if the bore exceeds shaft diameter + 1.8 mm.
● Re-condition the housing if the wear grooves exceed 0·5 mm in depth.
● Deep Sea Seals Ltd. must be contacted if either the clearance exceeds 1·0
mm or the housing has to be machined.
Details for machining will be provided for housing re-conditioning and where
the clearance exceeds 1·0 mm, a "special" oversize diaphragm must be
supplied and fitted.
● With O-Cord, diaphragm and Housing assemblies ready for re-assembly,

proceed as described in Section 7.3 (Installation).

13. SPARE PARTS AND THEIR STORAGE.
13.1. For the ND seal, as it is basically only a 2 component assembly (Housing Assembly
and Diaphragm Assembly), the requirement for "Spare parts" is limited.
13.2. The Housing assembly is considered to be a refurbishable item using a simple

machining process as described in Section 12 (Maintenance). The only component
that might be held as a "spare" is a diaphragm assembly.
13.3. All parts held as spares should be kept in their original packaging as they will have
been inspected and packed prior to despatch as described in Section 4 (Storage
and Handling).
13.4. All components must be protected from damage or deterioration by maintaining

their original packing and by careful storage to prevent physical damage (with
special care being taken of any fine machined surfaces or critical components).
13.5. All spares should be stored flat and unobstructed in a dry, cool and dark
environment, as described in Section 4.6.

14. ATTACHMENTS.
The following attachments should accompany this Technical Manual (TM-ND-01).
● Tabulated or Specific General Arrangement Drawing(s)*
*Note: This manual is written based on the “Tabulated General Arrangement

Drawings listed on the front cover.
However, ND Seals with a "specific" General Arrangement drawing, which is

derived from one of the listed "Tabulated" General Arrangement drawings, are
also covered by this Technical Manual.
In all these instances the Drawing(s) specific to the application must be

included after this attachment page and referenced in conjunction with this
manual.
The attachments referenced above, now follow:

3.5 BULKHEAD SEAL
ADAPTOR RING
Wärtsila
3.6 SHAFT EARTHING
DEVICE
BAC
CONTENT
1 - Without Amplifier ………………………….... Pg. 2

The system consists
Functioning & checking
2 - Functioning and checking of the

earthing/measuring device…………………… Pg. 2 & 3
3 - Shaft – Hull Millivolmeter

Assembly For Shaft-Grounding …………….. Pg. 4
4 - Slip Ring System ............................................... Pg. 5

General Data
Installation Instruction
5 - Maintenance Of
Shaft-Grounding System ……………………. Pg. 6
6 - Installation Instruction For

Shaft-Grounding …………………………….. Pg. 7
7 - Principle Diagram For Mounting

Of Shaft-Grounding …………………………. Pg. 8
8 - Part List (Shaft-Grounding) ………………… Pg. 9
9 - Sliver Graphite Brush ……………………….. Pg. 10
10 -Principle Diagram For Montage

Shaft-Grounding With MV/A ………………. Pg. 11
11 –Draw Line On Shaft Diagram ……………... Pg. 12
12 –From Sliver-Band Diagram ………………... Pg. 13
13 –Install Band Strap Diagram ……………….. Pg. 14
1
SHAFT EARTHING DEVICE
Without Amplifier
This system is a precautionary measure installed in

order to reduce the electrical potential between the
propeller shaft and hull to below 80 mV, and thus
prevent spark erosion damage to the main bearings
and journals of the main engine. (A reading
between 5 and 50 mV is considered as normal).
1. The system consists of the following main

components:
A. A silver alloy slip ring is mounted on the

intermediate shaft.
B. Brush holders with silver/graphite brushes.
C. Grounding wire and grounding plate.
D. Monitoring box with mV-meter and alarm output

(optional).
The silver/graphite brushes are running on the slip

ring. The two earthing brushes are connected to the
hull through the grounding wire and the grounding
plate welded to the hull. The monitoring brush is
connected to the monitoring box.
2. Functioning and checking of the

earthing/measuring device.
The meter normally reads 150 mV at full

scale. If readings are above 150 mV, push the
bottom on the front of the meter. The meter
will now read 1500mV at full scale.
The meter is at rest. When the shaft is turning

at sea, a readings of between 5 and 80 mV
indicates proper grounding, although
readings below 50 mV should be obtained
with clean and properly contoured brushes.
2
SHAFT EARTHING DEVICE
Readings of ”0” when the shaft is turning at sea,

indicates a defective millivoltmeter or loose or broken
cable connections.
Checking the earthing device must be done when the

shaft is rotating at sea and should be carried out once a
month.
Release the earthing brushes from their contact with

the slip ring, this should give high pulsating voltages
of 100-400 mV reading on the meter. This indicates
that the measuring circuit is in order. When the
brushes are brought back to contact with the slip ring,
the reading should fall below the 80 mV limit. You
can also read the result on the computer
It is impotant that the silver/graphite brushes are

moving correctly in the brush holders with a spring
load of 500-600 gr.
In some cases the copper lead on the brush will

corrode, so it is recommendable to coat this lead with
grease.
It is recommended that the readings of the

millivoltmeter be recorded once a day in the engine
logbook.
3
4
SLIP RING SYSTEM
General Data:
Detailed description:
A. Slip ring.
Silver alloy band, 63,5 mm wide and approx. 100 mm longer that the circumference of the
shaft.
B. Holding straps.
The permanent holding straps are made of Stainless Steel.
C. Brush holder.
The cast bronze brush holder is designed to support the brushes at the right angle to the shaft.
D. Brush.
The brushes are made of Silver/Graphite.
Installation instructions.
A. The slip ring usually located about 450 mm in front of the shaft coupling.
B. Draw a line around the periphery of the shaft.

Install the two holding straps. Strap ”A” next to and parallel to the scribe line and strap ”B”
125 mm away and parallel to the first.
C. Sand the area on the shaft between the two straps, until a bright steel surface appears.
D. Starting with the 450 end, wrap the silver band around the shaft so that the excess overlaps the
450 angle. Mark the edges, scribe a line between them and cut.
E. Secure the silver band loosely on the shaft, utilizing strap ”C” in the center on the band.
Before tightening the clamp, put a small piece of vinyl tape under the screw clamp for
protection of the surface. Place the vinyl tape on both edges of the silver band, using the
outside edge as guide.
F. Install strap ”A” and ”B” on the vinyl tape and tighten with a screwdriver. Remove strap ”C”
and the vinyl tape from the center of the band. Apply two layers pressure sensitivity tape on
each strap, leaving an 2 ½ cm wide uncovered area of silver band.
G. Construct a rigid foundation to support the brush holder shaft.
H. Assemble the brush holders and connect the wires.
I. The total resistance of the cable from the brush holder to the hull must not exceed 0,005 ohm.
5
MAINTENANCE OF SHAFT-GROUNDING SYSTEMS
1. Always keep the system clear of dust, grease and water.
2. When cleaning the silver bands of grease and dust, an Electrocleaner should be used.
3. When polishing the silver bands, use the glass brush, which is delivered with the system.
Never use abrasive cloth, file or other abrasives.
4. Once a month (or when needed) clean the brushes and brush boxes of dust, because the dust
can cause the brushes to stick in the brush box and thereby cause a bad connection between
the silver band and the brush.
5. The spring pressure of the brushes should be 500-600 gr.
6. Make sure that there is always a good electrical contact at all screw- and boltconnections.
7. Make sure that the earthing plate is in welded connection with the hull all the times.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Leroy Somer
FLEXIBLE COUPLING
Centa
3.9 GEARTOOTH FLEXIBLE
COUPLING
Centa
3.10 NET CUTTER
Hydraulic System
4 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TYPE BCP WITH HUB

LUBRICATION SYSTEM
CONTENTS:
4 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TYPE BCP WITH HUB LUBRICATION SYSTEM ............................ 1
4.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................ 3
4.2 PITCH CONTROL UNIT - OIL DISTRIBUTOR ...................................................3
4.3 PRESSURE OIL SYSTEM ................................................................................. 4
4.4 PROPELLER HUB LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM .................................................6

4.4.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION .................................................................................... 6
4.4.2 WATER SATURATION MEASURING ...................................................................... 6
4.4.3 HUB LUBRICATION OIL FILTER........................................................................... 7
4.4.4 SHUT OFF VALVE ............................................................................................. 7
4.4.5 FLOW SENSOR ................................................................................................ 7
4.4.6 HEADER TANK ................................................................................................. 7
4.4.7 HUB LUBRICATION SYSTEM FAULT - ALARM......................................................... 7
4.5 OIL RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................. 8
4.6 EMERGENCY CONTROL AND PITCH BLOCKING...............................................9

4.6.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL ..................................................................................... 9
4.6.2 PITCH BLOCKING - TAKE HOME DEVICE .............................................................. 9
4.7 HYDRAULIC PUMPS ..................................................................................... 10
4.8 WATER SENSOR & FLOW SWITCH ............................................................... 10
4.9 ROUTINE SERVICE....................................................................................... 10
4-BCP 1or 2xel pump issue 5 (2006/06) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 11
Hydraulic System
4.10 APPENDIX ................................................................................................... 11

4.10.1.1 EGE Series 500 Inline Flow Sensor ............................................................. 11
4.10.1.2 Water Saturation Log Form ....................................................................... 11
4.10.1.3 Hydraulic Pump Technical Data .................................................................. 11
4.10.1.4 DRAWINGS & PART LISTS ......................................................................... 11
Important Notes:
This manual is intended as a reference manual for the system maintainer & operator. The
manual is based on the assumption that the system maintainers & operators are familiar
with the CPP controls of the vessel.
Berg Propulsion AB endeavours to ensure that all information in this document is correct
and fairly stated, but not accept liability for any errors or omissions.
The equipment to which this manual applies must only be used for the purpose for which it was
designed. Improper use or maintenance may cause damage to the equipment and/or injury to
personnel. The user must be familiar with the contents of the appropriate manual before attempting
to appropriate or work on the equipment.
Berg Propulsion AB disclaims any responsibility for damage or injury caused by improper
installation, use or maintenance of the equipment.
Hydraulic System
4.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The hydraulic pitch control unit type BCP is intended for use on ships equipped with a
reduction gearbox. The pitch control unit consists of two main parts, the oil distributor and
the cylinder.
The oil distributor is mounted on the forward end of the reduction gear box and connected to
the gearbox secondary shaft, the cylinder is an integral part of the propeller hub. Its
description is detailed in Section 2.
4.2 PITCH CONTROL UNIT - OIL DISTRIBUTOR
The oil distributor is required to deliver pressure oil and receive return oil, respectively to and
from the cylinder unit.
The PCU consists if an oil distributor and a feedback housing. Oil is passed to the cylinder
unit in the required direction via an intermediate pipe cassette mounted in the hollow bored
shaft. The intermediate pipe is attached to the propeller boss which in turn transmits
longitudinal movement of the oil pipe back to the oil distributor. The movement of the oil
pipe is transferred to a rotational feedback output shaft. Attached to the feedback output
shaft are the potentiometers and micro-switches required by the electronic positioning
system.
In addition to routing the pressure oil the Pitch control unit also routes the lubrication oil to
and from the propeller hub.
For full details of the Hub lubrication system refer to Section 2
Hydraulic System
4.3 PRESSURE OIL SYSTEM
The hydraulic system provides pressurised oil to the oil distributor box to drive the cylinder
unit ahead or astern. Pressure is produced by one of two electrically driven variable
displacement axial piston pumps with pressure compensation. Ahead / Astern flow direction
is controlled by the manoeuvre valve arrangement. The manoeuvre valve consists of a
solenoid operated 4 way valve and a pressure relief valve mounted together on a connection
block. Rate of flow is controlled by a proportional current signal derived in the Remote control
system
This drawing shows 2 el.

pumps, the function is
identical for 1 PTO and 1
el. pump. For the actual
system refer to hydraulic
tank drawing.
The system can use 2 electrically driven pumps one in operation and one in the standby
mode, or alternatively one PTO pump with One electrical pump in the standby mode. The
starting arrangement is such that in the event of a significant and continuous pressure drop in
the system, the standby mode pump will automatically start. Starting if the standby pump
will initiate an alarm in the ships alarm system. The pumps are isolated from each other by
non-return valves in their pressure feed lines. A pressure filter with by-pass valve and a
"filter blocked" indicator is fitted in the pressure feed line between the non-return valves and
manoeuvre valve.
The pump lubrication and cooling oil is returned to the tank and when specified, cooling of the
hydraulic oil is achieved by passing the pump by-pass oil through chilled water cooler(s)
before being returned to the hydraulic reservoir.
Hydraulic System
The tank is fitted with the following safety and supervising equipment:
• Visual tank oil level indicator
• Low oil level alarm switch
• Visual thermometer
• High temperature alarm switch
• Oil pressure manometer
• Low pressure switch
• Oil filter blocked indicator
• Hand operated emergency pump
OPERATION
The normal working pressure is set to 45 bar +/- 5 bar using the pressure adjuster,
adjustment is made with the manoeuvre valve closed.
The pressure relief valve is factory set at 55bar
Hydraulic System
4.4 PROPELLER HUB LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM
4.4.1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The hub lubrication system provides a constant flow of oil through the propeller hub. The flow
rate is regulated to about 1 litre/min. The hub lubrication oil circuit consists of a gravity tank
placed at a height above propeller hub so that a pressure of 0.5 bar created. The lubrication
oil is monitored for water saturation, this enables the detection of water ingress into the
propeller hub at early stage.
The gravity tank is fed with oil from the main hydraulic tank at about 3 litre/min through pipe
LP. The overflow of oil is fed back to the hydraulic tank through the pipe LT. Lubrication oil
leaves the gravity tank through connection L and then passes through a flow switch, the flow
switch will activate if the flow falls below 0,5 bar. After passing through the hub the oil
combine with the normal leakage oil and returns to the tank through connection D1.
4.4.1.2 WATER SATURATION MEASURING

The lubrication oil returning to the tank passes over a water saturation sensor. This unit
measures the moisture level of the oil. The readings from the unit are logged in the remote
control system so that a trend can be established. In the event of ingress of water into the
propeller through hub seal damage the moisture content sensor will detect a sudden and
continuous rise in the water content.
Hydraulic System
4.4.1.3 HUB LUBRICATION OIL FILTER

The hub lubrication oil filter is capable of be used as a water extraction filter. During normal
operation the filter unit contains a 3 micron particle filter. When the oil contains water at or
above alarm level, the particle filter can be replaced by a water extracting filter, this will help
to keep the water level down until the cause of the water ingress can be rectified.
A change over valve and bypass is provided so that the filter elements can be changed with
stopping the system.
4.4.1.4 SHUT OFF VALVE

The pilot operated shut off valve is provided to stop the lubrication oil flow when the hydraulic
system is switched off. Without this function the lubrication gravity tank would drain back to
the hydraulic tank with out be refilled. If this was allowed to happen the static pressure in the
hub would fall with the possible consequence of hub seal failure.
4.4.1.5 FLOW SENSOR

The flow sensor is mounted in the pipe between the gravity tank and PCU lubrication input.
The unit produces an analogue 4-20mA signal that is monitored by the ERC3000 control
system.
4.4.1.6 HEADER TANK

The header tank provides the head pressure for the Propeller hub blade seals as well as the
circulation pressure for the lubrication system. The tank is continually fed with oil from the
hydraulic tank when the one of the pumps is in operation. A shut off valve is provided on the
output of the tank, this valve shall only be closed during serving of the PCU
4.4.1.7 HUB LUBRICATION SYSTEM FAULT - ALARM

This single alarm is produced by the ERC3000 control system using the analogue signals from
the Flow and Saturation sensor. The Alarm are set using the parameter setting screen,
normal values are:-
• Flow < 0,5 L/M for a period of > 2 hours
• Saturation >80% for a period > 1 hour
Hydraulic System
4.5 OIL RECOMMENDATIONS
IMPORTANT: Due to the hub lubrication system flow requirements only RECOMMENDED
type oil shall be used.
The following list is sample of Marine Hydraulic oils suitable for the hydraulic and lubrication
system:-
Manufacturer Type
Shell Tellus Tx Oil 32 or 46
ESSO Univis N 32 or N46
Texaco Rando HDZ 32 or 46
BP HLP SHF46
Castrol Hyspin AWH-M 32 or 46
Total/Elf Visga 32 or 46
FINA HYDRAN HVI 32 or 46
MOBIL DTE 13M (32 cst) or 15M (46 cst)
Other marine hydraulic oil types that meet the specification for High VI optimized low
temperature fluidity, with a viscosity index of 140 or greater may be used.
Issue 5 – Flow montoring using an analogue sensor
Hydraulic System
4.6 EMERGENCY CONTROL AND PITCH BLOCKING
4.6.1.1 EMERGENCY CONTROL

Emergency or back-up control is required in the event of a failure of the electrical remote
control system. Push buttons located on the solenoid control valve are provided. The push
buttons act directly on the flow control valve. Pitch position is adjusted according to the
mechanical indicator on the oil distributor box.
4.6.1.2 PITCH BLOCKING - TAKE HOME DEVICE

Pitch blocking is required in case of a total loss of hydraulic power. The equipment consists of
a high pressure hand pump and adaptor. This is used in conjunction with a pilot operated non
return valve built in to the ahead pressure oil line of the oil distributor.
The Hand pump is mounted on the tank unit and connected in to the solenoid valve
OPERATION
Refer to the hydraulic system, oil distributor and solenoid valve drawings. Proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that the hand pump pressure hose is connected to the solenoid valve
2. Operate the hand pump to pump oil into the “P” side on the solenoid valve and push the
emergency buttons on the solenoid valve until the mechanical pitch indicator reads the
required ahead or astern pitch.
Hydraulic System
4.7 HYDRAULIC PUMPS
Technical and installation data for the pumps is supplied in the form of the attached
manufactures data sheet.
4.8 WATER SENSOR & FLOW SWITCH
Setting up instructions are supplied in the form of the attached manufactures data sheets.
• EGE Series 500 inline flow sensor
• The water sensor has 4-20mA outputs for Saturation and Temperature, these signal are
connected to the ERC3000 control system, where they are monitored and logged.
4.9 ROUTINE SERVICE
The following checks shall be made daily:
1. Main Hydraulic pressure Filter blocked indication.
With the pump running check that the coloured indicator is showing Green. If showing
red replace filter cartridge immediately.
2. Lubrication Hydraulic pressure Filter blocked indication.
With the pump running check that the coloured indicator is showing Green. If showing
red replace filter cartridge immediately. This cartridge can be replaced by a water
absorbing cartridge in the event of a water saturation alarm.
3. Water saturation monitor.
Record the temperature and saturation reading. It is requested that the results be
forwarded to BERG on a monthly basis, using the form provided
Hydraulic System
4.10 APPENDIX
4.10.1 EGE Series 500 Inline Flow Sensor
4.10.2 Water Saturation Log Form
4.10.3 Hydraulic Pump Technical Data
4.10.4 DRAWINGS & PART LISTS
1. OD Box HDX-400 P1-24586
2. PCU Assembly HDX 400 P1-25668
3. PCU Mechanical Arrangement HDX 400 P2-24587
4. Hydraulic Tank Unit P3-25661 (1-3 of 3 shts)
5. Control Valve NG16 P3-23912
6. Header Tank – 28L P3-25486
7. Starter Unit 11-16A & Part lists P3-30655 revA (1-2 of 2+1 shts)
8. BCP Hydraulic System – Electrical Connections P3-32087
4.10.1 EGE Series 500 Inline
Flow Sensor
BZ1.031.721
Strömungswächter Sensoren 70
Sensors
Flow Controller
25
FLOW
øD
59
50
1 2
G1/4
19
112
88
ELEKTRONIK SDN...GSP/GR SDN...GA SDN...GSP-VA
Abgleich MIN-Wert Abgleich

1 Adjustment MIN-value Adjustment
MAX-Wert Verzögerung
2 MAX-value Delay
30
27 45
Typ/Type ID øD (I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII)
SDN 504 GSP P11247 G ¼, PNP-NO Ø4 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 1...1000 15…1000
SDN 504 GSP-VA P11270 G ¼, PNP-NO, 0…10s Ø4 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 1...1000 15…1000
SDN 504 GR P11271 G ¼, Relay-NO Ø4 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 1...1000 15…1000
SDN 504 GA P11249 G ¼, Analog 4…20 mA Ø4 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 0…+80 1...1000 15…1000
SDN 510 GSP P11248 G ¼, PNP-NO Ø 10 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 10…6000 100…6000
SDN 510 GSP-VA P11272 G ¼, PNP-NO, 0…10s Ø 10 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 10…6000 100…6000
SDN 510 GR P11273 G ¼, Relay-NO Ø 10 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 -20…+80 10…6000 100…6000
SDN 510 GA P11250 G ¼, Analog 4…20 mA Ø 10 1.4571 IP 67 20 0...60 0…+80 10…6000 100…6000
Technische Daten / Technical Data

(I) Werkstoff / Material 1.4571 º AISI 316Ti
(II) Schutzart / Protection
(III) Druckfestigkeit / Pressure resistance [bar]
(IV) Temperaturbereich Umgebung / Temperature range ambient [°C]
(V) Temperaturbereich Medium / Temperature range medium [°C]
(VI) Erfassungsbereich / Detection range [ml/min]
(VII) Arbeitsbereich / Working range [ml/min]
EGE-Elektronik Spezial-Sensoren GmbH · Ravensberg 34 · D-24214 Gettorf · ( 04346/4158-0 · Fax 04346/5658 · Internet www.ege-elektronik.com · e-mail info@ege-elektronik.com
B Z 1 .0 3 1 .7 2 2
A u s g a n g / O u tp u t / S o r tie A b g le ic h / A d ju s tm e n t / R é g la g e ...G S P /G R
1 B N 2 4 V D C 1 B N 2 4 V D C 1 B N 2 4 V D C
L + L + L +
S D N 5 ...G S P + /- 1 0 % S D N 5 ...G A + /- 1 0 % ...G R + /- 1 0 % D ie N e n n s tr ö m u n g s g e s c h w in d ig k e it v n m u ß in n e r h a lb d e s E r f a s s u n g s b e r e ic h e s lie g e n .
4 ...2 0 m A 4 B K T h e n o m in a l flo w s p e e d v n m u s t b e in t h e d e te c t io n r a n g e .
4 B K O u tp u t 4 B K
m a x . 2 0 0 m A 2 W H L e r é g la g e n 'e s t p o s s ib le q u e s i v n e s t c o m p r is d a n s la p la g e d e d é t e c t io n a d m is s ib le .
R L
b e i ru h e n d e m b e i s tr ö m e n d e m fü r S tr ö m u n g s - b e i S trö m u n g s -
L - 3 B U L - 3 B U L - 3 B U M e d iu m M e d iu m u n te r s c h r e itu n g ü b e rs c h r e itu n g
a t flo w o ff a t flo w o n fo r flo w h ig h e r th a n fo r flo w b e lo w
s u r f lu id à l 'a r r e t s u r flu id th re s h o ld th re s h o ld
L E D -A n z e ig e / L E D -D is p la y e n m o u v e m e n t p o u r é c
à fa ib le
o u le m e n t
v ite s s e
p o u r é c
à v ite s s
o u le m
e é le v
e n t
é e
1 1 1 1
S D N 5 ...G S P
S tr ö m u n g s g e s c h w in d ig k e it
ro t/r e d S t r ö m u n g k le in e r a ls e in g e s t e llte r S c h a lt p u n k t / f lo w b e lo w a d ju s t e d s e t p o in t É c o u le m e n t
F lo w s p e e d
g e lb / y e llo w S c h a lt p u n k t e r r e ic h t , A u s g a n g g e s c h a lte t / f lo w r e a c h e s s e t p o in t , o u tp u t a c tiv
g rü n /g re e n S c h a lt p u n k t ü b e r s c h r it te n , A u s g a n g g e s c h a lt e t / flo w is a b o v e s e tp o in t, o u tp u t a c t iv
2
0 2
0 2
0 2
0
B e re it s c h a ft s z e it
S D N 5 ...G A S ta n d - b y t im e
T e m p s d e m is e 4 5 s 1 5 s 4 5 s 1 5 s 4 5 s 1 5 s 4 5 s 1 5 s
ro t/re d k e i n e S t r ö m u n g o d e r S t r ö m u n g u n t e r h a l b v m in / n o f l o w o r f l o w b e l o w a d j u s t e d m i n i m u m f lo w a d is p o s it io n
g rü n /g re e n S t r ö m u n g im e in g e s te llt e n E r fa s s u n g s b e r e ic h , A u s g a n g s s t r o m > 4 m A 3 0 s 3 0 s 3 0 s 3 0 s
flo w is w ith in t h e a d ju s t e d d e t e c tio n r a n g e , o u tp u t c u r r e n t h ig h e r th a n 4 m A
3 3 3 3
E in b a u / In s ta lla tio n / M o n ta g e
m a x . D ru c k / m a x . p re s s u re : 2 0 b a r
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
S tr ö m u n g s g e s c h w in d ig k e it
É c o u le m e n t v > 0 v = 0 v < v n v > v n
F lo w s p e e d
S D N 5 0 4 ...: D > 4 m m
S D N 5 1 0 ...: D > 1 0 m m A n z e ig e n a c h Ä n d e ru n g d e r
6 6 6 65
D
1 B N 1 B N 1 B N 1 B N
L + L +
S trö m u n g S D N 5 ...G S P
L +
S D N 5 ...G S P S D N 5 ...G S P
L +
S D N 5 ...G S P
R é a c tio n d u c o n tr o le u r
4 B K 4 B K 4 B K 4 B K
R e a c tio n a f te r c h a n g in g
th e f lo w c o n d itio n s L - L - L - L -
F L O W 3 B U 3 B U 3 B U 3 B U
A b g le ic h / A d ju s tm e n t / R é g la g e ...G A
1 14
v m in v m a x
2
0 5
0
4 5 s 1 5 s 4 5 s 1 5 s
3 0 s 3 0 s
F L O W
F L O W
F L O W
F L O W
3 6
1 B N 1 B N
S D N 5 ...G A
L +
> 4 m A S D N 5 ...G A
L +
< 2 0 m A
4 ...2 0 m A 4 ...2 0 m A
4 B K 4 B K
S D N 5 0 0 1 5 5 0 1
R L R L
L - 3 B U L - 3 B U
4.10.2 Water Saturation Log
Form
CPP HYDRAULIC OIL – WATER
SATURATION AND TEMPERATURE LOG
Reading to be taken every 24 hours. Complete logs to be returned to Berg Propulsion monthly at:
Fax: +46 31 97 65 38 Post: Box 1005, 430 90, Öckerö, Sweden E-mail: info@bergpropulsion.com
Month :
Year :
Day Tank Oil Water Sensor Unit Water Sensor Unit Remarks
TemperatureºC TemperatureºC Saturation %
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Vessel Name :
Yard : New Build No. :

4.10.3 Hydraulic Pump
Technical Data
DENISON HYDRAULICS
PV, PVT Series
piston pumps for open circuits
Publ. 1-AM0009 (replaces 1-AM009-E)
E-Mail: denison@denisonhydraulics.com Internet: http://www.denisonhydraulics.com

CONTENTS
PAGE
data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
typical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
fluid connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
maximum allowable through drive torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
higher speed guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
benefits and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
operation of pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
rear drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
shaft options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
input shaft information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
side load capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
shaft bearing life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
recommended fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
viscosity index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
fluid cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
comparison of solid contamination classification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
system relief valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
compensators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
PV6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
PV10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
PV15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
PV20/PVM 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
PV29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
PVT6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
PVT10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
PVT15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
PVT20/PVR 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
PVT29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
PVT38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
PVT47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
PVT64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
PV torque limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
F and L compensators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
PVT38, 47, 64 rear drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26-28
SAE - A and SAE - B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
SAE - BB and SAE - C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
SAE - CC and SAE - D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
performance curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
at 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-30
at 1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31-32
ordering code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
conversions & formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
June 1999
2
DATA
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Specification Term Series Series Series Series Series Series Series Series Series
PV6 PV10 PV15 PV20 PVM20 PV29
PVT6 PVT10 PVT15 PVT20 PVR20 PVT29 PVT38 PVT47 PVT64
•displacement in3/rev. 0.88 1.26 2.09 2.62 2.62 3.78 4.88 6.10 7.93
at max angle cm3/rev. 14.4 20.6 34.2 42.9 42.9 61.9 80.0 100.0 130.0
•pressure, continuous psi 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3000 4000 4000 4000
bar 240 240 240 240 240 207 280 280 280
intermittent 1) psi 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000 4350 4350 4350
bar 310 310 310 310 310 280 300 300 300
•speed, max. 2) rpm 3000 3000 2500 2400 2600 2400 1800 1800 1800
•rotating inertia lb in2 2.00 3.3 7.87 11.97 11.97 21.84 27.98 44.39 68.22
kg m2 .0006 .00099 .00233 .00355 .00355 .00647 .00829 .01315 .02021
•compensator response
off-stroke ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
on-stroke ms 120 120 120 120 120 120 100 100 100
•compensator range psi 130-4000 130-4000 130-4000 130-4000 130-4000 130-3500 215-4000 215-4000 215-4000
bar 9-276 9-276 9-276 9-276 9-276 9-241 15-280 15-280 15-280
•compensator- psi/turn 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650
adjustment bar/turn 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8 44.8
•max. vol. adjustment

full to zero- stroke turns 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.7 9.7 10.5 13.1 14.0 15.3
maximum torque 3) lb-in 28 25 41 49 49 45
Nm 3.2 2.8 4.6 5.5 5.5 5.1
•minimum inlet- in-Hg -6.1 -6.1 -6.1 -6.1 -6.1 -6.1 -4.9 -4.9 -4.9
at 1800 rpm mm-Hg -155 -155 -155 -155 -155 -155 -125 -125 -125
•maximum inlet- psi 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

pressure bar 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5
•max. case pressure psi 10 10 10 10 10 10 7 7 7

bar 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5
•peak case pressure- psi 15 15 15 15 15 15 7 7 7

over inlet pressure bar 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5
•input mounting SAE 82-2 101-2 101-2 127-2 127-2 127-2 127-4 127-4 152-4
(A) (B) (B) (C) (C) (C) (C) (C) (D)
•input shaft, keyed SAE 19-1 22-1 22,25-14) 32-1 32-1 32-1 38-1 44-1 44-1
splined 22-4 22-4 22,25-44) 32-4 32-4 32-4 38-4 38-4 44-4
(A)(B) (B) (B,B-B) (C) (C) (C) (CC) (D,CC) (D)
•shaft bearing life at-
1800 rpm, 2500 psi (*4000 psi)
front bearing hrs 3100 4800 3500 4400 4400 2100 8776 13789 24720
rear bearing hrs 9600 9400 3100 5100 5100 2600 7165 11510 15533
1500 rpm, 172 bar (*280 bar)
front bearing hrs 3720 5760 4200 5280 5280 2520 10531 16547 29964
rear bearing hrs 11520 11280 3720 6120 6120 3120 8598 13812 18640
•weight-approx. -PV, PVM lb 24 36 43 57 57 73 — — —

Kg 11 16 20 26 26 33 — — —
•weight-approx. -PVT, PVR lb 30 45 55 71 71 93 110 156 211

Kg 14 20 25 32 32 42 50 71 95
1)
10% of operation time, not exceeding 6 successive seconds.
2)
for speeds over 1800 rpm see higher speeds guideline chart pg. 5.
3)
this is a maximum torque-actual torque reduces by about 25% at full stroke.
4)
PV15 uses 22-1,22-4 (SAE-B) only
* PVT 38, 47 and 64
June 1999
3
DATA
FLUID
CONNECTIONS
Term Series Series Series Series Series Series Series Series Series
PV6 PV10 PV15 PV20 PVM20 PV29
PVT6 PVT10 PVT15 PVT20 PVR20 PVT29 PVT38 PVT47 PVT64
•port A PV/PVM SAE St. Thd. -12 -20 -20 -20 -24 -20 N/A N/A N/A
(inlet) BSPP 3/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 N/A N/A N/A
• port B PV/PVM SAE St. Thd. -12 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 N/A N/A N/A
(outlet) BSPP 3/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 N/A N/A N/A
•port A (inlet),PVT/PVR in. 1” 1.25” 1.5” 1.5” 1.5” 2” 2” 2.5” 2.5”

SAE code 61 4 bolt flg. mm 25.4 31.75 38.1 38.1 38.1 50.8 50.0 63.5 63.5
•port B (outlet),PVT/PVR in. .75” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1” 1.5” 1.5” 1.5”

SAE code 61 4 bolt flg. mm 19.1 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 38.1 38.1 38.1
•port D SAE St. Thd. -6 -8 -8 -8 -8 -8 -12 -12 -12

BSPP 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 N/A N/A N/A
•port V SAE St. Thd. -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4 -4

BSPP 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 N/A N/A N/A
MAXIMUM Max. input torque: max. torque allowed on input shaft from the combined torques of front and rear pumps.
ALLOWABLE Max. rear drive torque: max. torque allowed from rear pump.
THROUGH
input max. rear rear max.
DRIVE
shaft input mounting drive coupling rear drive
TORQUE torque pad (spline) torque
lbs-in.(Nm) lbs-in.(Nm)
SAE-19-1 (A) key 1125 (127,1) SAE-82-2 (A) SAE-16-4 (A) 1125 (127,1)
PVT6 SAE-22-4 (B) spline 2025 (228,8) SAE-22-4 (B) 1125 (127,1)
SAE-22-1 (B) key 1680 (189,8) SAE-82-2,101-2 (A,B) SAE-16-4 (A) 1680 (189,8)
PVT10 SAE-22-4 (B) spline 2550 (288,1) SAE-22-4 (B) 1925 (217,5)
SAE-22-1 (B) key 1680 (189,8) SAE-82-2,101-2 (A,B) SAE-16-4 (A) 1680 (189,8)
SAE-22-4 (B) spline 2185 (246,9) SAE-22-4 (B) 2000 (226)
PVT15 SAE-25-1 (B-B) key 2850 (332) SAE-25-4 (B-B) 2000 (226)
SAE-25-4 (B-B) spline 3825 (432,2) 2000 (226)
PVT20 SAE-32-1 (C) key 4675 (528,3) SAE-82-2,101-2,127-2 SAE-16-4 (A) 3850 (435)
PVR20 SAE-32-4 (C) spline 4675 (528,3) (A,B,C) SAE-22-4 (B) 3850 (435)
SAE-25-4 (B-B)
SAE-32-4 (C)
PVT29 SAE-32-1 (C) key 4880 (551,4) SAE-82-2,101-2,127-2 SAE-16-4 (A) 3850 (435)
SAE-32-4 (C) spline 6300 (711,9) (A,B,C) SAE-22-4 (B) 3850 (435)
SAE-25-4 (B-B)
SAE-32-4 (C)
PVT38 SAE-38-4 (CC) spline 6501 (735) SAE -82-2, 101-2,127-2 SAE-16-4 (A) 3007 (340)
SAE-38-2 (CC) key 6501 (735) (A,B,C) SAE-22-4 (B)
SAE-25-4 (B-B)
SAE-32-4 (C)
SAE-38-4 (C-C)
SAE-38-4 (CC) spline 8756 (990) SAE-82-2,101-2,127-2 SAE-16-4 (A) 5660 (640)
PVT47
SAE-44-2 (D) key 8756 (990) (A,B,C) SAE-22-4 (B)
SAE-25-4 (B-B)
SAE-32-4 (C)
SAE-38-4 (C-C)
PVT64 SAE-38-4 (D) spline 11365 (1285) SAE-82-2, 101-2, SAE-16-4 (A) 5660 (640)
SAE-44-2 (D) key 11365 (1285) 127-2, 127-4, 152-4 SAE-22-4 (B)
(A,B,C,D) SAE-25-4 (B-B)
SAE-32-4 (C)
SAE-38-4 (C-C)
SAE-44-4 (D)
June 1999
4
DATA
HIGHER SPEED GUIDES

Speed Minimum inlet pressure maximum
pressure gage absolute pressure case pressure
rpm psi bar psi bar psi bar
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2050 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
PV6 2100 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 5 0,3
PVT6 2750 -2.4 -0,2 12.4 0,9 5 0,3
2900 -1.0 -0,1 13.7 1,0 5 0,3
3000 0.0 0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2100 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
2500 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 5 0,3
PV10 2550 -2.5 -0,2 12.2 0,8 5 0,3
PVT10 2700 -1.0 -0,1 13.7 0,9 5 0,3
2800 0.0 0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
3000 2.2 0,2 16.9 1,2 5 0,3
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2100 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
2230 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 5 0,3
PV15 2275 -2.5 -0,2 12.2 0,8 5 0,3
PVT15 2350 -1.7 -0,1 13.0 0,9 5 0,3
2500 0.0 0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2050 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
PV20 2100 -2.5 -0,2 12.3 0,9 5 0,3
2200 -1.3 -0,1 13.5 0,9 5 0,3
PVT20
2300 -0.0 -0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
2400 1.3 0,1 16.0 1,1 5 0,3
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2000 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
PVM20 2100 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 5 0,3
PVR20 2200 -2.0 -0,1 12.7 0,9 5 0,3
2400 -1.0 -0,1 13.7 0,9 5 0,3
2600 0.0 0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
1800 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 10 0,7

2050 -3.0 -0,2 11.7 0,8 7 0,5
PV29 2100 -2.5 -0,2 12.3 0,9 5 0,3
PVT29 2200 -1.3 -0,1 13.5 0,9 5 0,3
2300 -0.0 -0,0 14.7 1,0 5 0,3
2400 1.3 0,1 16.0 1,1 5 0,3
PVT38 1800 -2.0 -0,15 14.1 0,95 7 0,5
1800 -2.0 -0,15 14.1 0,95 7 0,5

PVT47
PVT64 1800 -2.0 -0,15 14.1 0,95 7 0,5
Note: Watch the case pressures carefully. Rapid compensation at high speeds can
cause severe case spikes. If the pump feeds into a blocked center valve that closes
quickly, use both case drain ports and direct short case drain lines and a relief valve.
June 1999
5
FEATURES
Benefits and features:
For quiet operation and high productivity, specify DENISON’S PV and PVT series pressure compensated, variable volume axial piston
pumps. Designed right and built tough, they provide reliable fluid power...even under severe conditions!
You gain more efficient machine operation, upgrade equipment performance and reduce maintenance easily with these quiet, efficient
pumps. Because they are interchangeable with other popular pumps, you can use the PV pumps to replace existing older pumps
which are not functioning to your satisfaction.
Check these benefits:

• quiet operation- improves working conditions, low noise levels • convenience- side or rear port options for ease and
over entire operating range. convenience of mounting.
• contamination tolerances- improves dependability and • high productivity- because of unique efficiency.
reduces maintenance cost.
• greater safety- you can use fire resistant hydraulic fluids
• more power- because of the PV’s high pressure ratings. without sacrificing performance.
Max. intermittent operating pressures to 4500 psi (310) bar.
• simple construction- for long, dependable service.
• system savings- because higher pressure allows use of
• tailor the flow- to your needs with the standard maximum
smaller components...you can “downsize” and gain real
savings. volume adjustment.
• interchangeable- with other SAE mounted piston pumps.

• versatility- full power through drive to allow multiple pumps
Conformance to SAE flange mounting and SAE,
to be driven from one prime mover.
BSPP or SAE code 61 4-bolt flange.
2 3 4
1
PV
REAR PORT VERSION
(SHOWN)
1 maximum volume adjustment 3 port plate- replaceable 7 SAE mounting- easily interchangeable
with other SAE mounted pumps
2 fast compensator 4 smoother power and quieter
response- 50 ms. off-stroke, operation- with nine-piston - operates with many hydraulic fluids
120 ms on-stroke. Other controls rotating group
available- ventable compensator, - also available are side porting and
load sensing and power limiter 5 adjustable compensator rear drive
6 key and spline conform to industry

standard
June 1999
6
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL The PV/PVT series pumps are variable displacement open circuit piston pumps with a
design emphasis on operation economy. These axial piston pumps for open loop oper-
ation are suitable for rear drive in the PVT series configuration.
The PV/PVT pumps have a displacement of 0.88 to 7.93 cu. in/rev. (14,4 to 130,0
cc/rev.) with a continuous working pressure up to 4000 psi (280 bar): The pumps can
be equipped with a pressure compensator, ventable compensator, load sensing or
power limit control.
MOUNTING The PV/PVT pumps have been designed to operate in a wide range of applications in
industries where high pressure and variable flow are required at competitive cost.
These pumps are designed to operate in any position. The mounting hub and two bolt
mounting flange are in conformance with SAE standards. The pump shaft must be in
alignment with the shaft of the source driver and should be checked with a dial indica-
tor. The mating pilot bore and coupling must be concentric. This concentricity is partic-
ularly important if the shaft is rigidly connected to the driven load without a flexible
coupling.
REAR DRIVE: See installation drawings page 11 thru 23 of this bulletin for mounting and page 24
for maximum allowable torque in the data section for torque limits.
SHAFT OPTIONS: SAE splined and keyed, see installation drawings page 11 thru 23 for details.
INPUT SHAFT INFORMATION: Splined: The shafts will accept a maximum misalignment of 0.002 in. (0,06mm) total
indicator reading when the pump is foot mounted and 0.001 in. (0,03 mm) when flange
mounted. Angular misalignment at the male and female spline axis must be less
than ±0,002 inch per inch radius (± 0,002 mm/mm). The coupling interface must be
lubricated.
DENISON recommends lithium molydisulfide or similar grease. The female coupling

should be hardened to 27/34 Rc and must conform to SAE-J498c, class 5 flat root
side fit.
Keyed: High strength heat treated keys must be used. Replacement keys must
be hardened to 27-34 Rc. The key corners must be chamfered 0.03 - 0.04 in.
(0,75-1,0 mm) at 45° to clear radii that exist in the keyway.
SIDE LOAD CAPABILITY: The PV series is designed for inline-drive and side loading on the shaft is not
recommended. If this is unavoidable consult your nearest DENISON HYDRAULICS
representative.
SHAFT BEARING LIFE: See chart in data section of this bulletin.
See installation drawings in the back of this bulletin for port connections.
PIPING The maximum case pressure is shown on page 3. Case pressure must never exceed
inlet pressure by more than 13 psi (0,9 bar). When connecting case drain line make
certain that drain plumbing passes above highest point of the pump before passing to
the reservoir.
The case leakage line must be of sufficient size to prevent back pressure in excess of
the values on page 3 and returned to the reservoir below the surface of the oil as far
from the supply suction as possible. All fluid lines, whether pipe, tubing, or hose must
be adequate size and strength to assure free flow through the pump. An undersize
inlet line will prevent the pump from operating at full rated speed. An undersize outlet
line will create back pressure and cause heat generation. Flexible hose lines are rec-
ommended. If rigid piping is used, the workmanship must be accurate to eliminate
strain on the pump port block or to the fluid connections. Sharp bends in the lines
must be eliminated wherever possible. All system piping must be cleaned with solvent
or equivalent before installing pump. Make sure the entire hydraulic system is free of
dirt, lint, scale, or other foreign material.
Caution: Do not use galvanized pipe. Galvanized coating can flake off with continued
use.
June 1999
7
DESCRIPTION
SERVICE INFORMATION These hydraulic products are designed to give long dependable service when properly
applied and their systems properly maintained. These general instructions apply to typ-
ical systems. Specific instructions for particular equipment can be developed from
them.
Refer to bulletin S1-AM009 for service information.
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS The fluid recommended for use in these pumps has a petroleum base and contains
agents which provide oxidation inhibition and anti-rust, anti-foam and de-aerating prop-
erties as described in DENISON HYDRAULICS standard HF-1. Where anti-wear addi-
tive fluids are specified, see DENISON HYDRAULICS standard HF-0.
VISCOSITY max. at cold start- 7500 SUS (1600 cSt)

at low pressure, low flow, and if possible, low speed
max. at full power- 750 SUS (160 cSt)
optimum for max. life- 140 SUS (30 cSt)
minimum at full power- 60 SUS (10 cSt)
VISCOSITY INDEX
90 V. I. minimum. Higher values extend the range of operating temperature but may
reduce the service life of the fluid.
TEMPERATURE Determined by the viscosity characteristics of the fluid used. Because high tempera-
tures degrade seals, reduce the service life of the fluid and create hazards, fluid tem-
perature should not exceed 180°F (82°C) at the case drain.
MAINTENANCE The pump is self-lubricating and preventative maintenance is limited to keeping system
fluid clean by changing filters frequently. Keep all fittings and screws tight. Do not
operate at pressures and speeds in excess of the recommended limit. If the pump
does not operate properly, check the troubleshooting chart before attempting to over-
haul the unit. Overhauling may be accomplished by referring to the disassembly,
rework limits of wear parts, and assembly procedures. Refer to the service manual for
troubleshooting and overhaul information.
FLUID CLEANLINESS Fluid must be cleaned before and continuously during operation by filters that maintain
a cleanliness level of ISO 17/14. This approximately corresponds to NAS 1638 class 8
(class 9 for 15 micron and smaller). This fluid level cleanliness can usually be accom-
plished by the effective use of 10 micron filters. Better cleanliness levels will signifi-
cantly extend the life of the components. As contaminant generation may vary with
each application, each must be analyzed to determine proper filtration to maintain the
required cleanliness level.
COMPARISON OF SOLID CONTAMINATION CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS STANDARD (NAS) 1638
class
00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
5-15µm 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 32000 64000 128000 256000 512000 1024000
particle 15-25µm 22 44 89 178 356 712 1425 2850 5700 11400 22800 45600 91200 182400
size 25-50µm 4 8 16 32 63 126 253 506 1012 2025 4050 8100 16200 32400
range 50-100µm 1 2 3 6 11 22 45 90 180 360 720 1440 2880 5760
>100µm 0 0 1 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024
maximum >5µm 152 304 609 1217 2432 4864 9731 19462 38924 77849 155698 311396 622792 1245584
particles >15µm 27 54 109 217 432 864 1731 3462 6924 13849 27698 55396 110792 221584
ISO:DIS 4406; SAE J1165
iso solid contaminant code

8/5 9/6 10/7 11/8 12/9 13/10 14/11 15/12 16/13 17/14 18/15 19/16 20/17 21/18 22/19
maximum >5µm 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 32000 64000 130000 250000 500000 1000000 2000000 4000000
particles >15µm 32 64 130 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 16000 32000 64000 130000 250000 500000
NOTES: All measurements are for a 100 ml sample size.
June 1999
8
DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM RELIEF VALVES Although the PV/PVT series pumps have very fast off-stroke compensator response,
system relief valves are recommended in all cases for safety considerations.
COMPENSATOR The C and F pressure compensator control allows the pump to deliver full volume from
the outlet port until the pressure rises to the value set by the control. One turn clock-
wise of the pressure compensator adjusting screw represents a pressure increase of
approximately 650 psi (45 bar).
The control then reduces the pump volume to that required by the system while main-
taining the preset pressure at the outlet port. The stroking piston is controlled by a 3-
way valve which is shifted by discharge pressure.
The fast response (typically 50 ms off-stroke and 120 ms on-stroke) and high flow
capacity of this valve holds pressure overshoot and undershoot to a minimum.
An adjusting screw complete with locknut allows the pump volume to be set between
maximum and zero.
Clockwise rotation pumps have the pressure compensator control located on the left
side of the pump body; on counter clockwise rotation pumps the control is on the right
side.
Units with C- compensator, a 30-50 psi (2-3 bar) check valve is recommended in the
discharge port on all open loop pumps. The check valve must be located approximate-
ly 12 in. (0.3 M) from the discharge port. Failure to locate the check valve at this point
may result in compensator hunting.
B A – Inlet
C- COMPENSATOR CIRCUIT B – Outlet
D – Case drain
A D
F- VENTABLE COMPENSATOR The F- compensator is used in applications requiring remote control pressure. The
remote relief is connected to the vent port. The pressure may be controlled at any
level below the compensator pressure setting. The vent port may also be used to
remotely vent-off the compensator for starting.
Caution: The F- and L- differential spring is the same as the C- compensator spring.
Therefore it is possible to set the differential pressure too high.
B V
A – Inlet
B – Outlet
D – Case drain
V – Vent
A D
June 1999
9
DESCRIPTION
L- LOAD SENSING COMPENSATOR The L- compensator is used for load sensing circuits. The L- compensator prevents
pilot flow from entering the circuit which will eliminate creeping of the load. The L-
compensator will let the pump deliver a constant flow rate to the circuit by providing an
adjustable ∆ P across the customers orifice or valve. The pump will operate at 250-400
psi (17-28 bar) above load pressure.
B V
A – Inlet
B – Outlet
D – Case drain
V – Vent
A D
J- TORQUE LIMITER (low range) The torque limiter monitors both pressure and displacement (hanger angle). It is a sin-
K- TORQUE LIMITER (high range) gle spring unit which works with the “F” compensator, and can also be connected into
a load sensing or remote venting circuit. As pressure rises, flow is reduced according
to the zero adjustment and spring rate of the torque limiter. When pressure has risen
to its full value, control is assumed by the “F” compensator. The torque limiter func-
tions down to 20% of corner power. Lower adjustment are possible, at the expense of
peak pressure.
B V
A – Inlet
B – Outlet
D – Case drain
V – Vent
A D
June 1999
10
COMPENSATOR VENT PORT
SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
1.54
(39,1)
1.79
(45,5)
* 4.11
(104,4)
FOR CCW FOR CW
.1884
* 4.56
11
.1874 (115,8)
SQUARE KEY
(4,785)
(4,760)
1.46
(37,1)
* 3.78
(96,0)
2.79
(70,9)
1.00
(25,4)
.832
(21,13)
*
6.71
(170,4)
June 1999
.750
.749 *
DIA.
(19,05)
9.41
(19,02) (239,0)
9.89
INSTALLATION SERIES PV6

(251,23) MAXIMUM
"F" AND "L" COMPENSATOR - KEYED SHAFT

(SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW)
NOTE:
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 82-2 (SAE A) SPECIFICATIONS
EXCEPT FOR DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '.
* DRAIN PORT
SAE - 8 or BSPP - 1/2"
SYSTEM PORTS
9.72 MAXIMUM SAE 12 1 1/16-12 UNF-2B
(246,9) (BSPP-3/4 " THREADS - OPTIONAL)
6.11 MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP
(155,2) - 2 PLACES AS SHOWN
ADJUSTING SCREW
5.12
(130,0)
* (41,4)
1.63 6.43
(163,3)
1.67
(42,4)
4.17 .25 1.57 2.70 MAXIMUM FOR CCW FOR CW
(105,9) (6,4) (39,9) (68,6)
3.03 .03
(77,0) (0,75)
2.20
3.74
DIA.
(55,9) 1.30
(33,0) * 1.89
(48,0)
(95,0)
R.
5.62
(142,7) *(24,9)
.98
3.250
3.248
.47 DIA.
(82,55)
(11,9) 2.15 (82,50) 45°
(54,6)
30° *
.06
(1,5) 1.13 OUTLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
.49 INLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
(12,4) (28,7)
2.25
SAE 22-4 (SAE B) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA (57,2)
* CLASS 5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c
NUMBER OF TEETH 13 INLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
PITCH 16/32 OUTLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
PRESSURE ANGLE 30°
MAJOR DIA. .875/.853 (22,23/21,67)
MINOR DIA. .715 (18,16) "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
(KEYED SHAFT SHOWN ABOVE)
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC (SI UNITS).
"D" Series PV6
1.61 2.33 * 4.31 SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(40,9) (59,2) (109,5) (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL) FOR CCW FOR CW
*
1.88
(47,8)
1.25
(31,8)
.2510 4.84
.2500 SQUARE KEY (122,9)
(6,375)
12
(6,350) 4.06
3.07 (103,1)
(78,0)
.987
(25,07)
7.20
(182,9)
.875
June 1999
.874
DIA.
(22,23)
(22,20)
10.21
(259,3)

10.59
MAXIMUM
(268,9)

NOTE:
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B) SPECIFICATIONS (SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW)
WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:
1. THERE IS NO 2.00 (50,8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE. DRAIN PORT SYSTEM PORTS
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. * SAE - 10 or BSPP - 3/4" SAE-20 1-5/8"-12 UNF-2B
(BSPP-1-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
- 2 PLACES AS SHOWN
6.85 1.75 * 6.88 1.38 MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP
(44,5) (174,8) (35,1) ADJUSTING SCREW
(174,0)
5.75 .37 1.77 2.32 MAXIMUM
(9,4) (45,0) (58,9) FOR CCW FOR CW
(146,1)
1.30 *
(33,0)
3.27 .06
(83,1) (1,5)
2.48
6.11 (63,0) 2.09
R. .98 (53,1)
(155,2) (24,9)
* 4.000
4.72
3.998
(119,9) * (101,60) DIA.
(101,55)
.57 45°
*
(14,5)
30°
.06 1.18
(1,5) (30,0) OUTLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
.53 INLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
(13,5) 2.36
(60,0)
10.01
(254,3)MAXIMUM
* CLASS
SAE 22-4 (SAE B) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA
5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c INLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
OUTLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
NUMBER OF TEETH 13
PITCH 16/32
PRESSURE ANGLE 30°
MAJOR DIA. .875/.853 (22,23/21,67)
MINOR DIA. .715 (18,16)
"C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC (SI UNITS). (KEYED SHAFT SHOWN ABOVE)
"D" Series PV10

SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
1.89
(48,0)
2.29
(58,2)
* 5.00
(127,0)
FOR CCW FOR CW
1.88
(47,8)
*
.2510 1.25
.2500 SQUARE KEY (31,8)
13
(6,375) 5.23 4.45

(6,350) (132,8) (113,0)
3.46
(87,9)
7.95
(201,9)
.987
(25,07)
June 1999
.875
.874
(22,23)
(22,20) 10.85

(275,6)
12.35
MAXIMUM
(313,7)

NOTE: (SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW)
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B) SPECIFICATIONS
1. THERE IS NO 2.00 (50.8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG.
DRAIN PORT
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '
* SAE - 10 or BSPP - 3/4" SYSTEM PORTS
SAE-20 1 5/8-12 UNF-2B
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP (BSPP-1 1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
- 2 PLACES AS SHOWN
7.44
(189,0) 6.85
1.71
(43,4)
* 7.51
(190,8)
2.55
(64,8)
ADJUSTING SCREW
.37 1.97 2.90
(174,0) (9,4) (50,0) MAXIMUM FOR CCW FOR CW
5.75 (73,7)
(146,1)
3.86
(98,0) .08
(2,0)
2.87
4.72 *
(119,9)
(72,9)
.98
2.48
(63,0)
6.93 (24,9)
R.
(176,0)
4.000
3.998
(101,60) DIA.
.57 (101,55) 45°
(14,8) * *30°
.06
(1,5) 1.30
(33,0)
* 1.31
(33,3)
.53 2.62
(13,5)
(66,5) OUTLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
INLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
SAE 22-4 (SAE B) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA 11.77
* CLASS 5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c (299,0)
MAXIMUM
INLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
NUMBER OF TEETH 13 OUTLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
PITCH 16/32
PRESSURE ANGLE 30°
MAJOR DIA.
MINOR DIA.
.875/.853 (22,23/21,67)
.715 (18,16)
"C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC (SI UNITS). "D" Series PV15
INSTALLATION SERIES PV20/PVM20
June 1999
14
SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
12.05 (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
(306,1) FOR CCW FOR CW
2.36
(59,9) 2.32
(58,9)
* 6.18
(157,0)
5.90
15
.3136 (149,9) 5.12

.3126 SQUARE KEY (130,0)
4.13
(104,9)
(7,965)
(7,940)
1.87
(47,5)
*
1.25
(31,8)
9.24
(234,7)
1.391
(35,33)
1.250
June 1999
1.248 DIA.
(31,75)
(31,70)
13.14 MAXIMUM
(333,8)

NOTE: (SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW)
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 127-2 (SAE C) SPECIFICATIONS
1. THERE IS NO 2.50 (63,5) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE.
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '.
*
DRAIN PORT
SAE - 12 or BSPP -1" SYSTEM PORTS
SAE-20 1 5/8-12 UNF-2B
8.66 (BSPP-1 1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
(220,0) * MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP - 2 PLACES AS SHOWN
8.39 2.19 8.79 2.02 ADJUSTING SCREW
(213,1) * (55,6) (223,3) (51,3)
7.13 .37 2.36 2.50 MAXIMUM FOR CW
(59,9) (63,5) FOR CCW
(181,1) (9,4)
4.61 .08
(117,1) (2,0)
3.54
(89,9) * 1.73
(43,9) 3.03
R.
5.83 (77,0)
8.29 1.10
(148,1) DIA. (27,9)
(210,6)
5.000
4.980
.70 (127,00) DIA.
(17,8) 3.34 (126,49)
45°
(84,8)
30°*
.08
(2,0) .65 OUTLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
1.63
(16,5) (41,4) INLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
3.25
(82,6)
SAE 32-4 (SAE C) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA 13.00
* CLASS 5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c (330,2) MAXIMUM
NUMBER OF TEETH 14 INLET PORT FOR CW ROTATION
PITCH 12/24 OUTLET PORT FOR CCW ROTATION
PRESSURE ANGLE 30°
MAJOR DIA. 1.250/1.224 (31,75/31,09)
MINOR DIA. 1.040 (26,4) "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
NOTE: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC (SI UNITS). "D" Series PV29
SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
10.01 (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
(254,3) MAXIMUM
9.41
1.54 (239,0) FOR CCW FOR CW
(39,1) 1.79* 4.11
(45,5) (104,4)
1.46 *
(37,1)
16
.1884 1.00 4.56

*
.1874 SQUARE KEY (25,4) (115,8)
(4,785) 3.78
(4,760) (96,0)
2.79
(70,9)
2.06
.832
(21,13)
* (52,3)
1.03 3.25 6.71

(26,2) (82,6) (170,4)
.750 *
June 1999
.749
(19,05)
(19,02)
INLET ADAPTER PLATE
NOTE: SAE 19-1 (SAE A) 3/8-16 UNC-2B .52 SAE 82-2 (SAE A)
INSTALLATION SERIES PVT6

TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS THREAD x .75 DP. (13,2) 1.04 MOUNTING FLANGE 2.09
TO SAE 82-2 (SAE A) SPECIFICATIONS 4 PLACES (53,1)
(26,4) 1" DIA. (REF.)
EXCEPT FOR DIMENSIONS MARKED 6.12 4.17
*
WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. (155,4)
7.79
0.43
(10,9)
(105,9)
(197,9) 3/8-16 UNC-2B

THREAD x .75 DP.
2 PLACES
DRAIN PORT
SAE - 8 or BSPP - 1/2"
6.26 9.81
(159,0) (249,2) 6.11
3.13 (155,2)
(79,5) 0.43 7.79
MAXIMUM
1.59 * 5.12
FOR CW (10,9) (197,9) (40,4) (130,0)
FOR CCW 2.70 1.57 .25 4.17
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP (68,6) (39,9) (6,4) (105,9)
ADJUSTING SCREW
.03 3.03
(0,75) (77,0)
1.30 * 2.20
(33,0) (55,9)
1.89
(48,0)
.98
(24,9)
* 5.62 R.
3.25 0.94 (142,7) 3.74
DIA.
(82,6) (23,9) (95,0)
1.88
(47,8)
.47
45° 2.15
(11,9)
(54,6)
30° *
.06
(1,5)
1.00" INLET - CW 3.250
.75" OUTLET - CCW .75" OUTLET - CW .44 .75 DIA. REF. 3.248 DIA.
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE 1.00" INLET - CCW (11,2) (82,55)
CODE 61) (SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE 3/8-16 UNC-2B (82,50)
THREAD x .75 DP. 0.88 .49 NOTE:
CODE 61) 4 PLACES (22,4)
6.12 (12,4) TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS
(155,4) TO SAE 82-2 (SAE A) SPECIFICATIONS
EXCEPT FOR DIMENSIONS MARKED
1. DELIVERY AT 1800 RPM WITH MINIMUM DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. *
*CLASS
5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c
NUMBER OF TEETH 13
PITCH
PRESSURE ANGLE
16/32
30° "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
MAJOR DIA. .875/.853 (22,23/21,67) (KEYED SHAFT SHOWN ABOVE)
MINOR DIA. .715 (18,16) MIN.
"D" SERIES PVT6
11.58 MAXIMUM SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
1.61 (294.1) 10.21 (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
FOR CW
(40,9) (259,3)
4.31 FOR CCW
2.33
(59,2)
* (109,5)
.2510 * 1.88
.2500 (47,8)
(6,375) SQUARE KEY 1.25
(6,350) (31,8) 4.84
1.25 DIA. (122,9)
(REF.)
17
4.06
3.07 (103,1)
(78,0)
4.00
(101,6)
.987
(25,07) 2.31
(58,7)
1.16 7.20
(29,5)
(182,9)
.875
.874 DIA.
June 1999
(22,23)
(22,20)
INLET 0.59 2.09
SAE 22-1 (SAE B) 7/16-14 UNC-2B (15,0) ADAPTER PLATE (53,1)
NOTE: THREAD x .875 DP. 1.18 4.19
SAE 101-2 (SAE B)

TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B) 4 PLACES (30,0) (106,4)
MOUNTING FLANGE
SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: 6.60 5.75
1. THERE IS NO 2.00 (50,8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE. (167.6) 8.67 (146,1)
0.58
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. * (220,2) (14,7) 3/8-16 UNC-2B
THREAD x .75 DP.
"F" AND "L" COMPENSATOR - KEYED SHAFT 2 PLACES
1/2-13 UNC-2B
(SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW) THREAD x 1.00 DP.
2 PLACES
DRAIN PORT
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP SAE - 10 or BSPP 3/4"
7.04 ADJUSTING SCREW
(178,8)
3.52 8.67 *1.75 6.85
(220,2) (44,5)
(89,4) (174,0)
2.32 1.77 .37
FOR CCW FOR CW 0.58 (58,9) (45,0) (9,4) 5.75
(14,7) *1.30 (146,1)
(33,0)
.06 3.27
(1,5) (83,1)
2.48
(63,0) 2.09 .98 6.11
(53,1) (24,9) R.
(155,2) *
1.03
(26,2)
2.06
(52,3)
4.00
(101,6) 4.72
(119,9)
45°
* 30° .57
(14,5)
.06
3.25 DIA. - SAE A (1,5)
1.25" INLET - CW MOUNTING FLANGE .53 4.000
1.00" OUTLET - CCW OUTLET 1.00 DIA. 3.998
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE 1.00" OUTLET - CW 3/8-16 UNC-2B 0.52 (REF.) (13,5) (101,60) DIA.
CODE 61) 1.25" INLET - CCW THREAD. x .75 DP. (13,2) (101,55)
1.04 NOTE:
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE 4 PLACES TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B)
CODE 61) (26,4) 6.60 SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:
(167.6) 1. THERE IS NO 2.00 (50,8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE.
10.99
MAXIMUM
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. *
(279.1)
CLASS 5, FLAT ROOT SIDE FIT PER J498c
NUMBER OF TEETH 13
PITCH 16/32
PRESSURE ANGLE 30° "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
MAJOR DIA. .875/.853 (22,23/21,67) (KEYED SHAFT SHOWN ABOVE)
MINOR DIA. .715 (18,16)
"D" SERIES PVT10
12.41 COMPENSATOR VENT PORT
MAXIMUM SAE-4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(315.2)
1.89 10.85 (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
(48,0) (275,6) FOR CCW FOR CW
*(58,2)
2.29 5.00
(127,0)
SAE 22-1 (SAE B)
.2510
*(47,8)
1.88
.2500 SQUARE KEY
1.25
(6,375)
(31,8)
(6,350) 1.50 DIA. 5.23 4.45
(REF.) (132,8) (113,0)
18
3.46
(87,9)
1.38
(35,1) 4.00
.987 (101,6)
(25,07)
2.76
(70,1) 7.95
.875 (201,9)
.874
(22,23)
(22,20)
June 1999
INLET 0.70
7/16-14 UNC-2B (17,8)
ADAPTER PLATE 2.09
THREAD x .88 DEEP 1.40 (53,1)
NOTE: 4 PLACES SAE 101-2 (SAE B) 4.19
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B) (35,6)
7.35 MOUNTING FLANGE (106,4)

SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: (186,7) 5.75
9.54 0.58 (146,1)
1.THERE IS NO 2.00 (50.8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE. (242,3) (14,7)
* 3/8-16 UNC-2B
THREAD x .75 DP.
"F" AND "L" COMPENSATOR - KEYED SHAFT 2 PLACES 1/2-13 UNC-2B
THREAD x 1.00 DP.
(SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW) 2 PLACES
DRAIN PORT
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP SAE-10 or BSPP - 3/4"
ADJUSTING SCREW
8.29
(210,6) 11.86 7.44
4.15 (301,2) MAXIMUM (189,0) 6.85
(105,0) 9.54 1.74
0.58 (174,0)
(14,7) (242,3) (44,2) 5.75
(146,1)
2.90 1.97 0.37
FOR CCW FOR CW (73,7) (50,0) (9,4)
0.09
(2,0)
1.30
(33,0)
*
3.86 2.87
2.48
1.16
(98,0) (72,9) *
4.72
(63,0)
(29,5) 6.93 R. (119,9)
1.03 (176,0)
4.00
(101,6) (26,2)
2.06
(52,3)
45°
*.57
(14,8)
30° *
1.50" INLET - CW OUTLET .52 4.000

3.25 DIA. - SAE A 3/8-16 UNC-2B 1.00 DIA.
1" OUTLET - CCW (13,2) 3.998
THREAD X .75 DEEP (REF.)
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE MOUNTING FLANGE
4 PLACES 1.04 0.53 (101,60) DIA.
CODE 61) (101,55)
1" OUTLET - CW (26,4) (13,5)
7.35
1.50" INLET - CCW
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE (186.7)
NOTE:
CODE 61) * SAE 22-4 (SAE B) OR SAE 25-4 (SAE B-B)
INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA
SAE 25-4 (SAE B-B) TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 101-2 (SAE B)
SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:
1. THERE IS NO 2.00 (50.8) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE.
22-4 (SAE B) 25-4 (SAE B-B)
NUMBER OF TEETH 13 15 *
PITCH 16/32 16/32
PRESSURE ANGLE 30° 30° "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
MAJOR DIA. .875/.853 (22,2/21,7) 1.000/.998 (25,4/25,3)
MINOR DIA. .715 MIN. (18,2) .853 MIN. (21,7) "D" SERIES PVT15
13.32 MAXIMUM
(338,3) COMPENSATOR VENT PORT
1.93 11.47 SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(49,0) (291,3) (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
2.30 5.53
(58,4) (140,5)
FOR CCW FOR CW
1.87
(47,5)
1.25
SAE 32-1 (SAE C) (31,8)
4.65 5.43
19
.3136 (118,1) (137,9)

.3126 1.50 DIA. REF.
3.66 SQUARE KEY
(93,0) (7,965)
(7,940)
1.391 2.75
(69,9)
(35,33)
1.38 4.00 8.34
(35,1) (101,6)
(211,8)
1.250
1.248
(31,75) DIA. 2.09
June 1999
INLET 0.70 (53,1)

(31,70) 1/2-13 UNC-2B (17,8) 4.19
INSTALLATION SERIES PVT20/PVR 20

THREAD x 1.00 DP. ADAPTER PLATE (106,4)
SAE 101-2 (SAE B) 5.75
NOTE: 4 PLACES 1.40 (146,1) 7.13
(35,6) MOUNTING FLANGE
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 127-2 (SAE C) 7.95 (SAE C SHOWN BELOW) (181,1)
SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: (201,9) 5/8-11 UNC-2B 3/8-16 UNC-2B
1. THERE IS NO 2.50 (63,5) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE. 10.44 0.58 THREAD x 1.25 DP. MIN. THREAD x .75 DP.
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. * (265,2) (14,7) 2 PLACES 2 PLACES
1/2-13 UNC-2B
THREAD x 1.00 DP.
"F" AND "L" COMPENSATOR - KEYED SHAFT 2 PLACES
DRAIN PORT
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP SAE - 12 or BSPP 1"
ADJUSTING SCREW
8.34 13.18 MAXIMUM
(211,8) (334,8)
4.17
(105,9) 0.58 10.44
(210,3)
2.16 * 8.28
(210,3)
(14,7) (54,9)
FOR CCW FOR CW
3.35 1.97 .37 * 7.13
(85,1) (50,0) (9,4) (181,1)
ADAPTER PLATE 1.73
(43,9)
*
SAE 127-2 (SAE C)
MOUNTING FLANGE
(SAE B SHOWN ABOVE) .08*
(2,0)
4.21
(106,9)
3.07
2.72 1.10 (78,0)
R.
(69,1) (27,9) 7.46
1.03 (189,5) *
5.83 DIA.
2.06 (26,2) (148,1)
(52,3)
5.00
(101,6)
45°
* 30°
2.92
(74,2)
.70 *
(17,8)
1.50" INLET - CW
1.00" OUTLET - CCW .08 * 5.000
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT 3.25 DIA - SAE A 1.00 DIA. 4.998 DIA.
MOUNTING FLANGE 0.52 (REF.) (2,0)
FLANGE CODE 61) (127,00)
(13,2) .65 (126,95)
1.00" OUTLET - CW OUTLET 1.04 (16,5) NOTE:
1.50" INLET - CCW 3/8-16 UNC-2B (26,4) TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 127-2 (SAE C)
7.95
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT THREAD x .75 DP. SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:
FLANGE CODE 61) 4 PLACES (201,9) 1. THERE IS NO 2.50 (63,5) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE.
SAE 32-4 (SAE C) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA
2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '. *
NUMBER OF TEETH 14
PITCH 12/24
PRESSURE ANGLE 30° "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
MAJOR DIA. 1.250/1.224 (31,75/31,09)
MINOR DIA. 1.040 (26,4) "D" SERIES PVT20

14.14 MAXIMUM SAE - 4 7/16-20 UNF-2B
(359,2) 12.05 (BSPP-1/4" THREADS - OPTIONAL)
(306,1)
2.36 FOR CCW FOR CW
(59,9)
2.32
(58,9) * 6.18
(157,0)
1.87
*
(47,5)
2.00 DIA.
.3136 (REF.) 5.90
1.25
20
5.12 (149,9)
.3126 (31,8) (130,0)
4.13 (7,965) SQUARE KEY
(104,9) (7,940)
9.24
1.53
(234,7)
1.391 (38,9)
3.06
(35,33) (77,7) 4.00
(101,6)
1.250
1.248
DIA.
(31,75)
June 1999
(31,70) ADAPTER PLATE

INLET 0.84 SAE 101-2 (SAE B) 2.09
SAE 32-1 (SAE C) 1/2-13 UNC-2B (21,3) MOUNTING FLANGE (53,1) 4.19
THREAD x 1.00 DP. (SAE C SHOWN BELOW)
NOTE: 4 PLACES 1.68 5.75 (106,4)
TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 127-2 (SAE C) (42,7) (146,1) 7.13
SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS: 8.51

1. THERE IS NO 2.50 (63,5) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE. (216,2) 11.24 (181,1)
0.58 5/8-11 UNC-2B 3/8-16 UNC-2B
* (285,5) (14,7) THREAD x 1.25 DP. MIN. THREAD x .75 DP.
2 PLACES 2 PLACES
"F" AND "L" COMPENSATOR - KEYED SHAFT 1/2-13 UNC-2B
THREAD x 1.00 DP.
(SPLINED SHAFT SHOWN BELOW) 2 PLACES
MAXIMUM VOLUME STOP DRAIN PORT
ADJUSTING SCREW SAE
- - 12 or BSPP - 1"
9.31 14.01 MAXIMUM

(236,5) (355,9) 8.66
4.65 (220,0)
2.19
(118,1) 0.58
(14,7)
11.24
(285,5)
*
(55,6)
8.39
(213,1)
2.36
FOR CCW
FOR CW
2.50
(63,5) (59,9)
.37
*
(9,4)
7.13
(181,1)
ADAPTER PLATE
SAE 127-2 (SAE C)
MOUNTING FLANGE
(SAE B SHOWN ABOVE) .08 4.61
(2,0) (117,1)
3.54
1.73 (89,9)
3.03
(77,0)
(43,9) * R.
1.10 8.29 5.83 DIA.
5.00 (27,9) (210,6)
1.03 (148,1)
(127,0) (26,2)
2.06
(52,3)
.70
3.34 (17,8)
45° (84,8)
OUTLET
* 30° .08
5.000
.65 (2,0) 4.980
2.00" INLET - CW 3.25 DIA - SAE A 3/8-16 UNC-2B .52 1.00 DIA. DIA.
1.00" OUTLET - CCW MOUNTING FLANGE THREAD X .75 DEEP (REF.) (16,5) (127,00)
4 PLACES (13,2)
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE (126,49)
CODE 61) 1.04 NOTE:
1.00" OUTLET - CW (26,4) TWO BOLT MOUNTING FLANGE CONFORMS TO SAE 127-2 (SAE C)
8.51
2.00" INLET - CCW (216,2) SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE FOLLOWING EXCEPTIONS:
(SAE 4-BOLT SPLIT FLANGE 1. THERE IS NO 2.50 (63,5) DIA. COUNTERBORE IN FACE OF MTG. FLANGE.
CODE 61) 2. DIMENSIONS MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ' '.
*
SAE 32-4 (SAE C) INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA
NUMBER OF TEETH 14 "C" COMPENSATOR - SPLINED SHAFT
PITCH 12/24 (KEYED SHAFT SHOWN ABOVE)
PRESSURE ANGLE 30° "D" SERIES PVT29
MAJOR DIA. 1.250/1.224 (31,75/31,09)
MINOR DIA. 1.040 (26,4)
COMPENSATOR ADJ. SCREW 5 HEX
MAX 6.02 12.97
(153,1) MAX. (329,5)
0.59 10.02 (254,5) .50
(15) (12,7) 45°
1.97 (50) 2.78
1/2-13UNC BOLT CIRCLE (70,6)
0.55” (14 mm) DEEP .59 (15) 6.37
on 4.13” (105 mm) Diam. MAX. DISP. ADJ. SCREW (161,9)
4 places (6 mm) HEX
4 Slots 0.56
6.49 (164,8)
(14,3)
5.67 (144)
Equally Spaced
(121)
(117,6)
4.8
3.19 (81)
4.63
21
1.38
(35)
(69,9)
2.75
1/2-13UNC
0.67” (17 mm) DEEP
2 places
4.12 (104,6)
3.43
(87)
3/8-16UNC
(106)
4.2
0.75” (19 mm) DEEP
2 places
5/16-18UNC OUTLET PORT “P” CHAMFER 0.06”
* (170)
6.69
.37” (9.5 mm) DEEP 1.5” (38 mm) (1.5)
on 2.61” (66,3 mm) Diam.
4 places 3.4 3.4
(86)
1/2-13UNC-2B
(98)
0.94” (24 mm) DEEP
INLET MOUNT DEL. MOUNT
.70
4.19 (106,4) (17,9) DRAIN “DR” (OPTIONAL)
4.55 (115,5) 1.41 4.29 (109)
June 1999
5.75 (146) (35,7) 12.10 (307,5)

12.69 (322,5)
3.72
(94,6)

SAE 127-2(SAE C)
MOUNT, EXCEPT FOR ” * “
.3756
.3750 10.10
x 1.65” (42 mm) long SQUARE KEY (256,5)
(9,540)
(38,05)
(38,1)
1.500
1.498
(9,525) 1.69
.85 2.43
(42,9) (61,8) CHAMFER
2.43 (21,5) SEALING “O” RING INVOLUTE SPLINE
0.08”
(42,38)
(61,8) .311 (7,9)

1.669
.311 APR-152 √6.35 (2 mm) SEE TABLE 2
45°
(7,9) 1.68 INVOLUTE SPLINE
1/2-13UNC-2B (42,6) SEE TABLE 1
(82,58)
(82,63)
3.251
3.253
0.94” (24 mm) DEEP
CHAMFER
0.01” (2,5 mm)
(50)
2.0
(89,66)
(89,54)
3.530
3.525
2.76 (70)
(126,95)
(70,0)
(77,8)
2.76
3.06
4.998
(127)
5.0
(38,9)
1.53
(8,0)
.31
.291
CHAMFER 0.04” .299
INLET PORT (1 mm) (7,4)
(7,6) 1.93 .96
CHAMFER 1.97” .28
.28 (7,2) (49,1) (24,5)
0.04” (1 mm) Ø (50 mm)
(7,2) PUMP MOUNT
DRAIN “DR”
4.29
5.35 (109,0)
(OPTIONAL) (136)
1 - 1/16-12UNF
Table 1 Table 2
SAE 32-4 INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA SAE 32-4 INVOLUTE SPLINE DATA (REAR DRIVE)
NUMBER OF TEETH 17 NUMBER OF TEETH 15
PITCH 12/24 PITCH 16/32
PRESSURE ANGLE 30° PRESSURE ANGLE 30°
MAJOR DIA. 1,479 MAJOR DIA. .983

1.474 .978
(37,57) (24,98)
(37,44) (24,85)
MINOR DIA. 1,312 MINOR DIA. .858

1,299 .847
(33,34) (21,80)
(33,01) (21,52)
Note: DIMENSIONS IN PARENTHESIS ARE METRIC UNITS

COMPENSATOR ADJ. SCREW 5 HEX
6.02 (153,1) Max. 14.5 45°

.59 (367,2) 3.58
(15) (91,1)
1/2-13UNC 11.32 (287,5)
SEE “REAR MOUNT” BOLT CIRCLE 6.37
0.55” (14mm) DEEP 1.97 0.50 (12,7) (161,9)
on 4.13” (105mm) Diam. (50)
.59 4 SLOTS .56
4 places (15) (14,3)
MAX. DISP. AJD. SCREW
6 mm HEX EQUALLY SPACED
6.18 (157)
7 (177,8)
22
5.14 (130,6)
5.3 (194)
3.46 (88)
1/2-13UNC
1.38
(35)
0.67” (17mm) DEEP
*7.5 (190)
(69,9)
2.75
2 places
3.97 (101)
4.632 (117,6)
4.7 (120)
3/8-16UNC
OUTLET PORT
0.75” (19mm) DEEP 1.5” (38 mm)
2 places
1/2-13UNC-2B
5/16-18UNC 0.94” (24 mm) DEEP
4 places .70 CHAMFER 0.06”
0.37” (9.5mm) DEEP 3.78 3.9 DRAIN “DR (OPTIONAL)
(17,9) (1.5 mm)
June 1999
on 2.61” (66.3mm) Diam (96) (100) 5.07 3.80

1.41 (129) (96,6)
4 places (35.7)
13.64 (346,5)
4.7
4.19 (119) 14.11 (358,3)
(106,4) SAE 127-2 (SAE C

5.7 MOUNT, EXCEPT FOR “*”
(146)
11.32
(287,5)
2.0
SQUARE KEY (51)
0.4377 (11,120) 1.750 2.43
x 2 (50.8) 1.0
0.4371 (11,103) 1.748 (25) (61,8) SEALING “O” RING CHAMFER INVOLUTE SPLINE
.311
(44,45) .079” (2mm)
.311 2.93 1/2-13UNC-2B (7.9)
1.68 ARP-152 √632 SEE TABLE 2
(44,40) 0.94” (24MM) DEEP
(74,5) (42,6)
45°
(7,9) INVOLUTE SPLINE
(82,58)
(83,63)
SEE TABLE 1
3.530
3.253
(49,37)
1.94
CHAMFER .098”
(2.5 mm)
1.9 (50)
(89,66)
(89,54)
3.530
3.525
(89)
3.5
(44,5)
2.8
(70)
1.75
(126,95)
2.80 (70)
4.998
(127)
5
(109)
4.3
.29
0.30
.31
(8)
(7,4)
(7,6) 1.93 1.36
0.28 (49,1) (34,5)
MAX CHAMFER INLET PORT (7,2)
0.28 .04” (1mm) 25” (63,5 mm)
5.1 PUMP MOUNT
(129)
(7,2)
SEE “DRAIN PORT”

6.49
DRAIN “DR” 1- 1/16-12UNF
(165)
(OPTIONAL)
Table 1 Table 2
MAJOR DIA. 1.497 MAJOR DIA. 1.229
1.474 1.224
(37,57) (31,22)
(37,44) (31,09)
MINOR DIA. 1.312 MINOR DIA. 1.062
1.299 1.049
(33,34) (26,99)
(33,01) (26,66)
45°
COMPENSATOR ADJ. SCREW 5 HEX 16.3
Max. (413) BOLT CIRCLE 4.157
MAX 6.03 (153,1) 0.6 8.99 (228,5) (105,6)
12.2 (311) 0.50
15
SEE “REAR MOUNT” 2.6 (65) (12,7) 4 SLOTS .811
1/2-13UNC (20.6)
0.55” (14 mm) DEEP 0.8 EQUALLY SPACED
MAX. DISP. ADJ. SCREW
on 4.13” (105 mm) Diam. (20)
6 mm HEX
4 places
(138,6)
5.56
(185,8)
6.5 (165)
7.31
23
(142)
1.38
(35)
5.6
3.7 (94)
(69,9)
2.75
3/8-16UNC
*(210)
8.27
0.75” (19 mm) DEEP
(131,6)
(107)
5.18
2 places
4.1
1/2-16UNC
OUTLET PORT
0.67” (17 mm) DEEP
1.5” (38 mm)
(134)
2 places CHAMFER
5.3
0.04” (1 mm)
5/16-18UNC 1/2-13UNC-2B
0.37” (9.5 mm) DEEP 0.94” (24 mm) DEEP
on 2.61” (66.3 mm) Diam. 4 places
4 places 4.7 4.7 0.70 DRAIN “DR (OPTIONAL)
(120) (120) (17,9) 1.41
INLET MOUNT
June 1999
(35,7) 6.0 (152) 4.24

5.2 (107,6)
(133) 15.39 (391)
4.19 15.9 (402,8)
(106,4) SAE 127-2 (SAE C)
5.7 MOUNT, EXCEPT FOR “*”

(146)
12.2
(311)
2.93
(74,5)
0.4378 1/2-13UNC-2B
SQUARE KEY 0.4384
x 2” (50.8 mm) long 0.94” (24 mm) DEEP 0.31 (7,9)
(11,120)
(11,137) 4 places 2.18 INVOLUTE SPLINE Chamfer
2.93 (55,3) SEALING “O” RING INVOLUTE SPLINE
(74,5) SEE TABLE .1 0.10”
ARP-152 √635 (2.5 mm) SEE TABLE 2
.311 CHAMFER
°
1.9 (49,37)
45
(7,9) 0.12” (3 mm)
(89)
3.5
(89,66)
(89,54)
(70)
3.530
3.525
2.8
(44,5)
(50)
1.9
1.8
1.06
(27)
(114)
(152,35)
(152,4)
6.000
5.998
(70)
MAX CHAMFER
2.8
INLET PORT 0.04” (1 mm) 0.29
(82,58)
(82,63)
4.5
3.251
3.253
2.50” 0.30
ø (63,5 mm) (7,4)
(7,6) 1.93 1.36
0.28 (49,1) (34,5)
(7,2) PUMP MOUNT
6.0
(44,45)
(44,40)
1.748
1.75
.28 (152)
(7,2)
1.0
MAX. CHAMFER 0.04” (25,5) 1 - 1/16 -12UNF
DRAIN “DR” 7.185
(1mm)
(OPTIONAL) (182,5)
2.0
(51)
Table 1 Table 2
MAJOR DIA. 1.721 MAJOR DIA. 1.229

1.715 1.224
(43,71) (31,22)
(43,58) (31,09)
MINOR DIA. 1.471 MINOR DIA. 1.060

1.453 1.049
(37,36) (26,99)
(36,90) (26,66)

INSTALLATION SERIES PV/PVT 6, 10, 15, 20, 29, 38, 47, 64 TORQUE LIMITER
Torque Limiter CONNECTION FOR REMOTE VENT

OR LOAD SENSING
COMPENSATOR OVERRIDE
1.50 ADJUSTMENT
DIFFERENTIAL SPOOL ADJUSTMENT
D
CCW ROTATION:
TUBE AND "F" COMPENSATOR'
CW ROTATION: TORQUE LIMIT 1.88
TUBE AND "F" COMPENSATOR
PV
Torque Values PVT A B C D
J* K* J* K* 6 3.50 9.06 5.56 1.54
torque torque torque torque (88.9) (230.1) (141.2) (39.1)
Max. Max. Max. Max. range range range range
Pressure Pressure Torque Torque in-lb in-lb Nm Nm 10 4.00 9.84 5.84 1.61
psi bar in-lb Nm min min. min. min. (101.6) (249.9) (148.3) (40.9)
15 4.38 10.61 6.23 1.89
PV6/PVT6 4500 310 685 77 88 274 10 31 (111.3) (269.5) (158.2) (48.0)
PV10/PVT10 4500 310 981 111 257 407 29 46
20 4.63 11.06 6.43 1.93
PV15/PVT15 4500 310 1627 184 407 619 46 70 (117.6) (280.9) (163.3) (49.0)
PV20/PVT20 4500 310 2040 231 531 725 60 82
PV29/PVT29 4000 275 2616 296 681 1044 77 118 29 5.00 11.90 6.90 2.36
(127.0) (302.3) (175.3) (59.9)
PVT38 4350 300 3672 415 946 1318 107 149
PVT47 4350 300 4590 519 1185 1645 134 186 38 7.10 7.02 5.12 4.57
PVT64 4350 300 5968 675 1512 2087 171 236 (180.3) (178.3) (131.0) (116.0)
47 7.46 7.53 5.20 5.08
(189.6) (191.3) (132.0) (129.0)
64 8.02 7.85 4.92 5.98
* Use J limiter from listed minimum to K value (203.8) (199.3) (125.0) (152.0)
* Use K limiter from listed minimum to Maximum Torque value value
June 1999
24
INSTALLATION SERIES PVT38, 47, 64
F and L Compensators
PVT 38 PVT47 PVT64
A 2.78 3.59 4.16

(70.6) (91.1) (105.6)
B 12.97 14.46 16.26
(329.5) (367.2) (413.0)
C 10.02 11.32 12.24
45° (254.5) (287.5) (311.0)
COMPENSATOR VENT PORT (OPTIONAL)
D 11.20 12.50 13.43
(284.5) (317.5) (341.0)
E 8.84 10.14 11.06
(224.5) (257.5) (281.0)
F 4.76 5.28 5.59
(121.0) (134.0) (142.0)
G 7.02 7.53 7.85
(178.3) (191.3) (199.3)
H 7.69 8.20 8.52
(195.3) (208.3) (216.3)
I 6.07 6.59 6.90

(154.3) (167.3) (175.3)
J 5.44 5.96 6.27

(138.3) (151.3) (159.3)
MAX. DISP.
ADJ. SCREW
6 HEX
COMPENSATOR VENT PORT “V”

7/16-2OUNF
4.29
ABOUT (109,0) MAX. 2.06 (52,3)
2.06
COMPENSATOR ADJ. SCREW
(52,2) .59
(15,0) 5 HEX
June 1999
25
PVT38, 47, 64 REAR DRIVES
SAE - A REAR DRIVE
4.8 (121)
1.6 (4,0) .41 (10,5) Holes

2 places
.3 (8)
1.66 (42,2)
3.25 (82,58)
4.19 (106,3)
6.9 (175)
A B W
PVT38 13.68 1.5 .492

(347,5) (38) (12,50)
PVT47 15.21 1.7 .531

(386,4) (44) (13,51)
PVT64 16.97 1.7 .496

(431,0) (44) (12,60)
SAE - B REAR DRIVE
4.8 (121)
0
.5 (14) Holes
1.6 (4,0)
2 places
.3 (8)
4.001 (101,65)
1.66 (42,2)
4.001 (101,65)
5,75 (146,1)
6.9 (175)
A C W
PVT38 13.68 1.5 .492

(347,5) (38) (12,50)
PVT47 15.21 1.7 .531

(386,4) (44) (13,51)
PVT64 16.97 1.7 .496

(431,0) (44) (12,60)
June 1999
26
PVT38, 47, 64 REAR DRIVES
SAE - BB REAR DRIVE
4.8 (121)
.5 (14) Holes
1.6 (4,0)
2 places
.3 (8)
4.001 (101,65)
1.66 (42,2)
5.75 (146,1)
6.9 (175)
A C W
PVT38 13.68 1.5 .492

(347,5) (38) (12,50)
PVT47 15.21 1.7 .531

(386,4) (44) (13,51)
PVT64 16.97 1.7 .496

(431,0) (44) (12,60)
SAE - C REAR DRIVE
5.7 (144)
0
5/8-11UNC thru
2 places
1.6 (4,0)
.3 (8)
1.95 (49,5)
5.001 (127,05)
7.12 (181,1)
8.3 (212)
A D W
PVT38 13.68 1.7 .492

(347,5) (44) (12,50)
PVT47 15.21 1.7 .531

(386,4) (44) (13,51)
PVT64 16.97 1.7 .496

(431,0) (44) (12,60)
June 1999
27
PVT 38, 47, 64 REAR DRIVES
SAE - CC REAR DRIVE
8.3 (212)
3.0 (76) 1/2-13UNC thru
4 places
.94 (24)
4.51 (114,5)
5.002 (127,05)
4.51 (114,5)
A B W
PVT38 15.10 2.0 .492

(383,5) (51) (12,50)
PVT47 16.62 2.0 .531

(422,4) (51) (13,51)
PVT64 18.39 2.0 .496

(467,0) (51) (12,60)
SAE - D REAR DRIVE
3.4 (86)
0
10.5 (267)
1.1 (29) 3/4-10UNC Thru
4 places
6.002 (152,45)
6.36 (161,6)
6.36 (161,6)
A B W
PVT64 18.8 2.2 .496

(477) (57) (12,60)
June 1999
28
@ 1800 RPM
PV6, PV10, & PV20 PUMPS OVERALL
EFFICIENCY AT 1800 RPM FULL DISPLACEMENT
INPUT POWER (HP) AT 1800 RPM
120° F INLET TEMPERATURE
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS 200 SUS FLUID
90%
29
200 SUS FLUID

160
PV6
EFFICIENCY
PV20
152
PV10
80%
144
136
128
June 1999
70%
120
112
PERFORMANCE CURVES (PSI)

104
60%
96
4
T6
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
PV
88 PRESSURE - PSI
POWER INPUT - HP
7
80 T4
PV
PV15 and PV29, and PVT38, 47 and 64
72
8 PUMPS OVERALL EFFICIENCY AT 1800 RPM
T3
64 PV FULL DISPLACEMENT
56
29 200 SUS FLUID
PV 95%
48 PVT47
PVT 38
40 PVT 64
EFFICIENCY
0
PV2 PV15 PV29
32
5
PV1 85%
24
PV10
16 PV6
PV10 (DEADHEAD HP)
8 DHEAD HP)
PV15, 20, 29, 38, 47, 64 (DEA
75%
0 PV6 (DEADHEAD HP)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
PRESSURE - PSI
65%
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
PRESSURE - PSI
@ 1800 RPM
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS NOISE LEVEL (DBA) AT OUTLET FLOW (GPM) AT 1800 RPM
1800 RPM DEADHEAD PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS
200 SUS FLUID 120° F INLET TEMPERATURE
200 SUS FLUID
30
80
NOISE LEVEL DBA
PV29 64
PVT64
PV 15 60
PV 20 PVT64
70 PVT47
PV6 56
June 1999
PV10 52
PVT38
PERFORMANCE CURVES (PSI)

48
60 PVT47
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 44
PRESSURE - PSI
FLOW-GPM
40
PVT38
36
32
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS NOISE LEVEL (DBA) AT
1800 RPM FULL DISPLACEMENT
28
120° F INLET TEMPERATURE PV29
200 SUS FLUID
85 24
NOISE LEVEL DBA
20 PV20
PV20
PV15 16
PV15
75 PVT 64
PV10 12
PVT 47
PV6
PVT38 8 PV10
PV6
4
65
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
PRESSURE - PSI PRESSURE - PSI
@ 1500 RPM
PV6, PV10 AND PV20 PUMPS OVERALL EFFICIENCY
INPUT POWER (KW) AT 1500 RPM
AT 1500 RPM FULL DISPLACEMENT
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS
49° C INLET TEMPERATURE
48 cSt FLUID
31
90%
48 cSt FLUID
PV6
104
PV20
PV10
80%
EFFICIENCY
96
88 70%
June 1999
80
60%
PERFORMANCE CURVES (BAR)

72
50%
64 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260

PRESSURE - BAR
56
POWER INPUT - KW
PV15 AND PV29, AND PVT 38, 47 AND 64 PUMPS

48 OVERALL EFFICIENCY AT 1500 RPM
FULL DISPLACEMENT
8
T3
4
T6
PV

PV
48 cSt FLUID
40
95%
PVT47
PVT 38
32 PVT64
29 PV29
7
PV
T4
PV
PV15
24 85%
28
PV
EFFICIENCY
15
PV
16
PV10
PV6 75%
8
PV10 (DEADHEAD HP)
PV15, 20, 29, 38, 47, 64 (DEADHEAD HP)
0 PV6 (DEADHEAD HP)

65%
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
PRESSURE - BAR 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
PRESSURE - BAR
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS NOISE LEVEL
@ 1500 RPM
OUTLET FLOW (L/MIN) AT 1500 RPM
(DBA) AT 1500 RPM DEADHEAD PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS
49° C INLET TEMPERATURE 49° C INLET TEMPERATURE
48 cSt FLUID 48 cSt FLUID
80 200
190
32
PVT64
NOISE LEVEL DBA
180
PV29
PV 15 170
70
PVT64 160
PV20
150
PV10 PVT47
June 1999
PVT47 140
6
PV PVT38
PERFORMANCE CURVES (BAR)

60
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 130
PRESSURE - BAR
120
PVT38
FLOW-L/ MIN
PV/PVT SERIES PUMPS NOISE LEVEL (DBA) AT 110
1500 RPM FULL DISPLACEMENT
100
48 cSt FLUID
85
90
PV29
NOISE LEVEL DBA
80
29
PV15 &
70
75
PV20 PVT64
PVT 47
PVT 38 60 PV20
PV10
50
PV15
PV6
40
65
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
30
PRESSURE - BAR
PV10
NOISE LEVEL MEASUREMENT 20 PV6
MEASUREMENTS OF PUMP ACOUSTICAL DATA WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B93.71M-1986. 10
HYDRAULIC FLUID POWER-PUMPS-TEST CODE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AIRBORNE NOISE LEVELS.
(TECHNICALLY SIMILAR TO ISO 4412-1)
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260
THE MEASUREMENTS WERE MADE IN A SPECIAL REVERBERANT TEST ROOM IN THE DENISON HYDRAULICS
MARYSVILLE FACULTY WHICH WAS QUALIFIED TO ANSI S12.23-1990, (REVISION OF ANSI S1.33-1982).
PRESSURE - BAR
ENGINEERING METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF SOUND POWER LEVELS OF NOISE SOURCES IN A
SPECIAL REVERBERATION TEST ROOM.
ORDERING CODE SERIES PV6...29
PV 6 -2 R 1 C -C 0 0 -A A 0
Pump series
PV -variable volume pump - no rear drive
PVT -variable volume pump - side ported or
rear drive
PVM -mobile version, rear port, PV20 only
PVR -mobile version, side port, PV20 only
Flow at 1800 rpm

6 -6.8 gpm, 25,7 Lpm
10 -10.0 gpm, 37,9 Lpm
15 -16.3 gpm, 61,7 Lpm
20 -20.4 gpm, 77,2 Lpm
29 -29.5 gpm, 111,7 Lpm
38 -38.0 gpm, 144,0 Lpm
47 -47.6 gpm, 180,0 Lpm
64 -61.8 gpm, 234,0 Lpm
Shaft
1 -splined
2 -keyed
4 -splined- SAE 25-4 (SAE B-B) (for PVT15 only)
5 -keyed- SAE 25-1 (SAE B-B) (for PVT15 only)
Rotation
R -CW
L -CCW
Seals
1 -Buna compound
5 -Viton compound
Design
C -assigned by manufacturer
Control
C -compensator
F -ventable compensator
L -load sense compensator
J -low torque limiter (max. pressure below 3000 PSI, 207 BAR)
K -high torque limiter (max. pressure above 3000 PSI, 207 BAR)
Control accessories
0 -maximum volume adjustment screw
Fluid connections
0 -SAE straight thread sizes 6-29 only
2 -BSPP thread sizes 6-29 only
3 -SAE, with 4 bolt flange system ports sizes 6-64 only
4 -BSP, with SAE-4 bolt flange system ports sizes 6-29 only
Rear drive
0 -none-rear ported sizes 6-29 only
S -none-side ported sizes 6-64 only
A -SAE-82 (SAE A) sizes 6-64 only
B -SAE-101 (SAE B) sizes 10-64 only
C -SAE-127 (SAE C) sizes 15-64 only
D -SAE-152 (SAE D) size 64 only
Couplings
0 -none sizes 6-64 only
A -SAE-16-4 (SAE A) sizes 6-64 only
B -SAE-22-4 (SAE B) sizes 10-64 only
Q -SAE-25-4 (SAE B-B) sizes 38-64 only
C -SAE-32-4 (SAE C) sizes15-64 only
R -SAE-38-4 (SAE-CC) sizes 38-64 only
D -SAE-44-4 (SAE-D) size 64 only
Rear mounted pump

0 -none
1 -mounted
Shaft sizes spline key

PV6, PVT6 SAE- 22-4 (B) 19-1 (A)
PV10, PVT10 SAE- 22-4 (B) 22-1 (B)
PV15, PVT15 SAE- 22-4 (B) 22-1 (B)
PVT15 (use 4, 5) SAE- 25-4 (B-B) 25-1 (B-B)
PV20, PVT20 SAE- 32-4 (C) 32-1 (C)
PVM20/PVR20 SAE- 32-4 (C) 32-1 (C)
PV29, PVT29 SAE- 32-4 (C) 32-1 (C)
PVT38 SAE- 38-4 (CC) 38-1 (CC)
PVT47 SAE- 38-4 (CC) 44-1 (D)
PVT64 SAE- 44-4 (D) 44-1 (D)
Allowable controls: C00, C02, C03, C04, F00, F02,

F03, F04, J00, J02, J03, J04, K00, K02, K03, K04,
L00, L02, L03, L04
June 1999
33
CONVERSIONS & FORMULAS
DEFINITION & UNIT

displacement in3/rev x 16.387 = cm3/rev cm3/rev x 0.06102 = in3/rev
flow gpm x 3.78 = L/min L/min x 0.2642 = gpm
power hp x 0.7457 = kW kW x 1.341 = hp
torque lb-ft x 1.3567 = Nm Nm x 0.7376 = lb-ft
pressure lbs/in (psi) x 0.06895 = bar

2
bar x 14.50 = lbs/in2 (psi)
lbs/in2 (psi) x 6.895 = kPa kPa x 0.1450 = lbs/in2 (psi)
weight lb x 0.4536 = kg kg x 2.205 = lbs
force lb x 4.448 = N N x 0.2248 = lbs
volume in3 x 16.387 = cm3 cm3 x 0.06102 = in3
area in2 x 6.452 = cm2 cm2 x 0.1550 = in2
length in x 25.4= mm mm x 0.03937 = in
temperature degree F-32 = °C 1.8 x °C+32 = ° F
1.8
viscosity cSt x 1.0 = mm2/sec mm2/sec x 1.0 = cSt
FLUID POWER FORMULAS

Pump input torque lbs. in. pressure(psi) x displacement (in3/rev)
2π x mech. eff.
Pump input power hp rpm x (in3/rev) x (psi)
395934 x overall eff.
Pump output flow U.S. gpm rpm x (in3/rev) x volumetric eff.
231
Fluid motor speed rpm 231 x flow rate(U.S. gpm) x volumetric eff.
displacement (in3/rev)
Fluid motor torque lbs. in. pressure(psi) x displacement (in3/rev) x mech. eff.
2π
Fluid motor power hp rpm x (in3/rev) x (psi) x overall eff.
395934
(metric)
Pump input torque Nm pressure(bar) x displacement (cm3/rev
20π x mech. eff.
Pump input power kW rpm x (cm3/rev) x (bar)
600000 x overall eff.
Pump output flow Lpm rpm x (cm3/rev) x volumetric eff.
1000
Fluid motor speed rpm(min-1) (tr/mn) 1000 x flow rate (Lpm) x volumetric eff.
displacement (cm3/rev)
Fluid motor torque Nm pressure(bar) x displacement (cm3/rev) x mech. eff.
20π
Fluid motor power kW rpm x (cm3/rev) x (bar) x overall eff.
600000
“The product information specifications and descriptions contained in this catalog have been
compiled for the use and convenience of our customers from information furnished by the
manufacturer, and we cannot and do not accept any responsibility for the accuracy or correctness
of any description, calculation, specification or information contained herein. No such description,
calculated, specified or information regarding the products being sold has been made part of the
basis of the bargain nor has same created or amounted to an express warranty that the products
would conform thereto. We are selling the goods and merchandise illustrated and described
in this catalog on an as is basis and disclaim any implied warranty, including any warranty
of merchantability or warranty of fitness for any particular purposes whatsoever, with
respect to the goods and merchandise sold. All manufacturer warranties shall be passed on to
our customers, but we shall not be responsible for special, indirect, incidental or consequential
damages resulting from the use of any of the products or information contained or described in the
catalog.”
June 1999
34
NOTES
June 1999
35
SALES & SERVICE WORLDWIDE
Australia Germany Singapore

DENISON HYDRAULICS Pty. Ltd. DENISON HYDRAULIK GmbH DENISON HYDRAULICS S.E.A. Pte.
41-43 St. Hillers Road Herderstrasse 26 Ltd.
International Distributors P.O. Box 192 D-40721 Hilden No. 11 Lorong Tukang Dua
In Europe: Auburn, N.S.W. 2144 Germany Singapore 2261
Cyprus Australia Tel. (49) 2103 940-6 Tel. (65) 2687840
Czech Republic Tel. (612) 9646 5200 Fax (49) 2103 940-880 Fax (65) 2687847
Eastern Europe Fax (612) 9643 1305
The Faroe Islands Other sales offices: Spain
Finland Other sales offices: Dresden DENISON HYDRAULICS, S.A.
Greece Queensland Hanover Gomis, 1
Hungary South Wantirna Victoria Stuttgart 08023 Barcelona
Iceland Western Australia Spain
Norway Great Britain Tel. (34) 3418 46 87
Poland Austria DENISON HYDRAULICS U.K. Fax (34) 3211 65 07
Portugal DENISON HYDRAULIK GmbH Ltd.
Roumania Zweigniederlassung Linz Kenmore Road Other sales offices:
Russia Haidbachstraße 69 Wakefield 41, Industrial Estate San Sebastian
Serbia Montenegro A-4061 Pasching Wakefield, WF20XE
Slovakia Austria West Yorkshire Sweden
Slovenia Tel. (43) 7229 4887 England DENISON HYDRAULICS
Switzerland Fax (43) 7229 63092 Tel. (44) 19 24 826 021 SVENSKA AB
Turkey Fax (44) 19 24 826 146 Sporregatan 13
Benelux 213 77 - Malmö
In Africa: DENISON HYDRAULICS Other sales offices: Sweden
Algeria BENELUX B. V. Burgess Hill Tel. (46) 40 21 04 40
Egypt Pascalstraat 100 Fax (46) 40 21 47 26
Ivory Coast 3316 Dordrecht Hong Kong
Morocco Holland DENISON HYDRAULICS Ltd. Other sales offices:
Nigeria Tel. (31) 786179 900 Unit 2, 25/F Wharf Cable Tower Spånga
South Africa Fax (31) 786175 755 9 Hoi Shing Road
Togo Tsuen Wan Taiwan
Tunisia Canada N.T., Hong Kong DENISON HYDRAULICS Ltd.
DENISON HYDRAULICS Tel. (852) 24988381 6F-10, No. 79, Sec. 2, Roosevelt road,
In Middle East: CANADA Inc. Fax (852) 24991522 Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Bahrain 2320 Bristol Circle, Unit 1 Tel. (886) 2 3645101 / 3645102
Iran Oakville, ON L6H 5S2 Italy Fax (886) 2 3639025
Israel Canada DENISON HYDRAULICS S.r.l.
Jordan Tel. (905) 829 5800 Viale Europa 68 USA
Lebanon Fax (905) 829 5805 20090 Cusago DENISON HYDRAULICS Inc.
Pakistan Milano 14249 Industrial Parkway
Qatar Denmark Italy Marysville, OH 43040
Saudi Arabia DENISON HYDRAULIK Tel. (39) 2 90330 1 USA
Syria DENMARK A/S Fax (39) 2 90390 695 Tel. 937 644 3915
United Arab Emirates Industrikrogen 2 Fax 937 642 3738
DK-2635 Ishöj Japan For nearest Distributor:
In Far East: Denmark DENISON JAPAN Inc. Call toll free 1 800 551 5956
Indonesia Tel. (45) 4371 15 00 4-2-1 Tsujido-Shinmachi E-Mail address:
Korea Fax (45) 4371 15 16 Fujisawa 251, denison@denisonhydraulics.com
Malaysia Japan WWW address:
New Zealand Finland Tel. (81) 466 35 3257 http://www.denisonhydraulics.com
Philippines DENISON HYDRAULICS Fax (81) 466 35 2029
Thailand P.O. Box 1096 Other sales offices:
Alhotie 24 Other sales office: Fulton, CA
FIN-04431 Järvenpää Osaka Mulberry, FL
Finland Moline, IL
Tel./Fax (358) 0 2710 588 Mexico, Central America, South Rock Island, IL
America and Caribbean Kentwood, MI
France Countries Contact Portland, OR
DENISON HYDRAULICS DENISON HYDRAULICS Inc. Canton, MS
FRANCE SA 6167 NW 181 Terrace Circle North Arlington, TX
14, route du Bois Blanc Miami, FL 33015 Houston, TX
BP 539 USA
18105 Vierzon Tel. (305) 362 2246 Other European, Middle East
France Fax (305) 362 6220 and African Countries Contact
Tel. (33) 2 48 53 01 20 DENISON HYDRAULICS
Fax (33) 2 48 75 02 91 P.R. China FRANCE SA
DENISON HYDRAULICS Ltd. 14, route du Bois Blanc
Other sales offices: 3F, No. 1, Mao Jia Zhai, Bai Lian Jing BP 539
Bordeaux Pudong New Area, 18105 Vierzon Cedex
Lyon Shanghai 200126, China France
Paris Tel. (86) 21 5886 8991 Tel. (33) 2 48 53 01 44
Fax (86) 21 5886 1978 Fax (33) 2 48 53 01 46
Your local DENISON representative

3-99
Printed in U.S.A.
Internet: http://www.densionhydraulics.com E-mail: denison@denisonhydraulics.com

4.10.4 Drawings & Part Lists
Dev. Plant Deviation comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Revis. Revision comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Surface texture ISO/R 1302 Ra µm
747 When not otherwise stated :
339 Basic size Tolerances Basic size Tolerances
(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
33 24 31 32 5 2 14 25 8 23 3 6 11
9 1 (6)- 30
(30)- 120
±0,2
±0,3
(4000) 8000
(8000)-12000
±3
±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
7 10
5
74 99
44 47
46 45
27 26 4 49 34 41
A-A (1 : 1.1)
22
13
49 2 O-RING 71,44x3,53 SMS 1587 TO1117

28 48 1 O-RING 144,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2314
47 1 O-RING 89,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2289
46 2 O-RING 84,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2284
24 45 1 O-RING 10,3x2,4 SMS 1587 TO2112
44 2 O-RING 64,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2264
43 2 O-RING 15,08x2,62 SMS 1587 TO1119
42 2 O-RING 29,47x3,53 SMS 1587 TO1137
15
41 1 O-RING 109,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2309
48 34 1 GUIDE RING CR RGR 40x44x10-PF PLASTIC LB5060

33 2 PISTON ROD SEAL CR SIL 40x50x8 TX4430
32 1 SEAL CR RD11 70.6x90x10-AWB TM4440
7
31 1 SPEEDI SLEEVE CR99841 LA4440
16 30 1 KEY 5x5x16 KS9009
12 28 1 WASHER TREDO M8 BG1007
21 27 14 WASHER BRB 8,4x16x1,5 BP1012
26 6 SCREW M6S 8x35-8.8 SM1126
25 1 SCREW MSK6SS 12x16 SM8108
24 15 SCREW MC6S 8x40-8.8 SM2528
23 6 SCREW MC6S 4x16-8.8 SM2216
22 12 SCREW MC6S 5x16-8.8 SM2316
30 21 4 SCREW MF6S 6x12 SM3824
540 20 2 SCREW MSK6SS 6x20 SM7970
43 19 1 SCREW MSK6SS 5x10 SM7910
B
16 2 BUSH P4-14897 LB5020

42 55 15 1 OD BOX COVER P3-23629 HD23629

19 27 14 1 LOCKING PIN P3-23616 LS1453
13 1 GUIDE BLOCK P3-23615 HD23615
12 1 FEED BACK SHAFT P4-13827 HD5635
24
20 11 2 LOCKING INLET PIPE P3-23613 HD23613
B-B (1 : 1.5) 10 1 COVER P2-23612 LG23612
9 1 STEERING SLEEVE P2-23614 HD23614
8 1 LOCKING RING P3-23611 LR23611
7 1 FEED BACK ARM P3-23606 HD23606
6 1 INLET PIPE P3-23605 RS23605
5 1 OD BOX SHAFT P1-23604 HD23604
4 1 SEALING RING P2-13810 TR1136
3 1 OD BOX CASING P1-23243 HD23244
2 1 OD HOUSE P1-23602 HD23602
1 1 FORWARD SEAL ASS P3-24585 HD24585
Item No. No.off Description Reference Material Part No.

BW Tgc _ 22
Sheet of Date
OD-BOX 1 1 050302
B
Part No. Skala
HDX 400 HDM24586 1:3 A1

Revis.
FOR SPLIT GEARPIPE

P1- 24586 _
Dev. Plant Deviation comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Revis. Revision comprises Date Sign. Check. Appr.

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
(30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
(400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
1054
126
55
20
522
250 523
339
7 6 3
4 1 2
408 540
50 DISMOUNTING SPACE
SECTION A-A
8 1 O-RING 144,5x3 SMS 1586/87 TO2314

6 8 BOLT MC6S SM2628
5 1 GEARPIPE SPLIT P2-24157 AR25157
4 1 GEARPIPE SPLIT P2-24950 AR24950
3 1 CONNECTION FLANGE P3-23991 SS 2172 AF23991
2 1 PCU ELECTRICAL P3-31843 HD31843
1 1 PCU MECANICAL P1-24587 _ HD24587
Item No. No.off Description Reference Material Remark
MA 583
Sheet of Date
PCU ASSEMBLY 1 1 2006-05-17

Part No. Scale
HDX 400 HD25668 1:2.5 A1

Revis.
LAF 2355-K41 / 2365-K41

P1- 25668 _
Dev. Order Deviation comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Revis. Revision comprises Date Sign Check. Appr. Surface texture ISO/R 1302 Ra µm

(0,5)- 3 ±0,1 (1000)- 2000 ±1,2
(3)- 6 ±0,1 (2000)- 4000 ±2
(6)- 30 ±0,2 (4000) 8000 ±3
(30)- 120 ±0,3 (8000)-12000 ±4
(120)- 400 ±0,5 (12000)-16000 ±5
L (400)-1000 ±0,8 (16000)-20000 ±6
9
4
A
6
3 1m 1m
12 7 1m
B
1m
9
30 MIN. DISMANTLING SPACE
8
86 540
10 D
CAN BE ROTATED (STEPS OF 60º)
AT MOUNTING TO SUITE PIPING
55
13 2 DISTANCE PLATE P4-14947 HD6108

12 4 SCREW MC6S 4x10-8.8 STEEL SM2210
11 1 SCREW MC6S 3x20-8.8 STEEL SM2118
10 1 PLUG 11/4" DIN 908 STEEL SR4072
9 2 WASHER TREDO R11/4" STEEL BG1516
8 1 WASHER TREDO R3/4" STEEL BG1514
150
120
7 2 WASHER TREDO R1" STEEL BG1515
6 1 HOSE D HS4002
5 1 HOSE L HS4001
4 2 HOSE A-B HS4000
3 1 POINTER P3-23634 ALUMINIUM HD23634
2 1 PITCH SCALE P3-23633 NS23633
1 1 HDX 400 P1-24586 HDM24586
208
Item No. No.off Description Reference Material Part No.

75 51 BW 27
3 Sheet of Date
PCU MECHANICAL ARR. 1 1 050302

Part No. Skala
HDX 400 HD24587 1:3 A2

Revis.
12 13 11 4 FOR SPLIT GEARPIPE
P2- 24587
ASJ AJ AJ
Part List
PARTLIST
Art.No EB30655
Description STARTER (DOL 11-16A)
Drawing No P3-30655
Pos Art.No Description Qty Type

1 EM1782 EQUIPMENT CABINET 1.0 PCS
2 EB3055 CONTACTOR 1.0 PCS
3 ER3035 RELAY-THERMAL OVERLOAD 1.0 PCS
4 EM2112 TRANSFORMER 1.0 PCS
5 ER2446 RELAY-DELAY ON OPERATE 1.0 PCS
6 ER1072 RELAY 2.0 PCS
7 ER1064 RELAY BASE 2.0 PCS
8 EM2685 TERMINAL FUSED MB10/12.SF 4.0 PCS
9 EM3025 FUSE 4A 2.0 PCS
10 EB3070 AUX.CONTACT N/O 1.0 PCS
11 EM2160 MOUNTING RAIL - T35 1.0 m
12 EM2705 CONNECTION BLOCK 6.0 PCS
13 EM2695 TERMINAL MA2,5/5 10.0 PCS
14 EM2435 TERMINAL EARTH 2.0 PCS
15 EB3020 MAIN SWITCH 25A 1.0 PCS
16 EM2420 END STOP - BADL 6.0 PCS
17 EM1910 LAMP UNIT - GREEN 1.0 PCS
18 ** ** .0 PCS
19 EM1920 LAMP UNIT - YELLOW 1.0 PCS
20 EM1915 LAMP UNIT - RED 1.0 PCS
21 EM1935 LAMP UNIT - WHITE 1.0 PCS
22 EB2173 CONTACT BLOCK 1.0 PCS
23 EB2036 SWITCH ZB2-BD3 1.0 PCS
24 EM1810 LAMP 24V 80mA 4.0 PCS
25 NS3368 SIGN - MAN-AUTO-OFF 1.0 PCS
26 EM2250 CABLE RK 0.75 BLACK 10.0 m
27 EM2374 CABLE 2.0 m
28 EM2275 CABLE COVER 1.0 m
29 SM8510 SCREW 20.0 PCS
30 EM2700 SECTION PLATE 6.0 PCS
31 ** ** 1.0 PCS
32 EM2377 CABLE CHANNEL 1.0 m
33 EM2446 END PLATE FEM12S 1.0 PCS
Postal address Visiting address Phone Reg.no. Bankgiro

Berg Propulsion Europe AB +46-31 976500 SE5565236493 5254-2628
Box 1005 Långesand 1 Telefax VAT.no. Postgiro
S-430 90 ÖCKERÖ S-430 90 ÖCKERÖ +46-31 976538 SE556523649301 146961-8
SWEDEN Email: info@bergpropulsion.se WWW: www.bergpropulsion.se Resid:
OPERATION & SERVICE MANUAL
5 REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM TYPE ERC3000
CONTENTS
5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................3

5.1.1 INTRODUCTION ...........................................................................................................3
5.1.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION .........................................................................................4
5.2 OPERATION OF CONTROLS – BRIDGE FWD AND AFT PANEL ..........................................5
5.3 ....................................................................................................................................................8
5.4 OPERATION OF CONTROLS – ENGINE ROOM .....................................................................8
5.5 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................12
5.5.1 ACTIVATING THE SYSTEM .......................................................................................12
5.5.2 CONTROL OF THE PITCH / ENGINE SPEED FROM ENGINE ROOM CONTROL
PANEL .........................................................................................................................12
5.5.3 CONTROL OF THE PITCH / ENGINE SPEED FROM THE BRIDGE PANELS .........14
5.5.4 EMERGENCY PITCH CONTROL ...............................................................................15
5.6 COMMAND TRANSFER SYSTEM ..........................................................................................16

5.6.1 INTRODUCTION .........................................................................................................16
5.6.2 LEVER ALIGNMENT ...................................................................................................16
5.6.3 TRANSFER PROCEDURES briefly description ..........................................................17
5.7 MANOEUVRING ......................................................................................................................18

5.7.1 SYSTEM OPERATION ................................................................................................19
5.8 BACKUP CONTROL & PITCH INDICATING SYSTEM ..........................................................21

5.8.1 BACKUP CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................21
5.8.2 PITCH INDICATION SYSTEM.....................................................................................22
5.9 LOAD CONTROL SYSTEM .....................................................................................................23

5.9.1 OVERVIEW..................................................................................................................23
5.9.2 COMPONENT PARTS.................................................................................................23
5.9.3 OPERATION................................................................................................................23
ERC3000 TWIN B2 CCS Berg Propulsion AB, Öckerö, Sweden

issue-1.3 Tel:+46-31-97 65 00 Fax:+46-31-97 65 38 Page 1 of 48
5.10 ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS......................................................................................................24
5.11 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND TECHNICAL DATA ..........................................................26

5.11.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................26
5.11.2 TECHNICAL DATA ......................................................................................................26
5.11.3 INTERFACING OF COMPONENTS............................................................................27
5.12 PARAMETER SETTING AND FAULT DIAGNOSIS................................................................28

5.12.1 PARAMETER SETTING ..............................................................................................28
5.12.2 FAULT DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................44
5.13 ISSUE HISTORY AND OWN NOTES ......................................................................................46
5.14 CLUTCH CONTROL AND SHAFT SPEED INDICATION .......................................................47
5.15 APPENDIX - DRAWINGS ........................................................................................................48
NOTE: 1. The information contained in this manual describes the standard control system and
normally available options. Always refer to the system drawings to obtain
information on which options are included.
2. Berg Propulsion endeavours to ensure the information contained in this document is

correct, but does not accept liability for omissions and errors.

5.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
5.1.1 INTRODUCTION
ERC 3000 is a PLC based full follow up electronic remote control system for the ship's
propulsion machinery, its primary purpose is the remote control of propeller pitch and main
engine speed. The system is adaptable to the requirements of the user and includes as
standard automatic engine load control and overload protection
Propeller pitch and engine speed (RPM) can be controlled from the bridge by one combined
lever. Control can be executed from any number of control positions on the Bridge dependant
on the system specification. The engine room normally has one control panel and as standard
uses separate levers for controlling pitch and engine speed. The system is designed so that at
any time only one control position is active and that transfer of pitch control can only take place
if the current and next control position levers are within 10%.
In the event of a system or power failure, backup open loop pitch control can be quickly
selected, pitch control is then transferred to the ahead/astern non follow up tiller mounted in the
engine room panel and bridge main panel, selecting backup control causes the engine
speed to go to constant speed.
Both the main and back up systems are configured so that the engine room control position
has priority of command and can at any time take command from the bridge, should this
happen the panel "attention buzzer" is started on the bridge main panel and can only be
cancelled by bridge acknowledgement.
The system is self monitoring and can display faults either with clear text on the touch screen
display or through a coded lamp sequence on the program controller.
The display unit is also used for inputting the system parameters.
display system
parameter menu

5.1.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

The detailed specific system configuration is shown in the ERC 3000 layout drawing. The
figure below shows a typical layout in block diagram form.
Typical Follow Up System Block Diagram
The bridge deck control panels are hard wired to the Bridge Interface Unit (BIU). Analogue
and digital control signals are converted into data-bus words and transferred to the Central Unit
(CU) for processing. In a similar manner the engine room control panel signals are converted
into data words and are together with the engine and propeller signals processed in the CU.
All power supplies for the system are connected to the CU. There are two separate 24V
supplies, both feeding the PLC processor unit and output drivers via a galvanic isolated dc/dc
converter and both feeding directly the backup control with the pitch indication system.
The Central Unit (CU) is the heart of the system and contains the PLC program controller, this
unit communicates with the interfacing parts of the system by transferring and controlling data-
words over the data-bus. Attached to the PLC processor by a serial link is the parameter
setting touchscreen display and the analogue output circuits for controlling the pitch and
engine speed.
The Local Unit (LU) contains the propeller interface and also the backup control with the pitch
indication systems. The primary output of the LU system is the proportional drive signal to the
solenoid valves. The primary inputs are the pitch position from the propeller pitch control unit
and the pitch control signals from the backup controllers.

5.2 OPERATION OF CONTROLS – BRIDGE FWD AND AFT PANEL
The main bridge forward and aft panels are nearly identical, the only difference is that the
panel designated MAIN will have a change over switch FWD/AFT. The Panels consists of the
following standard instruments and indicators, additional functions will be detailed in Section
5:10
1. PITCH CONTROLLER (Main panel)

- A Stork-Kwant type Buk C controller provides single lever control for both pitch position
and engine speed (combinator mode) according to a parameterised graph; or single
lever control for pitch position only, depending on selection of constant engine speed
(crpm). When CRPM is not selected, automatically combinator mode is active and pitch
position is determined by the combinator curve. If CRPM is selected then 100% pitch
will be reached at lever position 10 and engine speed is not controlled by the lever.
- The controller includes lever alignment lamps which are active when the Engine room or
one of the bridge wings has control, the lamps indicate the direction to move the lever to
match the currently used pitch lever. When both lamps are lit the lever is within 10% of
the position of the currently used pitch lever and a bump free control transfer can be
achieved.
2. PITCH POSITION INDICATOR

- Indicates the actual position of the propeller pitch between full ahead and full astern.
The pitch indication system uses the backup power supply so is still available with a
main system failure.

3. SHAFT SPEED INDICATOR

- Indicates the actual shaft speed propeller
4. INDICATION LAMP “OVERLOAD”

- An overload switch is mounted on the fuel rack or inside the governor of the main
engine. When activated the lamp overload will light indicating that the engine is in
overload condition. If the load control system is functioning correctly this situation should
not remain for more than a few seconds. Should the lamp remain lit then manual pitch
reduction should be applied.
5. INDICATION LAMP “CRPM”

- When lit it indicates that constant engine speed mode is selected. Selection is normally
made in the engine room. Adjustment of the set speed is a system parameter. When
CRPM is not selected the pitch controller controls both pitch and engine speed. In this
situation the potentiometer pitch trim can be used to reduce the pitch without changing
the engine speed. If CRPM is selected then the pitch controller only controls the pitch.
6. CHANGE OVER SWITCH AFT/FWD”

- (Main panel only) This switch is mounted only on the main bridge panel and is a permit
switch to allow transfer to the other panel.
7. PUSHBUTTON “LAMP TEST”

- Provides a signal to the PLC system to activate all the lamp and buzzer functions for the
relevant panel
8. DIMMER
- Controls the intensity of the indicator lamps with the exception of the overload lamp
9. POTENTIOMETER “PITCH TRIM”

- This is a maximum pitch adjuster that applies a limit to the maximum allowed pitch. In
the combinator mode this is useful so that pitch can be reduced without effecting engine
speed. The range of adjustment is a system parameter.
10. INDICATION LAMP “ENGINE LOCAL CONTROL”

- This lamp indicates that the engine has been switched to local control; as a result both
speed and pitch outputs are blocked. In this case the pitch can only be moved from the
engine room control panel by using backup control.
11. PUSH BUTTON “TAKE OVER” WITH INDICATION LAMP “IN COMMAND”
- This push button is used to accept control at the panel. At the main bridge panel a
flashing lamp and a buzzer indicates that the engine room has requested the bridge to
take over, or the bridge backup control has been switched off. In both cases: Press the
pushbutton “take over” and the buzzer will stop. When doing a control transfer and the
lamp remains flashing it means that the control change over is not completed because
the lever is out of position. Move the lever to the direction indicated by the lever

alignment lamps in the pitch controller unit, until both lamps are lit. Control transfer is
now completed and the lamp “In command” will show a steady light. Then the engine
room retakes control this button is pressed again to acknowledge the control transfer
and cancel the buzzer.
NOTE: Full details of the control transfer sequence are given in section 5.6
BACK UP CONTROL:
12. BACKUP ON / OFF

- When the bridge is in control this momentary action switch (returns to middle position)
activates or de-activates the bridge backup control function. When switched “on” the
lamp “bridge backup on” will illuminate, and the lamp “in command” will start flashing;
control of pitch is only possible by the toggle switch ahead / astern. After de-selection of
the Backup system the buzzer will sound and “take over” switch must be pushed to
accept control on the main system. The lamp “in command” will stop flashing.
If control is at engine room then bridge backup control cannot be activated.

Engine room has priority.
13. “ENG RM BACKUP ON” LAMP

- Indicates that the engine room backup system is operational and that control from the
Bridge is not possible. Not with normal control but also not with backup control.
14. “BRIDGE BACKUP ON” LAMP

- Indicates that the bridge backup system is operational and that normal control from the
Bridge is not possible with main follow up system.
15. TOGGLE SWITCH “AHEAD/ASTERN”

- This tiller action double switch is the non follow up pitch controller, pushing the tiller
ahead or astern acts directly on the solenoid valve and causes the pitch to move without
proportional control. Power supply is taken from the 24V battery backup supply.
CLUTCH CONTROLS:
16. MAIN CLUTCH IN

- Pushed when main clutch engagement is required. The lamp will illuminate when full
engagement is achieved.
17. MAIN CLUTCH OUT

- Pushed when main clutch disengagement is required. The lamp will illuminate when
disengagement is achieved.
18. MAIN CLUTCH BLOCKED

- Lamp lit when clutch engagement is blocked, due to either NOT zero pitch or engine
speed out of range.

NOTE: Clutch blocked applies to both Clutch engagement and disengagement.

Emergency clutch disengagement can take place under any conditions
5.3
Not used
5.4 OPERATION OF CONTROLS – ENGINE ROOM
The engine room panels consists of the following standard instruments and indicators,
additional functions will be detailed in Section 5:10
1. PITCH/SPEED CONTROLLER
- A Stork-Kwant type Buk-C controller provides separate lever control for pitch position,
speed control is provided by a separate multi turn potentiometer.
- The pitch controller provides linear position control from full ahead to full astern; the rate
of change of pitch movement is not effected by any parameters that are set for bridge
combinator control. The controller includes lever alignment lamps which are active
when the Bridge has control and indicate the direction to move the lever to match the
bridge lever. When both lamps are lit the lever is within 10% of the position of the bridge
lever and a bump free control transfer can be achieved.

- The speed controller provides linear engine speed change from firing speed to nominal
speed; the rate of change of speed is not effected by any parameters that are set for
bridge combinator control.
2. PITCH INDICATOR
- See Bridge Main panel for description.
3. SHAFT SPEED INDICATOR

4. INDICATION LAMP “OVERLOAD”

5. INDICATION LAMP “ENGINE LOCAL CONTROL”

- This lamp indicates that the main engine or pitch is set to local control. The remote pitch
and speed outputs are blocked. Pitch can only be controlled using the backup system.
6. LOAD LIMIT ADJUSTER

- Adjusted to set the maximum allowable engine load between 100% and 60%, the engine
load is then maintained by automatic fine pitch adjustment (automatic load control). The
range of the load limit adjuster is a system parameter. The “Load Limiter” is one of the
system inputs used to calculate “Permitted load”
7. PUSH BUTTON AND INDICATION LAMP “CRPM”

- Provides for the selection and indication of the constant speed mode. When selected
the engine speed is maintained at a level set in the PLC parameters. When deselected
bridge control is automatically in combinator mode.
8. INDICATION LAMP “BRIDGE CONTROL”

- Steady light indicates the command is on the bridge.
Note: Full details of the control transfer sequence are given in section 5.6
9. PUSHBUTTON “TAKE OVER” WITH INDICATION LAMP “IN COMMAND”

- The switch is pushed when the command is required in the engine room. A steady “in
command” light indicates that engine room is in control; a flashing lamp and a buzzer
indicates that the bridge has requested the engine room to take over, or the engine room
backup control has been switched off. In both cases: Press the pushbutton “take over”
and the buzzer will stop.
When doing a control transfer and the lamp remains flashing it means that the control
change over is not completed because the lever is out of position. Move the lever to the
direction indicated by the lever alignment lamps in the pitch controller unit, until both
lamps are lit. Control transfer is now completed and the lamp “in command” will show a
steady light

10. TRANSFER SWITCH “ER/BRIDGE”

- This switch is used to permit transfer of control between the ER and Bridge Main Panel.
Selection of BRIDGE allows the control to be taken on the bridge when the Bridge Main
Panel Take over button is pressed.
11. INDICATION LAMP “LOAD LIMITING”

- This when actual engine load is greater than permitted load. Permitted load being a
parameter determined by the poison of the “Load Limit” controller and the actual shaft
speed.
BACK UP CONTROL:
12. BACKUP ON / OFF

- The backup ON/OFF selects and de-selects the engine room backup pitch control
system. When switched “on” the lamp “eng.rm. backup on” will illuminate, and the lamp
“in command” will start flashing; control of pitch is only possible by the toggle switch
ahead / astern. After de-selection of the backup system the buzzer will sound and the
“take over” switch must be pushed to accept control on the main system. The lamp “in
command” will stop flashing.
13. INDICATION LAMP “ENG RM BACKUP ON”

14. INDICATION LAMP “BRIDGE BACKUP ON”

15. TOGGLE SWITCH “AHEAD/ASTERN”

CLUTCH CONTROLS:
16. MAIN CLUTCH IN

- Pushed when main clutch engagement is required. The lamp will illuminate when full
engagement is achieved.
17. MAIN CLUTCH OUT

- Pushed when main clutch disengagement is required. The lamp will illuminate when
disengagement is achieved.

18. MAIN CLUTCH BLOCKED

- Lamp lit when clutch engagement is blocked, due to either NOT zero pitch or engine
speed out of range.
Note : Clutch blocked applies to both Clutch engagement and disengagement and
disengagement. Emergency clutch disengagement can take place under any conditions.

5.5 OPERATION
5.5.1 ACTIVATING THE SYSTEM

The system can be switched on by activating the breakers F4 to F7 in the Central Unit.
F3 = 24VDC backup power supply to Local Unit

F4 = System internal isolated power supply to all Units
With only F3 switched on, backup control only is possible.
With F4 ON the system will start up and perform a self test. The display unit will not start until
the PLC has successfully completed its self test. When the self test is finished the buzzer at
the engine room panel will sound, the lamp “in command” will flash and the pushbutton “take
over” has to be pressed to make the system ready and operational.
After a power interruption the system will restart and perform a new self test, on completion of
the self test the control will be available at either the Bridge or Engine Room, depending on the
position of the ER/BRIDGE switch on the engine room panel.
The touch screen display unit can separately be switched off by use of the switch S1 inside the
Central Unit door panel. This will only shut down the power to the touch screen display and
does not in any way effect the main PLC system. Power to the display unit is not available until
after the PLC has completed it start up.
In case of a (power) failure of the normal PLC system (indication lamps go off, control failure
given by the Central Unit, no control of pitch/speed) the pitch control can be transferred to the
backup system by switching on backup control. The engine speed will remain at (or increase
to) full speed. When the power returns (indication lamps on, control failure off), backup control
can be switched off and control is recovered as soon as the “take over” button is pressed.
In the case of a control failure the red lamp mounted outside on the Central Unit door
illuminates and a CPP control failure alarm will be given to the ships alarm system.
In the case of a power failure from one of the two power supplies, a failure signal will be given
to the alarm system the associated power available lamp in the Central Unit will be out.
5.5.2 CONTROL OF THE PITCH / ENGINE SPEED FROM ENGINE ROOM CONTROL PANEL
When the system is in engine room control, two modes of control are possible:
1) non follow up - backup control
2) follow up electronic control
ENGINE ROOM - NON FOLLOW UP BACK UP CONTROL

When backup control is selected the pitch solenoids are controlled directly by means of the
toggle switch ahead/astern, and the PLC system is in backup mode. The engine speed is
controlled by a fixed output current transmitter which is preset for maximum speed. The lamp
“eng.rm backup on” is activated and the lamp “in command” is flashing. When backup control
is switched ‘off’, the lamp “eng.rm backup on” will go out and the buzzer will sound. Normal
control has to be accepted by pushing the button “take over”. The buzzer will stop and the lamp
“in command’ will illuminate steady.
* When at backup control the analogue indication of the pitch position is still available.

ENGINE ROOM - FOLLOW UP ELECTRONIC REMOTE CONTROL

When control is in the engine room the lamp “In command” will be lit and full PLC control of
both pitch and speed is possible with their respective controllers. Functions like load control,
load limiting, auto load reduction, delay times etc. are operational and as long as the engine
load is not exceeding the permitted load the pitch will follow the pitch lever position up to
100%.
If the engine load reaches the permitted maximum load the pitch will stop increasing and will
only start increasing again when the engine load is lower than the permitted load. If the engine
load is higher than the permitted load it will pitch will reduce until the load returns to the
permitted load.
The “Load limiting” lamp in the ER will indicate when Actual load is higher permitted load.
The size of the difference between actual engine load and permitted load signals determines
the rate of pitch change.
As long as CRPM is not selected the engine speed is controlled by the speed controller.
The above is only possible when the main engine is set to remote control. When the engine is
set to local the speed and pitch outputs are blocked. In that case the lamp “engine local
control” is illuminated. To get speed and pitch control activated the switch local/remote at the
main engine has to be switched to the remote position; at the engine room control panel the
buzzer will sound and the lamps “in command” and “engine local control” are flashing. Press
“take over” and the buzzer stops, the lamp “in command” is lit and the lamp “engine local
control” is off.
It is also not possible to move the pitch when the engine Autostop function is activated. This
function is also described as ‘pitch to zero’ and will move the pitch to zero (or hold the pitch at
zero) as soon as it becomes activated. It can only be released at the engine control panel.
CRPM (= constant engine speed) can be selected with the yellow pushbutton CRPM; if
selected the lamp CRPM will illuminate. When CRPM is selected the speed controller is not
operational
Normally when a shaft generator is used, the CRPM function is held on by a signal from the
main switch board. In this case it is not possible to de-activate CRPM with the pushbutton on
the engine room panel.
When the pitch lever is moved quickly from zero to full ahead or astern (or the other way
around), the pitch increases (or decreases) by a delay curve created via the parameters in the
PLC.
The same is applied to the speed controller and the speed output of the system.
With the potentiometer load limit it is possible to reduce the permitted load. As soon as the
actual engine load is higher than the permitted load the pitch will reduce. The range of the pitch
trimmer is a parameter setting in the program but as default set between 60% and 100%
engine load.
When the lamp “in command” is flashing together with a buzzer sounding it means that the
bridge requests the engine room to take over command, or engine room backup control has
been switched off. In both cases press “take over” to stop the buzzer and to get command.
When the lamp “in command” is flashing without the buzzer sounding it means that the lever is
not in control of the pitch. The reason could be that the lever is not in the correct position for
transfer command (from bridge main panel), in that case the lever has to be moved in that
direction indicated by the alignment lamps, until both lamps are lit.

5.5.3 CONTROL OF THE PITCH / ENGINE SPEED FROM THE BRIDGE PANELS
When the system is at the bridge there are three modes of control possible:
1) non follow up backup control (main panel only)
2) follow up electronic control, combinator mode
3) follow up electronic control, constant speed mode
BRIDGE - NON FOLLOW UP BACK UP CONTROL --MAIN PANEL ONLY--

When backup control is selected the pitch solenoids are controlled directly by means of the
toggle switch ahead/astern, and the PLC system is in backup mode. The engine speed will go
to or remain at maximum speed. The lamp “bridge backup on” is on and the lamp “in
command” is flashing. When backup control is switched ‘off’, the lamp “bridge backup on” will
go out and the buzzer will sound. Normal control has to be accepted by pushing the button
“take over”. The buzzer will stop and the lamp “in command’ will illuminate steady.
* When in backup control the analogue indication of the pitch position is still available.
* Transfer of control to bridge wings is NOT possible when in backup control.
BRIDGE - FOLLOW UP ELECTRONIC CONTROL, COMBINATOR MODE

When control is at the bridge, as long as constant engine speed (CRPM) is not selected the
system will run in combinator mode and both the pitch as well as the engine speed, are
controlled by the control lever; the following lamps are lit: “bridge control” and “in command”;
the lamp “CRPM” is off.
All functions like load control, load limiting, auto load reduction, delay times etc. are operational
and assuming that the pitch trim potentiometer is set to pos. 10; as long as the engine load is
not exceeding the permitted load the pitch will follow the bridge lever up to 100% pitch which is
the maximum pitch required for 100% load on the engine when all other equipment is shut
down (shaft generator, PTO pumps, etc.) and the engine speed will increase from firing speed
to maximum speed.
If the engine load reaches the permitted maximum load the pitch will stop increasing and will
only start increasing again when the engine load is lower than the permitted load. If the engine
load is higher than the permitted load it will pitch will reduce until the load returns to the
permitted load.
The size of the difference between actual engine load and permitted load signals determines
the rate of pitch change.
With the potentiometer pitch trim it is possible to reduce the pitch without affecting the engine
speed. The range of the pitch trimmer is a parameter setting in the program, as default set from
50% to 100% pitch. the pitch trimmer only has effect when the actual pitch is positioned within
this range.
When the control lever is moved quickly from zero to full ahead or astern (or the other way
around), the pitch and the speed increases (or decreases) by a delay curve created via the
parameters in the PLC.
When the lamp “in command” is flashing together with a buzzer sounding it means that the
engine room requests the bridge to take over command, or bridge backup control has been
switched off. In both cases press “take over” to stop the buzzer and to get command.
When the lamp “in command” is flashing without the buzzer sounding it means that the lever is
not in control of the pitch. The reason could be that the lever is not in the correct position for
transfer command (from engine room panel), in that case the lever has to be moved in that

direction indicated by the alignment lamps, until both lamps are lit.
When control is on the bridge it is possible to change command to other bridge locations by
pressing the “take over” pushbutton on the desired panel. Bump free transfers can be made at
any position of the levers.
Description of the command transfer procedures can be found in chapter 5.6.
Transfer command from engine room to bridge is not possible as long as the engine is in local
control (lamp “engine local control” is illuminated).
BRIDGE - FOLLOW UP ELECTRONIC CONTROL, CONSTANT SPEED MODE

As soon as constant engine speed (CRPM) is selected the system will run in constant speed
mode and only the pitch is controlled by the control lever. The engine is running at a constant
speed preset by system parameters.
The following lamps are lit: “bridge control”, “in command”, and “CRPM”.
The pitch will follow the lever according to the constant mode pitch curve instead of the
combinator curve. Both curves are parameter settings in the PLC.
All other functions are the same as described with combinator mode, however in this situation
the pitch trim potentiometer is now more or less useless.
5.5.4 EMERGENCY PITCH CONTROL

The emergency pitch control is not a part of the Remote Control System, because the pitch is
not controlled in any way by the system but when using Emergency Pitch Control it is
recommended to select local control on the LOCAL UNIT in the engine room.
When using Emergency Control the pitch is controlled directly by pushing the directional
solenoid valves which are mounted near the hydraulic tank unit.

5.6 COMMAND TRANSFER SYSTEM
5.6.1 INTRODUCTION
The command transfer system allows for swift, accurate and safe transfer of command
between:-
a. Engine room and bridge main.

b. Bridge main and bridge wings.
The system is designed so that the engine control room has priority of command. The position
of the ER/BRIDGE switch on the Engine Room Control panel determines whether the control
can be transferred to the Bridge.
At power up, or after an interruption to the power supply, the position of the ER/BRIDGE switch
determines where the control can regained.
5.6.2 LEVER ALIGNMENT

The Lever alignment system consists of lever alignment sensing within the PLC program
controller and alignment lamps that indicate the alignment status at Engine Room and Bridge
panels.
Lever alignment is required to ensure “bump free” transfer of command from one panel to
another. The system operates by preventing transfer being completed if there is more that
10% difference in the lever positions. This will be indicated by a flashing “in command” lamp
and one illuminated alignment lamp on the panel to which control is transferred.
The Lever alignment lamps are built into the scale of each controller. The lamps function is as
follows:-
• One alignment lamp lit indicates that the lever must be moved in the direction of the
arrow
• Two alignment lamps lit indicates that the lever is in the aligned position.
NOTE: The alignment lamps on the panel that is “in command” are not active.
An additional use for the alignment lamps is to identify the position of the lever that is “in
command” at another control position; moving a non-controlling lever so that both alignment
lamps remain lit, tracks the movement of the Command lever. This function is especially
useful at the engine room control panel where the duty engineer will be able to determine the
load being requested by the controlling panel (in case the Central Unit with the display is on
another location).

5.6.3 TRANSFER PROCEDURES briefly description

The following procedures has to be followed for command transfer between
Engine Room ↔ Bridge Main and Bridge Main ↔ Bridge Wing.
1) Engine Rm to Bridge Main, Engine Rm initiates

1. EngRm: select ER/Bridge switch to Bridge
2. Bridge: press pushbutton take over
2) Engine Rm to Bridge Main, Bridge initiates

1. Bridge: press pushbutton take over
2. EngRm: select ER/Bridge switch to Bridge
3) Bridge Main to Engine Rm, Engine Rm initiates

1. Engine Rm: select ER/Bridge switch to ER
2. Bridge: press push button “Take over” to acknowledge and cancel buzzer
3. Engine Rm: press “Take Over” to accept and cancel buzzer
4) Bridge Main to Bridge Other

1. Bridge Main panel: No action required
2. Bridge Other: press push button take over
NOTE:
When “take over” is pressed before lever alignment, the “in command” lamp remains
flashing on the desired control station. In this situation, the best way to finish the
transfer procedure is to move the lever in the desired direction until both alignment
lamps are lit.
As soon as the “in command” lamp is on, the transfer is complete.
NOTE:
Bridge to bridge transfers do not initiate the buzzer.

5.7 MANOEUVRING
With the command on the bridge, pitch and engine speed are controlled by a single lever, the
relationship between the pitch position and engine speed at any set point is determined by a
graph known as the combinator curve. (see graph below for a typical combinator curve)
Each curve has 9

points that can be set
in the PLC parameter
setting program
The Combinator curve is set by parameters in the PLC program controller, the graph is
designed so that the propeller load curve matches as closely as possible the engine load
curve. Through “on line “ parameter changes the graph can be adjusted to suit every
installation. The rate at which pitch & engine speed increase and decease is also set in the
PLC program controller (delay times) and can be adjusted “on line” to obtain the best
performance.
With the command in the engine room pitch and engine speed are controlled linearly by
separate levers and are not effected by any combinator curve settings.
In the CONSTANT SPEED MODE, the speed set point corresponds to the constant value set
in the PLC parameterisation system. The load value (load demand) will in this case be
translated into a pitch set point according to a separate parameterised pitch curve (constant
mode curve).
In case the engine speed is for some reason less than demanded, depending on the actual
shaft speed a reduced load allowance is programmed in the PLC program by means of a
speed / load demand curve to prevent the engine for overloading or high temperatures.

5.7.1 SYSTEM OPERATION
The following diagram gives a general overview of the operation sequence of a typical PLC
program controller.
MIN
MIN

When the ECR is the active control position, engine speed can be set from idle to maximum
speed (100%) using the speed control lever. When a shaft generator is selected the speed is
set to CONSTANT SPEED MODE , the pre-selected speed will be 100%.
The pitch set-point is selected from -100% to +100% by the pitch control lever. With ECR
control there is no combinator program active, the pitch set-point follows the control lever
according to a linear graph.
If the bridge is the active control position, conversion of the control lever position into a load
value is achieved according to a graph of pitch against engine RPM (Combinator Curve).
Multiple graphs can be programmed into the system and made selectable from one of the
control panels. The status can be displayed at selected control positions.
Individual delay programs can be set to control the rate of load increase and decrease for the
various operational modes.
A constant speed mode is available that can be automatically or manually selected. Constant
speed is selected when a Shaft generator is required or when the system receives pitch control
inputs from a dynamic positioning system.
A load controller (PI-controller) is provided and programmed to protect the engine from
overloading. This controller acts to reduce the pitch set point if the actual engine load
(measured fuel injection rate) exceeds a set-point. In the COMBINATOR MODE, this set point
is provided by the load limit curve from the actual engine speed. The maximum set point can
be limited by the LOAD LIMIT potentiometer setting (normally 100% down to 60%). In a similar
way a SLOW DOWN (auto reduce) signal from the engine safety system can limit load to a
pre-set level. Slow down is an overriding action.
The PLC system provides both a +/- 5V proportional control signal to the Pitch Solenoid Driver
Unit in the Local Unit and a 4-20mA current loop to the engine speed governor. The Pitch
Solenoid Driver Unit supplies a frequency modulated control current to the solenoid valve coil.
Through the actions of the PI controller and proportional drive signal the pitch can be adjusted
both smoothly and with great accuracy.
In case the engine governor is controlled via control air an optional I/P-converter can be
installed for controlling the air pressure between 1 and 5 bar.
To meet special requirements, the PLC can be reconfigured and reprogrammed to meet
special demands, for instance when the ship is supplied with an Emergency PTI drive, and the
pitch needs another (reduced) curve, with or without automatic load control.

5.8 BACKUP CONTROL & PITCH INDICATING SYSTEM
5.8.1 BACKUP CONTROL SYSTEM

In the event of a fault occurring in
the remote control system the
emergency / backup (non follow-
up) pitch controller is selected.
The backup controls are located in
the main bridge panel and in the
engine room panel and are
connected directly to the Local
Unit in the Engine Room.
The Operation of the system is by

manual selection of the on/off
switch, pitch control is then
immediately passed to the
selected panel and pitch can be
adjusted by operating the toggle
switch "Ahead" or "Astern".
At change over to backup

control the actual pitch position
of that moment remains fixed
and the engine speed will be
held constant at maximum.
Reverting to remote control first requires de-selection of the backup system followed by normal
command take over at the required position.
Selection of backup control causes the “in command” lamp to flash and illuminates -depending
of the location where backup control is selected- the “bridge backup on” or “eng.rm. backup on”
lamp; subsequently on releasing the backup control the buzzer sounds which then requires to
press the “take over” button to regain control. The lamp “in command” will stop flashing.
Selection of backup control in the Eng.Rm when the Bridge has main control causes the “in
command” lamp on the bridge panel to flash and illuminates the “eng.rm backup on” lamp; in
the engine room the lamp “bridge control” will be flashing. Subsequently on releasing the
Eng.Rm backup control the Bridge buzzer sounds which then requires the Bridge to press
“take over” to regain control.
Selection of backup control on the Bridge when the Engine Room has main control is not
possible, unless the system has a (power) failure by which the PLC does not run anymore.
If a serious problem happens to the PLC which causes the PLC to stop functioning, the pitch
will maintain its position. In order to get control over the pitch it is necessary to select backup
control. As long as the hydraulic pumps are running, control is possible via the backup control
toggle switch. Of course when both power supplies (main and backup) fail, electrical control is
no longer possible but as long as the pumps are running manual EMERGENCY CONTROL is
possible by using the directional solenoids in the engine room.
When the pumps are not running then EMERGENCY PUMP and EMERGENCY CONTROL is
possible by using the hydraulic hand pump near the tank unit and in the same time push one of
the directional solenoids in order to move the pitch in the desired direction.

5.8.2 PITCH INDICATION SYSTEM
The pitch indication system is

part of the backup system. The
circuit board (PC033) is mounted
in the Local Unit. The power
supply is 24VDC backup.
The system uses the second half

of a double potentiometer
mounted on the PCU. The
system is electrically separated
from the main control system.
Adjustment of the indicators is

carried out by the 3 trim
potentiometers mounted on the
circuit card and marked Zero,
Ahead & Astern.
This adjustment is for the

indicators only and has no
effect on the main control
system.
All indicators of the entire system are parallel connected to the PC033 output signal. This
signal is –5V for 100% astern indication, 0V for zero pitch and +5V for 100% ahead indication.
When all indicators are showing the same wrong indication than adjustment have to be made
at the PC033 circuit board in the Local Unit.
When only one indicator is showing a wrong indication than adjustment have to be made at the
backside of this indicator. To adjust this indication, the pitch must be in full ahead position.
To increase the availability of the main control system the signal from the pitch indication
feedback potentiometer is also going to a galvanic isolated converter and made available as a
backup pitch position feedback for the main system. In the event of a failure of the main pitch
position feedback potentiometer, a change over switch is provided in the Central Unit to switch
over to the backup potentiometer (Switch S2 inside the Central Unit door panel). The pitch
indication will still function as normal. Calibration of this backup signal is carried out during
commissioning.
It is not possible to use the normal system feedback signal for indication of the pitch when the
pitch indication potentiometer is defective. In this situation the lever position can be used to
determine where actual pitch position should be.
When one of the two potentiometers is broken, the feedback potentiometer unit needs to be
replaced as soon as possible by a BERG approved technician.

5.9 LOAD CONTROL SYSTEM
5.9.1 OVERVIEW
The automatic load control system is designed to maintain a constant load on the engine at a
level, preset in the engine room. The level setting normally range from 100% & 60% of full
engine power. Both upper and lower limits can be set in the system parameter setting program.
The maximum permissible load is also a factor of the shaft speed when using the combinator
curve.
The system compensates for variations in load by fine adjustment of pitch. Engine load is
continually calculated in the program controller by the measurement of engine fuel rack
position and propeller shaft speed. The load control program is chosen to suit the
characteristics and requirements of the particular vessel. The load curve is defined in the
system parameter setting program.
5.9.2 COMPONENT PARTS

The load control system consist of sensors for monitoring propeller shaft speed and engine fuel
rack position, and a load limit control for setting the max load.
The shaft speed monitor is a digital inductive pick-up sensor mounted in close proximity to the
shaft coupling flange bolt heads. The rate at which the shaft bolt heads pass in front of the
pick-up generates a square wave signal whose frequency is proportional to the shaft speed.
By entering the amount of bolts in the system, the rpm is calculated.
Note: The shaft speed signal is not used for controlling engine speed.
The fuel rack position signal is either taken directly from the engine electronic controller or from
an inductive analogue sensor set to sense the rotation of the fuel rack shaft.
The load limit control is a potentiometer normally mounted on the engine room control panel.
5.9.3 OPERATION
The load control input signals from the sensors and load limit potentiometer are processed by
the PLC program controller, a comparison is made between the actual load and the permitted
load. The results of the comparison is converted into small pitch correction signals. The rate
of pitch change depends on the difference between actual and required load.
A small dead band is built into the system to prevent continual operation of the Pitch Control
Unit when the actual load is within a certain % of the required load. The range of the dead
band is a parameter setting in the program
Through the parameter setting system the load control system can be tuned to suit individual
engines, hull designs and operational modes.

5.10 ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS
The BERG ERC 3000 system incorporates a number of special functions which depending on
the equipment specification may or may not be included as a functional part of the equipment.
OVERLOAD
The overload signal consists of a micro switch mounted on the engine fuel rack that is set to
activate at 100 +3% fuel. When activated the overload lamp is illuminated at all control panels
after a preset delay time. Because the load control system is already automatically reducing
the pitch, the overload signal will not cause any additional pitch reduce.
Should the lamp remain lit then manual intervention to reduce the pitch is required.
CONSTANT RPM
The constant RPM function is normally selected when a shaft generator is required. The
engine speed is then set to a % of maximum. Mostly the setting will be 100%. The chosen
speed is taken from the system parameter settings. With selection of constant speed the
propeller pitch curve changes from the combinator curve to a more linear function (constant
mode curve).
AUTO-LOAD REDUCTION (ALR) also known as SLOW DOWN

Auto-load reduction is a function that allows for automatic reduction of engine load on a given
signal from the ships alarm or engine safety system. On activation the maximum engine load
is automatically limited to a value set in the parameter table (normally 60%).
AUTO STOP / SHUTDOWN

Auto stop is a function that allows for automatic reduction of pitch to zero on a given signal
from the ships-, engine- or clutch control/safety system or when the engine is (emergency)
stopped. In addition the engine speed is reduce to minimum and the clutch dis-engaged.
SHAFT SPEED INDICATION

When required a galvanic isolated 0-10V signal can be provided for the use of an external
shaft speed indicator. Alignments for the scaling of the indicator is a part of the parameter
settings.
EMERGENCY/ LOCAL CONTROL

In the event of a total electrical failure both main backup systems the pitch can be controlled
directly at the solenoid valve. The valve is supplied with mechanical push buttons.
To operate in the Emergency/ Local mode put the switch mounted on the Local Unit door to the
“LOCAL” position. Operate the mechanical push buttons on the solenoid in the
AHEAD/ASTERN direction according to the command from the emergency telegraph and the
position of the pitch as shown on the PCU mechanical scale.
When local control is selected the both the remote control and backup pitch system are put out
of operation. Engine speed must be also be controlled locally at the engine side.

ELECTRIC SHAFTING SYSTEM

ESS is a servo controlled lever follow up system. When the main bridge panel has control, the
levers of the Wing panels follow exactly the movement of the Main Panel lever. When control
is transferred to one of the Bridge Wing levers, this lever then becomes the master lever and
controls the position of both the main and other wing panel lever. The Main panel lever
however still provides the control position signal to the PLC system. The system is galvanically
isolated from the ERC3000 system and uses its own 24V ship power supply.
DP/JOYSTICK/VDR INTERFACE
Galvanically isolated signals are provided where required for a DP / JOYSTICK system and or
a VDR system. The system drawing shows the signal details.
For the DP ready signal to be active the system must have the following states :-
Not backup control

Not system alarm
Bridge control ACTIVE
CRPM ACTIVE
Clutch engaged ACTIVE
Engine speed above firing speed.
DP select signal read ACTIVE (Kongsberg ONLY)
Fi-Fi MODE
Vessels classed as Fi-Fi 1 will as standard have an interface with the Fi-Fi pump controller as
follows:-
1 digital output CPP Zero Pitch – for Fi-Fi clutch engagement
1 digital signal Fi-Fi pump engaged – this informs the PLC controller that the 80% load
alarm shall be activated
1 digital output – Load greater than 80%
System with a Fi-Fi mode select switch have an addition functionality that allows for the
selection of an separate pitch curve when operating in the Fi-Fi mode. This switch will be
mounted on the Bridge Panel.
Fi-Fi Mode select switch and lamp - Can only be activated when Fi-Fi engaged, when
pressed changes the Pitch curve to restrict maximum pitch to a pre-determined parameter.

5.11 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND TECHNICAL DATA
5.11.1 GENERAL
The ERC3000 system is designed to provide automatic open-loop and closed-loop control of
marine propulsion plants, specifically for the control of:
Controllable pitch propellers using a 4 way proportional action control valve
The system is type tested to GL, LRS, ABS and BV and meets requirements according to
AUT24 and UMS.
5.11.2 TECHNICAL DATA
Main supply: 24V DC

Battery supply: 24V DC +30/- 25% non-interruptible
Operating temperature: 0 – 70°C GL: Environment C
Degree of protection: IP 20 / with cubicle IP 55
Vibrations: 0.7g
Inputs and outputs

Central unit PS4-341-MM1 2 analogue input
1 analogue output
16 binary inputs
14 binary transistor outputs
Local expansion board LE4-206-AA2 4 analogue inputs
2 analogue outputs
Dec. expansion board EM4-101-AA2 8 analogue inputs
(2 ea.) 4analogue outputs
Dec. expansion board EM4-101-DD2 8 binary inputs
8 binary outputs
Dec. expansion board EM4-201-DX2 16 binary inputs
Local expansion board LE4-116-XD1 16 binary transistor outputs
Signal forms
Input Voltage 0 – 5V
0 – 10V
+/- 5V
+/- 10V
Input Current 0 (4) – 20mA
Output Voltage 0 - 10V
+/- 10V
Load capacity of binary outputs 1< 0.5A

5.11.3 INTERFACING OF COMPONENTS
The storage-programmable control (SPC) system is located in the Central Unit (CU) in the
ECR, and consists of the PS4-341-MM102 central unit with ZB4-901-SF2 EEPROM and the
LE4-206-AA2 local expansion board mounted on a chassis. Stored in the central unit is the
control program, both in the battery-backed RAM and the EEPROM (memory card MC).
The MV4 service panel is located in the Central Unit and linked by means of cables to the
SUCOM-A-interface (RS 232 C) of the SPC system. This panel provides comprehensive
facilities for commissioning and diagnosis of the equipment.
The Local Unit (LU) is mounted in the engine room. This unit includes the pitch control, backup
pitch control and the pitch measurement system.
The EM4-101-AA2 and EM4-101-DD2 distributed-type expansion boards fitted on a chassis

are part of the ECR console.
The bridge console has the distributed and local expansion boards EM4-101-AA2, EM4-201-
DX2, LE4-116-XD1 and LE4-108-XR1 installed on a chassis.

5.12 PARAMETER SETTING AND FAULT DIAGNOSIS
5.12.1 PARAMETER SETTING

Parameter setting is achieved using the versatile, MV4 multi-language (black-and-white)
display unit. This unit serves to visualise signals and operating statuses as well as to change
any parameters that are important for the commissioning, maintenance and operation of the
equipment. In addition, it is used for fault identification. Using the internal error logic, the
display shows operating statuses, error conditions and alarms in clear text.
5.12.1.1 Page layout

The indications of date/time and user rights as well as the [START] or [MENU] and
[◄]/[►] arrows are provided on each page.
Level 0:
Page 1 - Start screen appears at start up
Date/time
Logo BERG
Plant description
Name of NORIS company
START button
When [START] or [ ► ] is pressed the main

menu will appear (=page 2 / level 1)
Level 1:
Page 2 - Main Menu
Date/Time setting
Display settings
Language setting (sprache)
Parameters menu
Service + commissioning
Alarm list
Graph figures
Trend analysis
Login / logout,
System hardware details [ ? ]
Depending on the selection made in this level 1 menu, a submenu will pop up in level 2.
All these menu’s in levels 0, 1 and 2 are accessible at all three login levels
(see display page 3.8).

Level 2:
Page 3.1 - Date/Time
Settings of:
Date: year/month/day/weekday
Time: hour/minute/second
Change of winter/summer time
Boot display (= restart of display unit)
When selecting one of the date or time options (except for the weekday) the following pop up
window will appear in which the set value can be changed:
The currently set value is displayed at the top

of this pop up window. By using the arrow
keys this value is increased or decreased. The
minimum and maximum possible values are
given with the dark background. When the
value is correct press [RET] to enter this value.
When [weekday] is selected the following screen will appear:
In the box the value 10 is given. Press

the number of the weekday given by the
list.
This number will be transmitted to the

PLC for about 5 seconds and then it
returns again to value 10.

Page 3.2: -Display settings

Settings of:
Display contrast
Display brightness
When the contrast and brightness level

are set press the button to save the
settings.
When the screen is not touched for a

certain time the brilliance level will
automatically decrease and return to its
set brilliance when touched again.
Page 3.3: -Language setting
Change of language between German

and English.
Page 3.4: - Parameter settings
This menu provides access to the

parameters that are necessary for a good
functioning of the CPP system.
All the parameter submenu’s are

accessible at any users right (=login level),
but depending on the users right some
parameters can be changed. The ones that
can be changed are shown in a darker
background.
When it is required to change parameters it is necessary to login first (see display page 3.8).

Page 3.4.1.: - adjustment lever position
users right : operator : most parameters can be changed.
page 3.4.1/1 page 3.4.1/2
page 3.4.1/3 page 3.4.1/4
Changing between the pages by using the [ ► ] and [ ◄ ] buttons.
At these pages the signals from all control levers (pitch and rpm) and the signals from the load
limit - and the pitch adjust potentiometer can be calibrated.
Page ../1 and ../2 show the settings from respectively the bridge and the bridge wings pitch
levers as well as the eng.rm pitch lever. page ../3 shows the settings of the ECR speed lever
and the load limit potentiometer (eng.rm. panel) while page ../4 shows the settings of the
bridge pitch trim potentiometer (on the bridge panel called: pitch adjust).
The actual value is displayed as an absolute value and as a percentage of the total range
which is determined by the –100%; 0%; 100% calibrated signals.
Most of the values are adjustable in operators users right. This is recognisable by a dark
background of the value.
See paragraph 5.12.1.3. about how to change a parameter.

Page 3.4.2.: - adjustment engine/propeller inputs
users right : operator : only zero pitch parameter can be changed.
page 3.4.2/1 page 3.4.2/2
At these pages the signals from the engine load (fuel rack signal) and the pitch feedback
potentiometers can be calibrated. The actual value is displayed as an absolute value and as a
percentage of the total range determined by the calibrated settings.
See paragraph 5.12.1.3. to change the zero pitch parameter.
Page 3.4.3.: - adjustment engine/propeller outputs
users right : operator : maximum speed output parameter can be changed.
page 3.4.3/1 page 3.4.3/2
At page ../1 the ranges and the actual value of the output signal to the pitch servo controller
card is visible. From the servo controller card a feedback signal is returned to the PLC which
is visible at the [output pitch control] . This value can be limited by parameter setting which is a
standard setting made at commissioning.
At page ../2 the 4-20mA output to the engine governor is calibrated, in order to meet the
frequency of a shaft generator the maximum value (which is also the CRPM setting) can be
changed by the operator. (4095 equals to 20mA)

Page 3.4.4.: - delay programs
users right : operator : no parameters can be changed.
page 3.4.4/1 page 3.4.4/2
page 3.4.4/3
Changing between the pages by using the

[ ► ] and [ ◄ ] buttons.
There are nine set points of which base 1, base 5 and base 9 are dedicated to respectively full
astern, zero pitch, full ahead.
At pages ../1 the delay times for the pitch are entered between zero and full astern. The first
and second column shows the allowed time for decreasing the pitch from a certain position
astern to zero. The third and fourth column shows the allowed time for increasing the pitch
from zero to a certain position astern.
page ../2 shows the same but then between full ahead and zero pitch (zero = base 5 is
displayed at page ../1).
So the above screen example for zero to full ahead shows in columns 3 and 4 that it may take
8 secs from 0% to 50% pitch, 16 secs from 0% to 80% pitch, 25 secs from 0% to 95% pitch
and 40 secs from 0% to 100% pitch. Meaning that the time between 50% and 80% is 8 secs,
and from 95% to 100% is 15 secs. With these delay times the pitch will move quickly when
manoeuvring between –50% and +50% pitch but as soon as the engine is going to be loaded
the rate of which the pitch changes decreases to protect the engine from overloading.
note: the rate of which the pitch change is subject to hydraulic performance of system.
page ../3 shows the delay times for the engine speed.
Above delay times will be functioning when moving a lever from zero to full, or from full to zero
in a quick movement.

Page 3.4.5.: - combinator mode

page 3.4.5/1 page 3.4.5/2
At these pages the combinator curve is adjusted; this is the ratio between the speed curve and
the pitch curve when the ship is sailing in combinator mode.
The speed curve is engine rpm against lever position, and the pitch curve is pitch position
against lever position.
It is possible to create both speed and pitch curves independent of each other, in order to
create the best match with the ships characteristics. This means that base 8 can represent
75% ahead lever position for the speed curve, but 80% ahead lever position for the pitch curve.
Base 1, base 5 and base 9 are in all curves dedicated to respectively lever full astern, lever at
zero and lever at full ahead.
Page 3.4.6.: - constant mode

page 3.4.6/1 page 3.4.6/2
At these pages the pitch position can be entered against the lever position for constant rpm
(constant speed curve). Also the constant rpm value and the delay time for the overload lamp
to activate when the engine overload switch is activated are set.

Page 3.4.7.: - limiter

The values entered in the limiter menu are

all commissioning settings.
Step length pitch and step length speed is the allowed change of pitch or speed within one
processor cycle time.
Dead band lever equal is the maximum allowed difference of the two levers that are involved
in a command transfer in order to get lever alignment.
Dead band lever in zero is a margin used on the lever zero position for overcoming the
mechanical wear in the lever controls at zero position.
Nominal speed and Firing speed are the Main Engine maximum and idle speed settings
The Gear ratio is the ratio of the reduction gearbox
Timeout wrong-way-pitch alarm and dead-zone wrong-way-pitch alarm are settings for the
wrong way pitch alarm. When the pitch is in the opposite direction of the control lever longer
than a certain time and more than a certain difference the wrong way pitch alarm will activate.
FSD – full scale deflection is used when a shaft speed indicator is connected. The entered
value is for compensation of the 20mA output signal to the scale of the indicator.
Number of teeth flywheel (bolts) : The system includes a shaft speed sensor that counts the
flange bolts. By entering the number of bolts into the program the actual shaft speed can be
calculated and is used for the load control function of the system.

Page 3.4.8.: - load control

users right : operator : some parameters can be changed.
page 3.4.8/1 page 3.4.8/2
page 3.4.8/3 page 3.4.8/4
Page ../1 - contains the settings for the PI-controlled load controller. The values are set during
the sea trials.
Page ../2 - pitch reducing “slow down” (ahead) is the value of load limitation when the engine
safety system activates the automatic load reduce signal, also called “slow down”. Standard
setting at 60.0%
Load limit n=const. is the load allowance when the system is running at constant speed.
Standard setting at 100.0%
Page ../3 and ../4 - are the settings for the load allowance against engine speed. When the
engine is not running at 100% speed a reduced load limit will be applied to the load control.
The values from base 1 to base 4 are not used.
The value set at base 5 should be at least the value that the load sensor of the engine is giving
when the engine has stopped, this even might be >100% depending of the type of engine.
Base 6 to 9 are set during commissioning.

Page 3.4.9.: - pitch control

users right : operator : parameters for maximum pitch ahead and astern can
be changed.
At this page settings are made for the pitch

signal to the solenoids.
edge control ahead (right) and edge control astern (left) are settings for the minimum
signal that has to be supplied to the solenoids in order to get the pitch moving. For sending out
a minimum order signal the buttons edge control ahead set (right) and edge control astern set
(left) are used. The actual output signal and the feedback position of the pitch are given to
make these adjustments which are done during commissioning and sea trials.
amplification Ks and dead zone pitch controlling are settings for controlling the pitch
without overshooting or hunting.
threshold failure hysteresis is an alarm setting. When the difference between pitch order
and pitch position differs more than this setting a control failure alarm will be generated.
max pitch ahead and max pitch astern are limitations to the maximum possible pitch
settings made in display page 3.4.2. and can be changed by the operator.
Page 3.4.10.: - monitoring parameter
When monitoring parameter is pressed the following menu will appear:
With monitoring parameter the actual inputs

and outputs, both analogue and digital can be
monitored on line and therefore it is very
useful for controlling incoming or outgoing
signals while the system is operating.
When pressing [ ahead ] or the [ ► ] / [ ◄ ]

buttons the parameter main menu (page 3.4)
will appear.

page 3.4.10.1: - Analogue inputs
page 3.4.10.1.1 page 3.4.10.1.2
page 3.4.10.1.3
All actual analogue inputs of the system are

monitored on line on these three pages.
Changing between the pages by using the [

► ] and [ ◄ ] buttons.
Page 1 shows the position of all the levers (pitch and speed).
Page 2 shows the actual shaft speed, measured by the shaft speed sensor, the actual engine
load signal from the fuel rack sensor, the position of the load limit potentiometer (called
chief_limitation) and the actual pitch position value (pitch feedback) from both potentiometers
(system and indication);
Page 3 shows the actual position of the pitch trim potentiometer (bridge panel)
page 3.4.10.2: -Analogue outputs
This page shows the actual analogue output

value to the engine governor for engine speed
and the analogue output to the pitch servo
controller for controlling the solenoids.

page 3.4.10.3: -Digital inputs
page 3.4.10.3.1 page 3.4.10.3.2
page 3.4.10.3.3
These pages show the actual state of all digital

inputs to the system. Page 1 shows the inputs
to the main PLC, page 2 shows the bridge
interface inputs and page 3 shows the ECR
interface inputs. With these pages the
pushbuttons of the panels can be tested or the
status of an auxiliary input can be checked.
page 3.4.10.4: -Digital outputs
page 3.4.10.4.1 page 3.4.10.4.2
page 3.4.10.4.3 page 3.4.10.4.4
These pages show the actual state of all digital outputs of the system. Page 1 shows the

outputs of the main PLC, page 2 shows the engine room interface outputs and pages 3 and 4
show the bridge interface outputs.
Page 3.4.10.: -parameter store
After any change of a parameter the program will immediately use this new value for controlling
the pitch. But after a power failure these new values are lost. Therefore it is required to store (=
to save) the new values; when ready with entering new parameters the button parameter store
has to be used in order to save the changes into the PLC EEPROM memory. When pressed
the following page will appear:
Press [store parameter] to write the current

used parameter settings into the PLC EEPROM
hard memory.
When something goes wrong it will be shown
via a warning logo.
Go back to the parameter menu by pressing

[menu] or [ ◄ ]
Page 3.5.1.: - Service + commissioning
Password entry for users right; this page corresponds to the login/logout page
(see display page 3.8.).
Page 3.5.2.: -Display of parameter settings; display corresponds to the parameter

setting display (see display page 3.4)
Page 3.6.: - Alarm list
Display of all individual alarms

Acknowledgement of individual or all
alarms
Change-over to alarm history
Help function for short description of the
selected individual alarm
The alarm list on the alarm history page

cannot be erased. When memory buffer is
full then the latest alarm will override the
first alarm (first in – first out)
If an error is detected it will illuminate the control failure lamp on the Central Unit, and it will
come up on the alarm screen. The first (most left) column indicates the failure status: ‘1’ means
that the failure is still active, a ‘0’ means that the failure is no longer present. The second
column shows an error code, the third column shows date and time of the failure and the last
column gives a brief description of the failure. Removal of an alarm is done by means of the
button [ quit ]. By means of the arrows the cursor can be placed on the selected alarm

message. Remove all alarm messages is done by means of the button [ quit all ]. Every
change is alarm is recorded in the alarm history and cannot be removed.
The alarm history shows what time the alarm came up (‘1’) , what time the fault was gone (‘0’)
and what time it was quitted (‘X’)
Page 3.7.: -Trend analysis display
With Trend Analysis the following input signals can be shown as a function of time.
1 Engine load
2 Shaft speed
3 Pitch position
To start recording it is necessary to press

the [start] button on the top left side of the
display:
The total time range can be adjusted by

means of the or pushbuttons.
When on a certain time the on that moment recorded values have to be checked it is possible
to stop the recording by pressing the [stop] button in the top left corner and put a “delay line” on
that time moment with the arrow buttons.
Then it is possible to zoom in on the recorded values by pressing the / buttons.
Page 3.8.: - Password entry (corresponds to display page 3.5.1.)
There are four levels of login that will give a “users right”:
Level 0: Factory level: cannot be entered via the touch screen panel
Level 1: Service level: only for service technicians, protected by password.
Level 2: Operators level: protected by password. Some parameters can be changed.
Level 3: is no users right, no password required but parameters cannot be changed.
Users right “service” has access to all parameters for changing.

Users right “operators” has access to some parameters for changing.
(Operators level password can be found at the notes in the end of this manual)
When [menu] or [◄] / [►] is pressed

before a login is made then automatically
users right “none” will be selected (level
3).
This means that only date/time, display
and language settings can be changed
but in the parameter menu’s nothing can
be changed.
To make any changes in the parameter

menus, it is necessary to login at level 1
or level 2.

Level 1: “Service” : password protected; for BERG technicians only.

Level 2: “Operator” : password protected; available to Chief Engineer.
There are 10 attempts possible to enter a good operators level password, and 5 to enter a
good service level password. The faulty attempts are counted and stored into a memory
(“faulty login attempt counter”). This memory will remain even when the power is shut down.
As soon as a good password is given than automatically the “faulty login attempt counter”
resets to 10 (or 5).
After 10 faulty attempts to enter the operators password it is not possible anymore to
access the operators level, even not with the good password.
First the “faulty login attempt counter” needs a reset, this is done via the button [ reset
login ] but this can only be done from the service level.
In this case the assistance of a BERG technician is required.
BERG will NOT supply the service code to crew or owner !!!
To enter a password:
After pressing button operator or service at the “login level” it is required to enter the
corresponding password. The following screen will appear:
Press password and the following screen will

appear:
Now enter the desired 4 digit password (check after each number if a * sign arises in the upper
part of the numeric panel). After entering the password press [ret] and press [ret] again on the
following page. When the password is correct than the selected users right will be shown
under in the screen.
If the password is incorrect an error message will be given and another 9 (or 4) attempts are
possible.
With the buttons logout operator or logout service the users right will be cleared.
Page 3.9.: - Project information (button on main menu)
Shows information about the used hard- and software of this project.

5.12.1.2 Navigation through the menu’s/pages

Changing between levels/pages:
Touching the START or the [ ►] button on the start page brings up the next lower
level of the display. By entering the appropriate password, access is authorised to
change the appropriate parameters. Without entering the password, access to the
parameter pages is read-only.
The other levels of the display can be accessed by touching the appropriate button.
The MENU button or the ARROW LEFT button provide access either to the selected
level or the next higher level. Where there are several pages per level, it is possible
to have other pages of the level displayed by means of the [ ►] or [◄ ] buttons.
Parameter changes:
Changes to the parameters will directly affect the PLC program and must be made
with great care.
5.12.1.3 Parameter setting

Examples for changing parameters:
1) Calibrating of bridge lever signal:

If for some reason it was necessary to replace a bridge lever potentiometer it is
required to recalibrate the ERC3000 parameters with the new potentiometer
values. The procedure is as follows:
- Perform LOGIN with password.

- Select the “Control lever calibration, pitch_bridge control lever” page (=
page 3.4.1/1).
- Move the control lever to zero.
- Read actual momentary value and enter this value against calibr. 0.0 %.
- Move the control lever to full astern.
- Read actual momentary value and enter this value against calibr. –100.0 %.
- Move the control lever to full ahead.
- Read actual momentary value and enter this value against calibr. 100.0 %.
- Select the “Parameter store” page and store the new values
- Generally, the percentage-values cannot, and do not have to be changed.
2) Adjusting of zero pitch:

If the ship is moving forward or astern when the lever is at zero, (from all control
positions) it is necessary to adjust the zero pitch. Since zero thrust is an
important criterion for the correct setting, it is necessary to observe the propellor
thrust when pitch is reduced to zero.
The adjustment is made as follows:
- Perform LOGIN with password.

- Select the “Calibration engine/propeller inputs” page (= page 3.4.2/1).
- Set pitch to zero by means of backup control. The zero position should be
corrected until no propeller thrust is visible after and at the side of the ship.
- At “incoming value actual pitch”: read momentary value and enter against
calibr. 0.0%.
- Press [ ►] and perform the same for “incoming value actual backup pitch”
- Select the “Parameter store” page and store the new values
After the change has been made, the parameters are at once contained in

the RAM of the PLC and, consequently, effective in the program. In order
to have them available after a shutdown and a start-up of the control
system, it is necessary to store them in the EEPROM (MC memory card):
select the parameter store page and operate the button of the storage
area.
5.12.1.4 Final remarks

All parameters calibrated and set during commissioning are recorded and the date stated in a
data sheet. Any change to the parameters should be recorded in the data sheet in order to be
able to restore the previous status in the event of any loss or wrong setting of parameters.
the parameter data sheet is left in the central unit and should always remain inside this
unit.
5.12.2 FAULT DIAGNOSIS

All individual errors of the PLC are combined in a group error signal to be fed to the safety
system. According to the error category, the safety system can intervene by means of a SLOW
DOWN binary signal (reducing to 60%) or a SHUT DOWN (emergency off) binary signal.
The error analysis is to be performed on the display panel in the ECR mounted Central Unit.
Select the alarm page and read out the cause of the alarm.
An additional (backup) error readout is provided by means of LED indications of binary outputs
in the central unit. For this purpose, open the Central Unit in the ECR and check the two
bottom rows of green LEDs on the D1 unit. The meanings of these LEDs are as follows:
Left row 1st LED group error (ON is ok.)

Right row 5th to – 8th LED error code (ON/OFF alternating is ok.)
All error codes are scanned once every second. If no error exists, scanning will proceed
without any interruption. If an error occurs, the 1st LED will go out and the scan will stop at the
corresponding error code. Continuation of the scan can be forced by pressing pushbutton S3
mounted next to the PLC, this applies a 24 V pulse to the 1.2 input (3th led at top). The scan
will then start and stop at the next existing error with the associated code.
The error codes mean: 1 – LED on, o – LED off, - – LED on or off.
o--- oooo Error analogue val. (load, speed, pitch, pitch backup, joystick demand)
o--- 1ooo Error analogue val. ECR (lever pitch, speed potentiometer, load limit)
o--- o1oo Error analogue val. BRIDGE (pitch trim, levers bridge aft/fwd)
o--- 11oo Error pitch (actual/desired difference)
o--- oo1o Error date synchronisation
o--- 1o1o Error transfer parameters
o--- o11o Error central unit (memory card/power failure)
o--- 111o Error decentralised expansion boards
o--- ooo1 Error local expansion boards
o--- 1oo1 Error SG 2000
o--- o1o1 Error analogue output desired pitch
o--- 11o1 not used
o--- oo11 not used
o--- 1o11 not used
o--- o111 not used
o--- 1111 Error clutch

** ATTENTION A bus connection error between central unit PS4-341-MM102 and local
expansion board LE4-206-AA1 or between the dec. expansion board EM4-201-DX2 and local
expansion boards LE4-116-XD1/LE4-108-XR1 is considered to be an important error
(1 o o 1 Error local expansion boards).
Remove this error only after switching off of the power supply.
On removal of the errors, the 1st LED will come on again. For continuation of the scan, see
above. In the case of errors of the central unit and/or expansion boards, acknowledgement is
necessary on the central unit after errors have been removed. To this end, open the door in the
right-hand part of the central unit and operate the small reset switch at the top right.
If the PLC should require a battery change, this should be carried out with the control system
on by trained personnel. Any change of the EEPROM must also be carried out only by trained
personnel and with control system switched off.

5.13 ISSUE HISTORY AND OWN NOTES
Issue No Revision Date Details
1. 0 June 004 Initial issue

1 Oct 2004 Description Update
2 Aug Description Update
3 Oct 2005 DP interface update page 22
NOTES:
THE PASSWORD TO ENTER THE OPERATORS LEVEL FOR THIS SHIP IS :

5.14 CLUTCH CONTROL AND SHAFT SPEED INDICATION
CLUTCH CONTROL
For twin screw vessels the clutch control system is an integral part of the main PLC system.
The system is designed to control the main engine clutch operations in such a manner as to
prevent possible damage to the system through an incorrect sequence of operations. To
achieve this, safety interlocks are included in the control system.
Clutch engagement can take place from the “In Command” panel under the following
circumstances:-
(a) Propeller at zero pitch
(b) Engine speed below maximum Clutch In speed
Clutch disengage can take place at any time from the command panel or Automatically on
receipt of an "Auto stop" signal.
Operation of the clutch is through a single push of the “Clutch In” push button on the “In
Command” panel, the PLC system will then provides a timed 24VDC impulse to the clutch
engage solenoid, the clutch solenoid then moves to the engage position and automatically
latches. Similarly pushing the “Clutch OUT” push button on the “In Command” panel
provides a 24VDC timed pulse to the Clutch disengage solenoid.
The timing of the Clutch impulse signal is a parameter setting
Only one control panel has command at any time, transfer of command is activated
simultaneously with the propeller control system.
An alarm output is provided for clutch control power supply or system failure.
The Control panel normally contains an indicator lamp “Clutch Blocked”, when lit this shows
that Clutching in is not possible due to one of the blocking signal be present
SHAFT SPEED INDICATION
The shaft speed system measures the rotation of the propeller shaft by counting the flange
coupling bolts head passes using an inductive switch and converting the digital signal into an
analogue output suitable for driving a maximum of 8 Indicators.
The signal conversion is carried out by a converter/isolator mounted in the Central Unit. An
inductive sensor mounted close to the flange coupling bolt heads switches a timer input to the
PLC. The switching frequency being proportional to the rate of rotation of the shaft.

5.15 APPENDIX- DRAWINGS
A. Remote Control System CPP (ERC3000) P3-32073 dated 12.02.2007

1. System Drawing (Port) - (Shts 1-55 of 55)
2. System Components - (Shts 1-8 of 8)
3. Terminal Strip (Port) - (Shts 1-21 of 21)
4. System Drawing (Stbd) - (Shts 1-55 of 55)
5. System Components - (Shts 1-5 of 5)
6. Terminal Strip (Stbd) - (Shts 1-21 of 21)
7. Cable List - (Shts 1-3 of 3)
8. Part List - (Shts 1-7 of 7)
B. Shaft Speed Sensor P4-31976

C. CPP Controls – ERC3000 Sensor Arrangement P3-31843

5.14
A. Remote Control System

CPP (ERC3000)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Index Update Date Name

Customer:
UPDATE LIST
FAT 01.02.2007 Ja-Gr
Address: Berg Propulsion AB
Langesand 1
S-43090 Öckerö
B B
Order No.: 5351 - 5353
ABG Shipyard Nb.259,261,262
Manufacturers data:
C Description: REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM CPP C
TYPE ERC 3000
Order No.: 5351 - 5353 061615/061617/061826

Drawing No.: P3-32073 073.079.00
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
BERG ORDER NO(S). BERG PART NO.
REVISION DATE 12.02.2007
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T el: + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
DATE DRAWN Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +
ABG Shipyard Nb.259,261,262 DESCRIPTION PAGE OF
NAME APPROVED 1 2
DRAWING
NO.
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM CPP
< PAGE PAGE > 2 NORM DNV P3-32073 073.079.00 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
PLANT
LOC.
Identification of equipment:
PLANT:
=1F PORT-side system
=2F STARBOARD-side system
B B
LOCATION:
+00C CENTRAL UNIT
+10V LOCAL CONTROL BOX
+11V LOCAL CONTROL BOX/ BACK-UP SYSTEM
+12V LOCAL CONTROL BOX/ MEASURING SYSTEM

+20EP ECR CONTROL PANEL
C +20E ECR INTERFACE PLATE C
+30BP BRIDGE MAIN CONTROL PANEL (FWD)

+30B BRIDGE INTERFACE BOX
+31B BRIDGE AUX. CONTROL PANEL (AFT)
The designation of electrical parts in the CADdrawings is following international standards

D D
Examples:
=1F+00C-F1 This part is the fuse no. 1 inside the central unit of the PORT-side system
=2F+00C-F1 This part is the fuse no. 1 inside the central unit of the STARBOARD-side system
=2F+30B-X:13 This part is the terminal no. 13 at the Bridge Interface Box of the STARBOARD-side system
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T el: + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 2 2
DRAWING
NO.
1 < PAGE PAGE > =2F/1 NORM DNV P3-32073 073.079.00 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
=1F+30BP BRIDGE/AFT PANEL REMARK:
. WITH TERMINAL STRIP
A =1F+31B ALL CABLE MARKED AS BUS CABLE A
MUST BE A TWISTED PAIR TYPE
INTERFACE BOX ALL CABLE SHIELDED
=1F+30B
DP CONTROL SYSTEM 7 FIFI PUMP CONTROL 8 SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
W1115
10x2x0,75
BUS W1116
4x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
ECR PANEL
=1F+20EP 4x2x0,75 JOYSTICK CONTROL
6
W1122
W1107
2x2,5
W1121
B W1117 SYSTEM B
. 4x2x0,75
MAIN SUPPLY 24V DC

INTERFACE PLATE CENTRAL UNIT/PORT W1101 FUSED 10A
CONSUMPTION MAX. 120W
=1F+20E 2x6
BATTERY SUPPLY 24V DC
=1F+00C W1102 FUSED 10A
2x6 CONSUMPTION MAX. 120W
W1106
1x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
C MAIN SWITCH BOARD 4 C
W1118
W1103
2x2,5
W1105 W1119
2x2,5 BUS 2x2x0,75
W1104
1x2x0,75 W1120.1
1x2x0,75 ALARM SYSTEM 5
1 FUEL RACK POS.(4-20mA)
W1120
2 ENG. REMOTE SELECTED 4x2x0,75
CPP ACCEPT REMOTE
ENG. REMOTE CONTROL
ENGINE SPEED (4-20mA)
D MAIN CLUTCH DISENGAGED LOCAL CONTROL BOX D
(START ENABLE)
SLOW DOWN / PITCH REDUCE =1F+10V
SHUT DOWN / PITCH TO ZERO =1F+12V
3 SPEED SETTING (4-20mA)
4x2x0,75
2x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
2x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
4 SHAFT GENERATOR BREAKER ON
W1112
4x1,5
W1113
W1114
W1111
W1108
W1109
W1110
CRPM SELECTED
5 CONTROL FAILURE
MAIN POWER FAILURE
BATTERY POWER FAILURE
E LOAD >80% ALARM (FIFI MODE) ENGINE ENGINE AIR SOURCE E
HUB LUBRICATION FAULT JUNCTION BOX CONTROL STATION PANEL
6 7 REQUEST SIGNAL (NO CONTACT) VALVE VALVE P10 P11 PITCH

READY SIGNAL (NO CONTACT) 1 2 3 AHEAD ASTERN LIMITS
PITCH CONTROL SIGNAL (4-20mA)
PITCH FEEDBACK SIGNAL (4-20mA)
CPP HYDRAULIC
MAIN ENGINE YANMAR 8N280M-EV MANOEUVRE VALVE PITCH CONTROL UNIT (P3-31843)
8 FIFI CLUTCH ENGAGED (NO CONTACT)
PLANT
=1F
BERG
FAT 12.02.2007 BERG ORDER NO(S). BERG PART NO.
REVISION DATE T el: + 46 31976500
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +
NAME Ja-Gr APPR. 1 55
DRAWING NO.
< PAGE PAGE > 2 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
A =1F+30BP BRIDGE/AFT PANEL ALL CABLE MARKED AS BUS CABLE A
. WITH TERMINAL STRIP MUST BE A TWISTED PAIR TYPE
=1F+31B
ALL CABLE SHIELDED
INTERFACE BOX SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
=1F+30B
B ECR PANEL B
=1F+20EP
.
INTERFACE PLATE
=1F+20E
C C
CENTRAL UNIT/PORT
=1F+00C
4x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
W1203
W1204
2x2,5
W1201
W1202
W1205
D D
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/PORT

(BACK-UP CONTROL)
=1F+11V
E E
BACK-UP CONTROL
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 < PAGE PAGE > 3 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:
A ALL CABLE MARKED AS BUS CABLE A

ALL CABLE SHIELDED
SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
CENTRAL UNIT/PORT
B B
=1F+00C
C C
2x2x0,75
W1301
4x1,5
W1302
D D
CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH ALARM

ENGAGING DISENGAGING PRESS. SUPRESSION (10s)
VALVE VALVE DURING ENGAGEMENT
E MAIN CLUTCH / PORT E
CLUTCH CONTROL
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:

ALL CABLE SHIELDED
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY

=1F+30BP
.
INTERFACE BOX
=1F+30B
B B
(PITCH/SHAFT SPEED)
ECR PANEL
=1F+20EP
2x2x0,75
.
W1404
INDICATIONS
INTERFACE PLATE
W1407
=1F+20E 4x2x0,75
C C
INDICATIONS
(PITCH/SHAFT SPEED)
W1403
2x2x0,75
ENGINE CONTROL
STATION
ZERO PITCH CONTACT
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/PORT MAIN ENG./PORT
FIFI PUMP CONTROL
W1402 ECR CONTROL
D =1F+12V 2x1,5 BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL D
2x2x0,75
BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL
PITCH POSITION (4-20mA)
W1405
2x1,5
W1406
2x2x0,75
W1401
ISOLATED 24V DC
FOR WATER SENSORS
WATER SATURATION (4-20mA) BCP HUB LUBRICATION
E HYDR. OIL TEMP. (4-20mA) OIL SYSTEM E
LUB. OIL FLOW (4-20mA)
SHAFT SPEED
SENSOR (P4-31976)
INDICATION SYSTEM
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ALL NOT DESIGNATED WIRES ARE H07-VK 0,5 QMM

-U1
+ -
A OUTPUT 1,5 A
DC/DC CONVERTER
INPUT
+ - PE
B B
-V1 -F3 -F4
4A 6A
1,5
P24C 6.1
0VC 6.1
-F1 -F2 P24CN
15.1
0VCN
15.1
2A 2A
C A1 A1 C
X1 X1
-K1 -H1 -K2 -H2 -X 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
wh X2 wh X2
A2 A2 -W1204 -W1103 -W1105 -W1107
1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5
16.1 14 16.2 14
16.1 12 11 16.2 12 11
D D
BRIDGE
CB2
1,5 1,5 CB1 +30B 40.1
+30B 40.1
-X 1 2 -X 3 4 PE PE
ECR
CM2 +20E 28.1
CM1 +20E 28.1
E -W1101 -W1102 E
2x6 1 2 2x6 1 2
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
24V DC 24V DC CV2
CV1 +10V 18.1
FUSE: 10AT FUSE: 10AT LOCAL BOX +10V 18.1
MAIN BATTERY
POWER CONSUMPTION POWER CONSUMPTION CNV2
CNV1 +10V 18.1
120W 120W +10V 18.1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +00C
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5.8 P24C P24C 7.1
A A
B B
C C
12 14 12 14
-K10 -K11
10.2 11 10.3 11
CLUTCH CLUTCH
D ENGAGE DISENGAGE D
VALVE VALVE
0VC 0VC
5.8 7.1
-XG 1 2 -XG 3 4
-W1301
E 4x1,5 1 2 3 4 E
+GB
-X000 37 38 39 40
GEARBOX
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6.8 P24C P24C 8.1

6.8 0VC 0VC 8.1
CCB1 8.1
A CCB2 A
8.1
B B
-D1 -D1
ABG 1 4
PS4-341-MM1
0V1
PE
0V2
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
Digitaler Ausgang
16 Digital-Eingänge/14 Digital-Ausgänge 24V-DC digital output
2 Analog-Ein-/1 Analog-Ausgabe PRG K DISPLAY ON DELAYED
a1 I0.0 13.6 SHAFT SPEED b1 Q0.0 13.1 ENABLE SG2000

a2 I0.1 b2 Q0.1 9.2 CONTROL FAILURE 7.2 Q0.3
a3 I0.2 11.4 ME REMOTE SELECTED b3 Q0.2 9.3 80% LOAD ALARM
a4 I0.3 11.5 ME REMOTE CONTROL b4 Q0.3 7.6 DISPLAY ON DELAYED b4
C a5 I0.4 11.7 SHAFT GENO ON b5 Q0.4 C
a6 I0.5 11.8 JOYSTICK REQUEST b6 Q0.5
a7 I0.6 11.1 CLUTCH PRESS. b7 Q0.6 ------ ONLY INDICATION ------
a8 I0.7 15.6 BACK-UP ON b8 Q0.7 ------ ONLY INDICATION ------
a9 I1.0 13.1 REMOTE ENABLE CPP b9 Q1.0 9.3 HUB LUBRICATION FAU
a10 I1.1 13.3 FAILURE SG2000 b10 Q1.1 9.4 CPP ACCEPT REMOTE
a11 I1.2 11.2 SHUT DOWN ME b11 Q1.2 9.5 READY FOR JOYSTICK -A1 24V 0V 2 3 5
a12 I1.3 11.3 SLOW DOWN ME b12 Q1.3 9.6 RCS. ACTIV/BU OFF
a13 I1.4 12.2 FIFI CLUTCH ENGAGED b13 Q1.4 9.7 CRPM SELECETED
a14 I1.5 16.6 DISPLAY POWER ON b14 Q1.5 10.2 CLUTCH IN DISPLAY UNIT
a15 I1.6 16.7 SW. H TO BACK-UP b15 Q1.6 10.3 CLUTCH OUT XV-232-57
D a16 I1.7 16.7 SCAN FAILURE b16 Q1.7 10.4 ALARM SUPPRESSION ( D
Analogein-/ausgabe
U0 AI0.0 GND
U1 AI0.1
U10 AQ0.0
0.0.0
E E
S1
ON
OFF
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7.8 P24C P24C 11.1

7.8 0VC 0VC 9.1
7.8 CCB1
A CCB2 A
7.8
-D2
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
Erweiterungsmodul SPS EM4-101-AA2
8 Analog-Eingänge; 4 Analog-Ausgänge
B Suconet K1/K B
U0 AI0.0 13.5 ACTUAL PITCH U0 QA0.0 13.4 REFERENCE 10V

0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 13.3 PITCH SETT.CTRL. U1 QA0.1 13.2 PITCH SETTING
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 U2 QA0.2 15.3 SPEED SETTING ME
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 U3 QA0.3 17.6 CPP FEEDBACK (0- 10V)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 13.5 ACTUAL PITCH BACK- UP
0V
C I1 AI0.5 12.4 ACTUAL SPEED ME C
0V
I2 AI0.6 12.6 ACTUAL LOAD ME
0V
I3 AI0.7 17.5 JOYST.DEMAND (4- 20mA
0V
1.1.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0 - 10V IN
OFF OFF OFF +/-10V OUT
D D
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE
OFF: 0 - FFFh
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
-X1 1 2 PE
ON : 0-10V
S3-6: INPUT RANGE
E S3-7: INPUT RANGE E
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V -W1104
OFF,ON : +/-10V 1 2 1x2x0,75
ON ,OFF: 0-5V
ON ,ON : 0-10V
S3-8: BUS FORMAT CMB2
OFF: PS3-FORMAT (K1) CMB1 +20E 28.1
ON : SBI-FORMAT(K) +20E 28.1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
REVISION DATE T el : + 46 31976500
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang
digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output
CONTROL FAILURE 80% LOAD ALARM HUB LUBRICATION CPP ACCEPT REMOTE READY FOR JOYSTICK RCS. ACTIV/BU OFF CRPM SELECETED
FAULT
7.2 Q0.1 7.2 Q0.2 7.2 Q1.0 7.2 Q1.1 7.2 Q1.2 7.2 Q1.3 7.2 Q1.4
b2 b3 b9 b10 b11 b12 b13
B B
C C
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
D -K3 -K4 -K5 -K6 -K7 -K8 -K9 D

A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
8.8 0VC 0VC 10.1
E 16.3 14 16.3 14 16.4 14 14.3 14 17.2 14 15.6 14 14.2 14 E

16.3 12
24
11 16.3 12
24
11 16.4 12
24
11 14.3 12
24
11 17.2 12
24
11 15.6 12
24
11 14.2 12
24
11
16.5 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21
16.5
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D1 -D1 -D1
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang

digital output digital output digital output
CLUTCH IN CLUTCH OUT ALARM SUPPRESSION
(10s)
7.2 Q1.5 7.2 Q1.6 7.2 Q1.7

b14 b15 b16
B B
C C
A1 A1 A1
D -K10 -K11 -K12 D

A2 A2 A2
9.8 0VC 0VC 11.1
E 6.2 14 6.3 14 14.6 14 E

6.2 12
24
11 6.3 12
24
11 14.6 12
24
11
22 21 22 21 22 21
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8.8 P24C P24C 12.1
A A
-XG 5 -XM 1 -XM 3 -XM 5 -XM 7 -XM 9 -X2 1 -X2 17
-W1302 -W1108 -W1109 -W1119 -W1117

1 2x2x0.75 2x2x0.75 1 3 7x2x0,75 1 3 1 2x2x0.75 1 4x2x0,75
+GB +ME +ME +ME +ME +MSB +JOY

-X000 5 -X x -X x -X P23 -X P25 -X 1 -X x
GEARBOX SPARE MAIN JOYSTICK
SWITCH REQUEST
B BOARD B
7 x x P24 P26 2 x
-W1302 -W1108 -W1109 -W1119 -W1117

2 2x2x0.75 2x2x0.75 2 4 7x2x0,75 2 4 2 2x2x0.75 2 4x2x0,75
-XG 6 -XM 2 -XM 4 -XM 6 -XM 8 -XM 10 -X2 2 -X2 18
C OVERLOAD C
CONTACT
(NOT AVAILABLE)
-D1 a7 -D1 a11 -D1 a12 -D1 a3 -D1 a4 -D1 a5 -D1 a6
7.2 I0.6 7.2 I1.2 7.2 I1.3 7.2 I0.2 7.2 I0.3 7.2 I0.4 7.2 I0.5
CLUTCH PRESS. SHUT DOWN ME SLOW DOWN ME ME REMOTE SELECTED ME REMOTE CONTROL SHAFT GENO ON JOYSTICK REQUEST
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input
D D
A1
-K13
A2
10.8 0VC 0VC 12.1
E E
14.4 14
12 11
14.4 24
22 21
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11.8 P24C P24C 15.1
A +ME MAIN ENGINE +ME MAIN ENGINE A

-X2 15 -X CONTROL -X JUNCTION BOX
-W1121 P21 P22 15 16

1x2x0.75 1
-W1109 -W1111
9 10 7x2x0,75 1 2 1x2x0.75
+FIFI
-X 1
-XM -XM
15 16 17 18
FIFI
B PUMP CONTROL B
+FIFI
-X -U2 -U3
2
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
0-20mA 0-10V 0-20mA 0-10V
-W1121 B13000 B13000
1x2x0.75 2 SUPPLY SUPPLY
INPUT INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT
C C
0-20mA 0-20mA
-X2 16 8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
-D1 a13
I1 0V I2 0V
7.2 I1.4
8.1 AI0.5 8.1 AI0.6
FIFI CLUTCH
ENGAGED ACTUAL SPEED ME ACTUAL LOAD ME
D D
Digitaler Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
digital input analogue input analogue input
-D2 -D2
11.8 0VC 0VC 15.1
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D1 -D2 -D2
Analog Ausgang Analog Ausgang
Digitaler Ausgang analogue output analogue output
digital output
ENABLE SG2000 PITCH SETTING REFERENCE 10V
A A
7.2 Q0.0 8.1 QA0.1 8.1 QA0.0

b1 U1 0V U0 0V
U1 0V U0 0V
8.1 AI0.1 8.1 AI0.0
B PITCH SETT.CTRL. ACTUAL PITCH B
Analog Eingang Analog Eingang

analogue input analogue input
-X 16 17 18 19
-D2
21 22 23
-D2
-W1118
7x2x0,75 2 3 4 5 7 8 9
CV3
CV4 +10V 18.1
C CV7 +10V 18.1 C
CV6 +10V 19.1
CV5 +10V 19.1
+10V 19.1
CV8 +10V 19.1
CV9 +12V 25.3
CV10 +12V 25.3
CV11 +12V 25.3
CV12 +12V 25.3
CV13 +12V 25.3
LOCAL BOX CV14
+12V 27.5
D D
-W1118
7x2x0,75 1 6 10 11 12
-X 15 20 24 25 26
-D1 a9 -D1 a10 I0 0V -D1 a1

E 7.2 I1.0 7.2 I1.1 7.2 I0.0 E
8.1 AI0.4
REMOTE ENABLE CPP FAILURE SG2000 ACTUAL PITCH BACK- SHAFT SPEED
UP
Analog Eingang
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang analogue input Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input
-D2
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
CPP CONTROL START ALARM

CONSTANT RPM ACCEPT REMOTE INTERLOCK IF SUPPRESSION
SELECTED RPM CLUTCH ENGAGED CONTACT
B 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 B
-K9 -K6 -K13 -K12
9.7 11 9.4 11 11.2 11 10.4 11
C C
-X2 3 4 -XM 11 12 -XM 13 14 -XG 7 8
D -W1119 D
-W1109 -W1302
2x2x0.75 3 4 7x2x0,75 5 6 7 8 2x2x0.75 3 4
+MSB +ME +GB

-X 3 4 -X P27 P28 P29 P30 -X000 x x
MAIN SWITCHBOARD MAIN ENGINE CONTROL GEARBOX CONTROL

E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12.8 P24C P24C 16.1

5.8 P24CN
-D2 12 14
A A
Analog Ausgang
analogue output -K8
9.6 11
SPEED SETTING ME
-X 31
8.1 QA0.2
-W1203
U2 0V 4x2x0,75 5
B CNV7 B
LOCAL BOX +11V 21.1
CNV4 +11V 21.1
CNV5 +11V 21.1
CNV3 +10V 19.1
CNV6 +11V 21.1
-U4 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
0-20mA 0-10V -W1203
B13000 4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC
C
OUTPUT -X 27 28 29 30 C
0-20mA
8- +5 6 -
-D1 a8
7.2 I0.7
BACK-UP ON
A1
D D
12 14 22 24
-K14 Digitaler Eingang
-K14 A2
digital input
15.5 11 21
5.8 0VCN
12.8 0VC 0VC 16.1
-XM 19 20 -XM 21 22 15.3 14

15.3 12 11
15.3 24
E 15.3 22 21
E
SPARE -W1110
1 2 1x2x0.75
24V OUTPUT
FOR E/P CONVERTER +ME SPEED SETTING
(NOT USED) SIGNAL (4-20mA)
-X P+ P-
AIR SOURCE PANEL (YANMAR)
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15.8 P24C P24C 17.1
A A
13 13 13
B
-S1 -S2 -S3 B
14 14 14
22 24
-K3
9.2 21
C C
HUB -D1 a14 -D1 a15 -D1 a16

MAIN POWER BATTERY POWER CONTROL LUBRICATION 80% LOAD ALARM
FAILURE FAILURE FAILURE FAULT (AT FIFI MODE ONLY) 7.2 I1.5 7.2 I1.6 7.2 I1.7
DISPLAY POWER ON SW. H TO BACK-UP SCAN FAILURE

X1
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 -H3
D -K1 -K2 -K3 -K5 -K4 X2
Digitaler Eingang
digital input
Digitaler Eingang
digital input
Digitaler Eingang
digital input D
5.1 11 5.3 11 9.2 11 9.3 11 9.3 11
15.8 0VC 0VC 17.1
-X2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
-W1120 -W1120.1
4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1x2x0.75
E E
+AL
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ALARM SYSTEM
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D2
Analog Ausgang
16.8 P24C analogue output
A A
CPP FEEDBACK (0-
10V)
8.1 QA0.3
U3 0V
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- -U5
4-20mA 0-10V
B13000
B SUPPLY INPUT B
24V DC OUTPUT
4-20mA
8- +5 6 -
16.8
0VC -X2 23 24
-W1117
C 4x2x0,75 7 8 C
JOYSTICK CONTROL SYSTEM

7 8
CPP FEEDBACK
CPP ORDER (4-20mA)
(4-20mA)
+JOY
-X
1 2 5 6
D D
-W1117
4x2x0,75 3 4 5 6
-X2 19 20 -X2 21 22
I3 0V
12 14
8.1 AI0.7
E -K7 E
9.5 11 JOYST.DEMAND (4-
20mA)
Analog Eingang
READY FOR analogue input
JOYSTICK
-D2
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24L 19.1
P24LN 19.1
A A
REMOTE
LOCAL
21 33 13
-S1
22 34 14
LOCAL/REMOTE
SWITCH CPP
B B
I1
20.1
LOCAL SWITCH IN REMOTE
LOGO-INPUT
+11V
-A1
C C
X1 X1 A1
-H1 -H2 -K1
X2 X2 A2
wh wh
LOCAL REMOTE
D D
0VLN
0VL 19.1
19.1
-X 19.3 14 +11V
1 2 3 4 19.3 12 11 1 2
24 -X
22 21
E CV1 E
+00C 5.5 CV2
+00C 5.5 CV3
+00C 13.8 CV4
+00C 13.8
CNV1
+00C 5.5 CNV2
+00C 5.5
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +10V
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24L P24L
18.8 P24LN P24LN +11V 21.1
18.8 +11V 20.1
A A
12 14
-K1
18.4 11
-A1 +11V
-A1
+11V
-A1
+11V
-A1
14 7 8 3
P24 Enable LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT
Failure
BACK-UP CONTROL ON PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN
SERVO CONTROLLER SG 2000
Meas.points 20.1 20.1 20.1
B +/-10V VALVE Imax VALVE B
Ireq Iact
0V Uin GND ASTERN 1,5A AHEAD
13 1 2 11 9 12 10 V5 V 6 4 Q3/1 Q3/2
, Q1/1 Q1/2
, Q2/1 Q2/2
,
C C
A1 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44
+11V
+11V -K1
-K1 A2 19.5 11 21 31 41
D D
+11V 12 14 +11V 12 14
-K2 -K3
21.7 11 21.7 11
18.8 0VLN 0VLN +11V 20.1
18.8 0VL 0VL +12V 27.1
-X +11V -X
5 6 7 8 12 15 16 17 18
-X
+00C 13.8 CV5 -W1112
E CV6 4x1,5 E
+00C 13.8 19.6 14
12 11
1 2 3 4
CV7 19.6 24
+00C 13.8 19.6 22 A1 A1
CV8 21
+00C 13.8 19.6 34
19.7 32 +HY +HY
CNV3 31
+00C 15.8 19.7 44 -Y1 A2 -Y2 A2
19.7 42 41
19.7
TO CENTRAL UNIT AHEAD ASTERN
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24LN P24LN
+10V 19.8 0VLN 0VLN 21.1
+10V 19.8 21.1
A A
-A1 -A2
L+ M LOGO_12/24RC L+ M
LOGO DM16 24R
8 Eingänge DC 12/24V 8 Eingänge DC 12/24V
4 Relaisausgänge 8A 8 Relaisausgänge 5A
I1 18.4 LOCAL SWITCH IN REMOTE I1 23.6 BRI FWD PITCH ASTERN

I2 24.3 BRI AFT BACK-UP ON
B I2 22.2 SELECTOR ECR/BRI I3 24.4 BRI AFT PITCH AHEAD B
I4 24.5 BRI AFT PITCH ASTERN
I3 22.3 ECR BACK-UP ON I5 21.4 REMOTE CONTROL ACTIVE
I6 22.1 ECR LAMPTEST
I4 22.4 ECR PITCH AHEAD I7 23.1 BRI FWD LAMPTEST
I8 24.2 BRI AFT LAMPTEST
I5 22.5 ECR PITCH ASTERN
I6 23.2 SELECTOR BRI FWD/AFT Q1/1 22.5 ECR BU CTRL ECR ON

Q1/2
I7 23.3 BRI FWD BACK-UP ON
Q2/1 22.6 ECR BU CTRL BRI ON
I8 23.5 BRI FWD PITCH AHEAD Q2/2
C C
Q3/1 23.5 FWD BU CTRL ECR ON
Q3/2
Q1/1 19.6 PITCH AHEAD
Q4/1 23.6 FWD BU CTRL FWD ON
Q1/2 Q4/2
-X 3 4 5 6 7 8
Q2/1 19.7 PITCH ASTERN Q5/1 23.7 FWD BU CTRL AFT ON
Q5/2
Q2/2
Q6/1 24.5 AFT CTRL ECR ON
Q3/1 19.5 BACK-UP CONTROL ON Q6/2
-W1201 1 2 -W1202 1 2 -W1205 1 2
Q3/2 Q7/1 24.6 AFT BU CTRL FWD ON 7x2x0,75 7x2x0,75 7x2x0,75
D D
Q7/2
Q4/1 21.3 SWITCH RCS OFF
Q8/1 24.7 AFT BU CTRL AFT ON
Q4/2 Q8/2 CNW2
CNW1 +31B 49.1
+31B 49.1
BRIDGE/AFT TERMINALS
CNB2 +30B 43.1

CNB1 +30B 43.1
E E
BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX
CNM2
CNM1 +20E 32.1
+20E 32.1
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
20.8 P24LN P24LN 22.1

+10V 19.8 P24L P24L +12V 27.1
A A
Z2
B B
-R1 4,7k
Z1 -A1
-U1 1 2 5 6 7
LOGO-OUTPUT
I5 LIMIT SWITCH
R/ I-TRANSMITTER SWITCH RCS OFF
24V S A 502-1G 20.3 AHEAD ASTERN
500 Ohm
REMOTE CONTROL ACTIVE

4-20mA
0V 20.1
3 4 9 8
Q4/1 Q4/2
, LOGO-INPUT
C A1 A1 C
-A2
-K2 -K3
A2 A2
D D
20.8 0VLN 0VLN +12V 25.1
19.6 14 19.7 14
-X 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 19.6 12 11 19.7 12 11
24 24
22 21 22 21
E -W1114 E
2x2x0.75 1 2 3
CNV4
+00C 15.8 CNV5
+00C 15.8 PITCH CONNECTION BOX
+00C 15.8
CNV6 +PCU 7 8 11
CNV7
+00C 15.8 -X LIMIT SWITCH
AHEAD ASTERN
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24LN P24LN
21.8 +12V 25.1
-A2 -A2
LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT
A -F1 ECR BU CTRL ECR ON ECR BU CTRL BRI ON A
2A
20.3 20.3
Q1/1 Q1/2
, Q2/1 Q2/2
,
P24LNL
23.1
22 23
B -W1201 B
7x2x0,75 8 9
CNM8 +20E 35.1

CNM9 +20E 35.1
CNM3 +20E 32.1
CNM4
CNM5 +20E 32.1
CNM6 +20E 35.1
CNM7 +20E 35.1
ECR INTERFACE PLATE +20E 35.1
C C
-W1201
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6 7
-X 17 18 19 20 21
D I6 I2 I3 I4 I5 D
20.3 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
ECR LAMPTEST SELECTOR ECR/BRI ECR BACK-UP ON ECR PITCH AHEAD ECR PITCH ASTERN
LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT

-A2 -A1 -A1 -A1 -A1
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A2 -A2 -A2

LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT
FWD BU CTRL ECR ON FWD BU CTRL FWD ON FWD BU CTRL AFT ON
A A
20.3 20.3 20.3
Q3/1 Q3/2
, Q4/1 Q4/2
, Q5/1 Q5/2
,
P24LNL P24LNL
22.8 24.1
-X
29 30 31
B -W1202 B
7x2x0,75 8 9 10
CNB10 +30B 48.1

BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX CNB9 +30B 48.1
CNB8 +30B 48.1
CNB3
CNB4 +30B 44.1
CNB5 +30B 44.1
C CNB6 +30B 48.1 C
CNB7 +30B 48.1
+30B 48.1
-W1202
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6 7
-X 24 25 26 27 28
D D
I7 I6 I7 I8 I1
20.3 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.3
BRI FWD LAMPTEST SELECTOR BRI FWD/AFT BRI FWD BACK-UP ON BRI FWD PITCH AHEAD BRI FWD PITCH ASTERN

-A2 -A1 -A1 -A1 -A2
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A2 -A2 -A2

AFT CTRL ECR ON AFT BU CTRL FWD ON AFT BU CTRL AFT ON
A A
20.3 20.3 20.3
Q6/1 Q6/2
, Q7/1 Q7/2
, Q8/1 Q8/2
,
P24LNL
23.8
-X 36 37 38
B -W1205 B
7x2x0,75
7 8 9
BRIDGE/AFT TERMINALS CNW9 +31B 54.1

CNW8 +31B 54.1
CNW7 +31B 54.1
CNW3
CNW4 +31B 50.1
CNW5 +31B 54.1
C CNW6 +31B 54.1 C
+31B 54.1
-W1205
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6
-X 32 33 34 35
D D
I8 I2 I3 I4
20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3
BRI AFT LAMPTEST BRI AFT BACK-UP ON BRI AFT PITCH AHEAD BRI AFT PITCH ASTERN
LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT

-A2 -A2 -A2 -A2
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+11V 22.8 P24LN P24LN 26.1
A A
PITCH INDICATION
-U1 2 PC02 6 7 -5V - 0 - +5V
PITCH AMP (EK 1140)
1 3 5 4
B B
7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U2 0-20mA 0-10V
B13000
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT
0-20mA
8- +5 6 -
C LL4 C
LL3 26.1
26.1
+11V 21.8 0VLN 0VLN 26.1
D +10V +10V D
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 -X 12 13 -X 7 8 -X 9 10
-X
-W1403 -W1404
-W1113 1 2 2x2x0.75 1 2 2x2x0.75
4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
CENTRAL ECR INTERFACE PLATE BRIDGE/FWD

+PCU UNIT INTERFACE BOX
CV9
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 +00C 13.8 CV10 VM2 VB2
+00C 13.8 CV11 VM1 +20E 36.1 VB1 +30B 47.1
PITCH PITCH +00C 13.8 +20E 36.1 +30B 47.1
CONNECTION POSITION CV12
+00C 13.8 CV13
BOX INDICATION CONTROL +00C 13.8
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
25.8 P24LN P24LN 27.1
A A
REMARK:
-U3 TO ADJUST -5% / INITIATED ASTERN DIRECTION
1 7 5 1 7 5 -U4 TO ADJUST +5% / INITIATED AHEAD DIRECTION
-U3 -U4
+ +
B RI 51 RI 51 B
0 - 20mA 0 - 20mA
- + - - + -
2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6
LL3
25.8 LL4
25.8
C C
CONTACT CLOSED
IN ZERO PITCH
POSITION
ENABLE FIFI PUMP
D D
A1 A1 12 14 12 14
-K1 -K2 -K1 -K2
26.2 11 26.3 11
A2 A2
25.8 0VLN 0VLN 27.1
E -X 11 12 E
26.4 14
12 11 26.5 14
12 11 -W1402
26.4 24 26.5 24 1 2 2x1,5
22 21 22 21
+FIFI
-X x x
FIFI PUMP CONTROL
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+11V 21.8 P24L

26.8 P24LN
A A
2 24 23 22
-U5
+
+ +
DW2004
- + - Q
B 1 5 6 10 B
ADJUSTMENT:
41,67 Hz = 10V
VCC
+10V 1 7
GND
-U1 9
2 8
OUT
C C
26.8 0VLN
+10V 19.8 0VL
D +10V D
-X 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 -X 14
-W1401 -W1403 -W1404

2x2x0.75 1 2 3 2x2x0.75 3 4 2x2x0.75 3 4
+00C 13.8 CV14

E VB4 E
VB3 +30B 47.1
+30B 47.1
1 2 3
+ER
-B1 - ECR INTERFACE PLATE
+ Q
VM4
VM3 +20E 36.1
+20E 36.1
10 Bolts
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24M 29.1
0VM 29.1
A MB1 A
29.1
MB2 29.1
-D1
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
Suconet K1/K
B U0 AI0.0 31.2 ECR LEVER PITCH U0 QA0.0 31.2 ECR 10V REFERENCE B
0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 31.6 ECR POTI SPEED SETTIN U1 QA0.1 31.6 ECR 10V REFERENCE
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 31.7 ECR POTI LOAD LIMIT U2 QA0.2 39.7 PITCH POSITION (0- 10
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 38.5 DP CONTROL SIGNAL (0- U3 QA0.3 38.7 CPP FEEDBACK (2- 10V)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 31.5 ECR CTRL POTIS
0V
I1 AI0.5 37.3 WATER SATURATION (4-2
0V
I2 AI0.6 37.5 HYDR.OIL TEMP. (4- 20
C 0V C
I3 AI0.7 37.7 LUB.OIL FLOW (4- 20mA
0V
1.2.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0-10V IN
OFF OFF OFF 0-10V OUT
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE

D OFF: 0 - FFFh D
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
-X 1 2 -X1 1 2 PE
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
ON : 0-10V
S3-6: INPUT RANGE
S3-7: INPUT RANGE
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V
E CM1 OFF,ON : +/-10V E
+00C 5.6 CM2 ON ,OFF: 0-5V
+00C 5.6 ON ,ON : 0-10V
S3-8: BUS FORMAT
OFF: PS3-FORMAT
CMB1 ON : SBI-FORMAT(K)
+00C 8.6 CMB2
+00C 8.6
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +20E
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
28.8 P24M P24M 30.1

28.8 0VM 0VM 30.1
28.8 MB1
A MB2 A
28.8
-D2 -D3
1 41 4
0V
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
0V
24V
PE 1 2
Erweiterungsmodul SPS EM4-201-DX2 Lokale Erweiterung LE4-116-XD1
Suconet K 16 Digital-Eingänge 16 Digital-Ausgänge
B B
a1 I0.0 32.2 ECR LAMPTEST b1 I0.8 a1 Q0.0 33.2 ECR TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 34.3 ECR OVERLOAD ME
a2 I0.1 32.3 ECR SELECTOR b2 I0.9 a2 Q0.1 33.3 ECR CRPM MODE ON b2 Q0.9 34.4 ECR LOCAL CONTROL
a3 I0.2 32.5 ECR TAKE OVER/IN C b3 I0.10 a3 Q0.2 33.4 ECR CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 34.5 ECR ECR CONTROL
a4 I0.3 32.6 ECR CRPM MODE ON b4 I0.11 a4 Q0.3 33.5 ECR CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 34.6 ECR BRIDGE CONTROL
a5 I0.4 32.7 ECR CLUTCH IN b5 I0.12 a5 Q0.4 31.3 ECR MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 34.7 ECR CLUTCH BLOCKED
a6 I0.5 32.8 ECR CLUTCH OUT b6 I0.13 a6 Q0.5 31.4 ECR MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13
a7 I0.6 38.2 DP REQUEST b7 I0.14 a7 Q0.6 34.1 ECR BUZZER b7 Q0.14 38.3 READY FOR DP AFTER
a8 I0.7 b8 I0.15 a8 Q0.7 34.2 ECR LOAD LIMIT b8 Q0.15 (READY FOR DP)
1.3.0 1.3.1
C C
S1 S2
ON ON
OFF OFF
D D
-X1 3 4 PE
E -W1106 E
1 2 1x2x0.75
MBB2
MBB1 +30B 40.1
+30B 40.1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
29.8 P24M P24M 31.1

29.8 0VM 0VM 31.1
A A
-D4
0V
+24V
0V
24V
Lokale Erweiterung LE4-116-XD1
16 Digital-Ausgänge
a1 Q0.0 39.1 ECR CONTROL b1 Q0.8

B a2 Q0.1 39.2 BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL b2 Q0.9 B
a3 Q0.2 39.3 BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL b3 Q0.10
a4 Q0.3 b4 Q0.11
a5 Q0.4 b5 Q0.12
a6 Q0.5 b6 Q0.13
a7 Q0.6 b7 Q0.14
a8 Q0.7 b8 Q0.15
1.3.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
30.8 P24M
-D1 -D3 -D3 -D1
analogue output Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
A digital output digital output A
ECR 10V REFERENCE ECR MOVE LEVER UP ECR MOVE LEVER ECR 10V REFERENCE
DOWN
28.3 QA0.0 29.5 Q0.4 29.5 Q0.5 28.3 QA0.1

U0 0V a5 a6 U1 0V
-X2 1 3 5 6 7
B B
EP24 32.1
POT1M =2F 31.1
L1M =2F 31.1
L2M
=2F 31.1
Z2 Z2
33 2 33 182 181 182 181
+20EP +20EP +20EP
C -A1 34 35 34 35 180 180 180 180
-R1 -R2 C
1 Z1 Z1
EP0/2 =2F 31.1

POT3M =2F 31.1
POT2M =2F 31.1
EP0 33.1
ECR PANEL
D D
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
-X2
2 4 8 9 10
30.8 0VM
U0 0V I0 0V U1 0V U2 0V
E E
28.3 AI0.0 28.3 AI0.4 28.3 AI0.1 28.3 AI0.2
ECR LEVER PITCH ECR CTRL POTIS ECR POTI SPEED ECR POTI LOAD
SETTING LIMIT
Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
analogue input analogue input analogue input analogue input
-D1 -D1 -D1 -D1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
31.8 EP24
EP24N 35.1
A A
13 21 43 31 13 21 43 31
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP +20EP -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4
-S1 14 22 44 32
-S2 14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
B B
EP0N 35.4
ECR PANEL
-X2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C C
-D2 a1 -D2 a2 -D2 a3 -D2 a4 -D2 a5 -D2 a6

29.1 I0.0 29.1 I0.1 29.1 I0.2 29.1 I0.3 29.1 I0.4 29.1 I0.5
ECR LAMPTEST ECR SELECTOR ECR TAKE OVER/IN ECR CRPM MODE ON ECR CLUTCH IN ECR CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input
D D
-XN 1 2 3 4 ECR INTERFACE PLATE
+11V 20.8 CNM1

+11V 20.8 CNM2
E CNM3 E
+11V 22.8 CNM4
+11V 22.8
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
digital output digital output digital output digital output
ECR TAKE OVER/IN ECR CRPM MODE ON ECR CLUTCH IN ECR CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
29.5 Q0.0 29.5 Q0.1 29.5 Q0.2 29.5 Q0.3

a1 a2 a3 a4
B B
-X2 21 22 23 24
ECR
INTERFACE PLATE
ECR PANEL
+20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1

C -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4 C
32.5 32.6 32.7 32.8
X2 X2 X2 X2
31.8 EP0 EP0 34.1
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
ECR BUZZER ECR LOAD LIMIT ECR OVERLOAD ME ECR LOCAL CONTROL ECR ECR CONTROL ECR BRIDGE CONTROL ECR CLUTCH BLOCKED
29.5 Q0.6 29.5 Q0.7 29.5 Q0.8 29.5 Q0.9 29.5 Q0.10 29.5 Q0.11 29.5 Q0.12
a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5
B B
-X2 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ECR
INTERFACE PLATE
ECR PANEL
+20EP +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1
-H1 -H2 -H3 -H4 -H5 -H6 -H7
C C
ye X2 rd X2 gn X2 gn X2 gn X2 ye X2
33.8 EP0
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
32.8 EP24N
A A
13 13 23 +20EP +20EP
+20EP +20EP X1
-H8
X1
-SH5 -SH5
14
-S3 14 24 35.2
X2 X2
BACK-UP PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN ECR BRIDGE
CONTROL BACK-UP BACK-UP
ECR ON CONTROL ON CONTROL ON
B B
32.2 EP0N
ECR PANEL
C C
-X2 32 33 34 35 36
D D
-XN 5 6 7 8 9
+11V 22.8 CNM5

+11V 22.8 CNM6
E CNM7 E
+11V 22.8 CNM8
+11V 22.8 CNM9
+11V 22.8
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
ACTUAL PITCH (-5V - 0 - 5V) SHAFT SPEED (0-10V)
+20EP +20EP
-P1 + A1 X1 -P2 + A1 X1
B DLQW72 DLQW72 B
EI 1030 EI95018
- A2 X2 - A2 X2
ECR PANEL
C C
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
-X2 37 38 39 40
D D
-XN 10 11 12 13
E VM1 E
+12V 25.6 VM2
+12V 25.6
VM3
+12V 27.6 VM4
+12V 27.6
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
31.1 P24M P24M 38.1
A A
-F1
1A
B 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- B
-U1 0-20mA 0-10V -U2 0-20mA 0-10V -U3 0-20mA 0-10V
B13000 B13000 B13000
SUPPLY INPUT SUPPLY INPUT SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT
0-20mA 0-20mA 0-20mA

8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
I1 0V I2 0V I3 0V
C 28.3 AI0.5 28.3 AI0.6 28.3 AI0.7 C
WATER SATURATION HYDR.OIL TEMP. (4- LUB.OIL FLOW (4-

(4-20mA) 20mA) 20mA)
Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
analogue input analogue input analogue input
-D1
-R1 -R2 -D1
-R3 -D1
470k 470k 470k
0,6W 0,6W 0,6W
0VM 0VM
D 31.1 38.1 D
-X 3 4 -X 5 6 -X 7
-W1405 -W1406 -W1406

2x1,5 1 2 2x2x0.75 1 2 2x2x0.75 3
E +BCP +BCP +BCP E

-X2 -X2 -X2
1 2 3 4 5
WATER SENSOR HYDAC - AS1000 LUB.OIL FLOW SENSOR - MT1350

(HYDRAULIC TANK/CONNECTION BOX) (HYDRAULIC TANK/CONNECTION BOX)
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
37.8 P24M P24M 39.1

-D3 -D1
Analog Ausgang
Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
A digital output A
READY FOR DP AFTER CPP FEEDBACK (2-
REQUEST 10V)
29.5 Q0.14 28.3 QA0.3

b7 U3 0V
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U4 0-20mA 0-10V -U5 0-20mA 0-10V
B B13000 B13000 B
A1 SUPPLY SUPPLY
INPUT INPUT
24V DC 24V DC
-K1 OUTPUT OUTPUT
A2
0-10V 0-20mA
8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
0VM 0VM
37.8 39.1
U3 0V
38.3 14
-X 8
12
38.3 24
11 -X 12 13 -X 14 15
28.3 AI0.3
C 22 21 C
DP CONTROL SIGNAL
(0-10V)
Analog Eingang
analogue input
-W1122 -W1122
1 4x2x0,75 -D1 5 6 7 8 4x2x0,75
+DP
-X 1
DP - CONTROL SYSTEM 5 6 7 8
D D
CPP ORDER CPP FEEDBACK
(4-20mA) (4-20mA)
+DP
-X 2 3 4
-W1122
4x2x0,75 2 3 4
9 -X 10 11
-D2 a7
E E
29.1 I0.6 12 14
-K1
DP REQUEST 38.3 11
Digitaler Eingang READY CONTACT

digital input FOR DP CONTROL
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
38.8 P24M
A A
-D4 -D4 -D4 -D1
Analog Ausgang
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
ECR CONTROL BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL PITCH POSITION (0-
10V)
30.2 Q0.0 30.2 Q0.1 30.2 Q0.2 28.3 QA0.2

a1 a2 a3 U2 0V
B B
7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U6 4-20mA 0-10V
B13000
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT
C 0-10V C
8- +5 6 -
ECR BRIDGE/FWD BRIDGE/AFT
A1 A1 A1 12 14 12 14 12 14
D -K2 -K3 -K4 -K2 -K3 -K4 D

A2 A2 A2 39.1 11 39.2 11 39.3 11
38.8 0VM
-X 16 17 18 19 20 21
E 39.4 14 39.5 14 39.6 14 E

39.4 12
24
11 39.5 12
24
11 39.6 12
24
11 -W1407
4x2x0,75
1 2 3 4 5 6
22 21 22 21 22 21
+ME
-X x x x x x x
ENGINE CONTROL STATION/YANMAR
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24B 41.1
0VB 41.1
BB1 41.1
BB2 41.1
A A
-D1
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
B Suconet K1/K B
U0 AI0.0 43.4 BRI/FWD LEVER U0 QA0.0 43.3 10V REFERENCE FWD

0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 U1 QA0.1 49.3 10V REFERENCE AFT
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 49.4 BRI/AFT LEVER U2 QA0.2 (VDR PITCH FEEDBACK)
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 U3 QA0.3 (VDR PITCH DEMAND)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 43.3 CTRL BRI FWD LEVER
0V
C I1 AI0.5 49.3 CTRL BRI AFT LEVER C
0V
I2 AI0.6
0V
I3 AI0.7
0V
1.4.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0-10V IN
D D
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE

OFF: 0 - FFFh
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
ON : 0-10V
S3-7: INPUT RANGE
-X 1 2 -X1 1 2 PE
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V
OFF,ON : +/-10V
CB1 ON ,OFF: 0-5V
+00C 5.7 CB2 ON ,ON : 0-10V
+00C 5.7 S3-8: BUS FORMAT
MBB1 OFF: PS3-FORMAT
+20E 29.2 MBB2 ON : SBI-FORMAT(K)
+20E 29.2
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com +30B
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
40.8 P24B P24B 42.1

40.8 0VB 0VB 42.1
A A
40.8 BB1
40.8 BB2
...
-D2 -D3
1 41 4
0V
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
0V
24V
Erweiterungsmodul SPS EM4-201-DX2
PE
B 1 2
Lokale Erweiterung LE4-116-XD1 B
a1 I0.0 44.2 FWD LAMPTEST b1 I0.8 50.2 AFT LAMPTEST a1 Q0.0 45.1 FWD TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 45.7 FWD CLUTCH BLOCKED
a2 I0.1 44.3 FWD SELECTOR b2 I0.9 50.3 AFT TAKE OVER/IN C a2 Q0.1 45.2 FWD CRPM MODE b2 Q0.9 46.2 FWD LOCAL CTRL.
a3 I0.2 44.4 FWD TAKE OVER/IN C b3 I0.10 50.4 AFT CRPM MODE a3 Q0.2 45.3 FWD CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 46.3 FWD ECR CTRL.
a4 I0.3 44.5 FWD CRPM MODE b4 I0.11 50.5 AFT CLUTCH IN a4 Q0.3 45.4 FWD CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 46.4 FWD FWD CTRL.
a5 I0.4 44.6 FWD CLUTCH IN b5 I0.12 50.6 AFT CLUTCH OUT a5 Q0.4 43.4 FWD MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 46.5 FWD AFT CTRL.
a6 I0.5 44.7 FWD CLUTCH OUT b6 I0.13 a6 Q0.5 43.5 FWD MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13 46.6 FWD DP/JOYSTICK CO
a7 I0.6 b7 I0.14 a7 Q0.6 45.5 FWD BUZZER b7 Q0.14 46.7 FWD FIFI MODE ACT
a8 I0.7 b8 I0.15 a8 Q0.7 45.6 FWD OVERLOAD ME b8 Q0.15
C C
1.5.0 1.5.1
S1 S2
ON ON
OFF OFF
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
41.8 P24B P24B 43.1

41.8 0VB 0VB 43.1
A A
-D4
0V
+24V
B B
0V
24V
a1 Q0.0 51.1 AFT TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 51.7 AFT CLUTCH BLOCKED
a2 Q0.1 51.2 AFT CRPM MODE b2 Q0.9 52.2 AFT LOCAL CTRL.
a3 Q0.2 51.3 AFT CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 52.3 AFT ECR CTRL.
a4 Q0.3 51.4 AFT CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 52.4 AFT FWD CTRL.
a5 Q0.4 49.4 AFT MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 52.5 AFT AFT CTRL.
a6 Q0.5 49.5 AFT MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13 52.6 AFT DP/JOYSTICK CO
a7 Q0.6 51.5 AFT BUZZER b7 Q0.14 52.7 AFT FIFI MODE ACT
C a8 Q0.7 51.6 AFT OVERLOAD ME b8 Q0.15 C
1.5.2
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
42.8 P24B P24B +31B 49.1
-D1 -D3 -D3

A Analog Ausgang A
analogue output Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang
digital output digital output
10V REFERENCE FWD FWD MOVE LEVER UP FWD MOVE LEVER
DOWN
40.3 QA0.0 41.5 Q0.4 41.5 Q0.5

U0 0V a5 a6
B -X2 1 3 6 7 B
BP24 44.1
BP24N 44.1
POT1B
=2F 43.2
L1B
L2B =2F 43.2
=2F 43.2
C 33 2 33 182 181 182 181 C

+30BP BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
-A1 34 35 34 35 180 180 180 180
1
BDIM0/2 =2F 45.1

POT3B =2F 43.2
POT2B =2F 43.2
BDIM0
BP0N 45.1
D BP0 47.1 D
45.1
-X2 -X2 BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX

31 32 2 4 5
I0 0V U0 0V
E 40.3 AI0.4 40.3 AI0.0 E

-XN 1 2
CTRL BRI FWD LEVER BRI/FWD LEVER
CNB1
+11V 20.8 CNB2
+11V 20.8 Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
-D1 -D1
0VB 0VB
42.8 +31B 49.1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
43.8 BP24 BP24 47.1

43.8 BP24N BP24N 47.1
A A
+30BP 13 21 43 31 +30BP 13 21 43 31
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
-S1 -S2 -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4
14 22 44 32 14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
B B
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
-X2 8 -X2 33 -X2 9 -X2 34 -X2 10 11 12 13
C C
-D2 a1 -D2 a2 -D2 a3 -D2 a4 -D2 a5 -D2 a6

41.1 I0.0 41.1 I0.1 41.1 I0.2 41.1 I0.3 41.1 I0.4 41.1 I0.5
FWD LAMPTEST FWD SELECTOR FWD TAKE OVER/IN FWD CRPM MODE FWD CLUTCH IN FWD CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
D D
-XN 3 -XN 4
E E
CNB3
+11V 23.8 CNB4
+11V 23.8
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3
A digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output A
FWD TAKE OVER/IN FWD CRPM MODE FWD CLUTCH IN FWD CLUTCH OUT FWD BUZZER FWD OVERLOAD ME FWD CLUTCH BLOCKED
COMMAND
41.5 Q0.0 41.5 Q0.1 41.5 Q0.2 41.5 Q0.3 41.5 Q0.6 41.5 Q0.7 41.5 Q0.8
a1 a2 a3 a4 a7 a8 b1
B B

-X2 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
C +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP C
-SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4 -H1 -H2 -H3
44.4 X2 44.5 X2 44.6 X2 44.7 X2 rd X2 ye X2
43.8 BDIM0 BDIM0 46.1

BP0 BP0
43.8 47.1
D D
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output
FWD LOCAL CTRL. FWD ECR CTRL. FWD FWD CTRL. FWD AFT CTRL. FWD DP/JOYSTICK FWD FIFI MODE
CONTROL ACTIVE
41.5 Q0.9 41.5 Q0.10 41.5 Q0.11 41.5 Q0.12 41.5 Q0.13 41.5 Q0.14
b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
B B
-X2 21 22 23 24 25 26
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
C C
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
+30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP
-H4 -H5 -H6 -H7 -H8 -H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
wh wh wh wh wh wh
D D
BDIM0 BDIM0
45.8 47.1
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
44.8 BP24
44.8 BP24N BP24N 48.1
BDIMN 48.3
A A
ACTUAL PITCH SHAFT SPEED

(-5V - 0 - 5V) (0-10V)
+ 24V DIM + 24V DIM

+30BP +30BP
-P1 -P2 + +30BP
+ A1 X1 A1 X1
-U1
DLQW72
DLQW72
B EI 1030
EI95018 B
U DIMMER U DIMMER
- A2 X2 - A2 X2 U 1,5 A U 1,5 A
- 0V - 0V
BDIM0
46.8
BP0
45.8 BP0N
43.8
C C
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
27 28 29 30
-X2
D D
-XN 11 12 13 14 -X4 26 27 28 29
E E
VB1
+12V 25.8 VB2
+12V 25.8
BW4
BW3 +31B 53.1
VB3 BW2 +31B 53.1
+12V 27.6 VB4 BW1 +31B 53.1
+12V 27.6 +31B 53.1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
47.8 BP24N
A A
13 13 23
+30BP +30BP +30BP
+30BP +30BP -H10
X1 X1
-H11
X1
-SH5 -SH5
14
-S3 14 24 rd 48.1 rd
X2 X2 X2
BACK-UP PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN BACK-UP BACK-UP BACK-UP
CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL
BRIDGE/FWD ECR ON BRIDGE/FWD BRIDGE/AFT
B ON ON ON B
47.8 BDIMN
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL

C C
-X2
35 36 37 38 39 40
D D
-XN 5 6 7 8 9 10
+11V 23.8 CNB5

+11V 23.8 CNB6
E CNB7 E
+11V 23.8
CNB8
+11V 23.8 CNB9
+11V 23.8 CNB10
+11V 23.8
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B

-D1 -D4 -D4
Analog Ausgang
A P24B A
+30B 43.8 10V REFERENCE AFT AFT MOVE LEVER UP AFT MOVE LEVER
+30B 43.8 0VB DOWN
40.3 QA0.1 42.1 Q0.4 42.1 Q0.5

U1 0V a5 a6
+30B
-X4 1 2 3 6 7
B -W1115 B
10x2x0.75 1 2 3 6 7
-X 1 2 -X 3 6 7
WP24 50.1
WP24N 50.1
POT1W
L1W =2F 49.3
L2W =2F 49.3
=2F 49.3
C C
33 2 33 182 181 182 181
-A1
34 35 1 34 35 180 180 180 180 BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
WDIM0/2 =2F 51.1
POT3W =2F 49.3
POT2W =2F 49.3
WDIM0 51.1
WP0
WP0N 51.1
D 53.4 D
4 5
-W1115
10x2x0.75 4 5
-XN 1 2 +30B BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX

-X4
4 5
I1 0V U2 0V
E E
40.3 AI0.5 40.3 AI0.2
CTRL BRI AFT LEVER BRI/AFT LEVER

CNW1 analogue input analogue input
+11V 20.8 CNW2
+11V 20.8 +30B +30B
-D1 -D1
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
49.8 WP24 WP24 53.1

49.8 WP24N WP24N 53.1
A A
13 21 43 31 -SH1 13 -SH2 13 -SH3 13 -SH4 13

-S1
14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
wh wh wh rd
B B
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
-X 8 -XN 3 -X 9 10 11 12
CNW3
+11V 24.8
-W1115
8 9 10 11 12 10x2x0.75
C C
+30B BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX

-X4 8 9 10 11 12
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D2 b1 -D2 b2 -D2 b3 -D2 b4 -D2 b5
D D
41.1 I0.8 41.1 I0.9 41.1 I0.10 41.1 I0.11 41.1 I0.12
AFT LAMPTEST AFT TAKE OVER/IN AFT CRPM MODE AFT CLUTCH IN AFT CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4
AFT TAKE OVER/IN AFT CRPM MODE AFT CLUTCH IN AFT CLUTCH OUT AFT BUZZER AFT OVERLOAD ME AFT CLUTCH BLOCKED
COMMAND
42.1 Q0.0 42.1 Q0.1 42.1 Q0.2 42.1 Q0.3 42.1 Q0.6 42.1 Q0.7 42.1 Q0.8
a1 a2 a3 a4 a7 a8 b1
+30B
-X4 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
B B
-W1115
10x2x0.75 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
-X 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
C C
-SH1 X1 -SH2 X1 -SH3 X1 -SH4 X1

-H1 -H2 X1
-H3 X1
50.3 WH 50.4 WH 50.5 WH 50.6 WH RD YE
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
D D
WDIM0 WDIM0
49.8 WP0 WP0 52.1
49.8 53.4
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang
A digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output A
AFT LOCAL CTRL. AFT ECR CTRL. AFT FWD CTRL. AFT AFT CTRL. AFT DP/JOYSTICK AFT FIFI MODE
CONTROL ACTIVE
42.1 Q0.9 42.1 Q0.10 42.1 Q0.11 42.1 Q0.12 42.1 Q0.13 42.1 Q0.14
b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7

-X4 20 21 22 23 24 25
B B
-W1115 -W1116
10x2x0.75 20 7x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5
-X 20 21 22 23 24 25
C C
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-H4 -H5 -H6 -H7 -H8 -H9
WH WH WH WH WH WH
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
D D
WDIM0 WDIM0
51.8 53.1
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
50.8 WP24N WP24N 54.1

50.8 WP24

A (-5V - 0 - 5V) (0-10V) A
-P1 -P2
+ A1 X1 + A1 X1
DLQW72
DLQW72
EI95018
EI 1033
- A2 X2 - A2 X2
B B
WDIMN 54.1
52.8 WDIM0
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
-U1 + 24V DIM + 24V DIM
C C
-X 26 27 28 29
-W1116
U DIMMER U DIMMER
7x2x0,75 6 7 8 9 U 1,5 A U 1,5 A
- 0V - 0V
D WP0 D
51.8 WP0N
49.8
+30B 47.6 BW1

+30B 47.6 BW2
+30B 47.6 BW3
+30B 47.6 BW4
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
53.8 WP24N
A A
-SH5 13 13 23 X1 X1 -SH5 X1
-S2 -H10 -H11
54.2 RD
14 14 24 RD X2 RD X2 X2
BACK-UP AHEAD ASTERN BACK-UP BACK-UP BACK-UP
BRI/AFT ON ECR ON BRI/FWD ON BRI/AFT ON
B B
53.8 WDIMN
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
C C
D D
-XN 4 5 6 7 8 9
+11V 24.8 CNW4

+11V 24.8 CNW5
E CNW6 E
+11V 24.8
CNW7
+11V 24.8 CNW8
+11V 24.8 CNW9
+11V 24.8
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
SPARE
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DATE 01.02.2007 DWG Ja-Gr VESSEL NO(S). PROPULSION www.bergpropulsion.com
DRAWING NO.
54 < PAGE PAGE > =2F/1 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E1
CENTRAL UNIT
SERVICE DISPLAY
TO BE MOUNTED IN ECR
B B
Tiefe: 210 mm
depth:
Schutzgrad: IP 55
protection:
Farbe: RAL 7032s
colour:
Lieferung ohne Kabelverschraubungen

Supplied without cable glands
600 mm
650 mm
C C
MAIN CONTROL BATTERY
SUPPLY FAILURE SUPPLY
NOTES:
1. The cabinet to be mounted this way up
2. Allow access to open the door a minimum of 90°
3. Forced air cooling to be provided if
ambient temperature rises above 55°C
4. The door is to remain closed when the system is
in operation
D D
E E
560 mm
600 mm 8,8mm
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
< PAGE PAGE > 2 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
8,8
-E1
B LOCAL CONTROL BOX B
TO BE MOUNTED IN ER (CPP HYDRAULIC)
LOCAL REMOTE
CONTROL CONTROL Tiefe: 210 mm
depth:
Schutzgrad: IP 55
protection:
Farbe: RAL 7032
colour:
C C
500 mm
550 mm
NOTES:

D ambient temperature rises above 55°C D
in operation
460 mm
500 mm
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
490
235 235
A -E1 A
o5,2
BERG
PROPULSION
-P2 -P1 -P1 -P2
-H6 -H6
BRIDGE BRIDGE
CONTROL CONTROL
GN GN
-H5 -H5
B ECR ECR B
CONTROL CONTROL
GN
INTERFACE PLATE PORT & STBD (1,5m CABLE)

GN
-H4 -H4
SHAFT SPEED PITCH PITCH SHAFT SPEED
LOCAL LOCAL
CONTROL CONTROL
SPEED SETTING LOAD LIMITATION LOAD LIMITATION SPEED SETTING
GN GN
-R1 -R2 -R2 -R1
C -A1 C
-H1 `
-S1 WH -H2 YE -H7 YE -H7 YE -H2 YE -S1 WH `
-H1
320
300
LOAD MAIN MAIN LOAD LAMP

LAMP CLUTCH CLUTCH
BUZZER LIMITATION BUZZER
CONNECTION TO
TEST LIMITATION TEST
BLOCKED BLOCKED
-H3 RD -SH3 GN -SH3 GN -H3 RD
MAIN MAIN
OVERLOAD CLUTCH CLUTCH OVERLOAD
D ME IN IN ME D
BACK-UP CONTROL BACK-UP CONTROL
-H8 RD -SH2 GN -SH4 RD -SH4 RD -SH2 GN -H8 RD
BACK-UP CRPM MAIN MAIN CRPM BACK-UP

BRIDGE MODE ON CLUTCH CLUTCH MODE ON BRIDGE
ON OUT OUT ON
AHEAD ECR BRIDGE ECR BRIDGE -SH5 RD AHEAD

-SH5 RD -SH1 WH
-S3 -S3
E BACK-UP TAKE OVER TAKE OVER BACK-UP E
ECR COMMAND COMMAND ECR
ON CONTROL LEVER ON
ASTERN -S2 -SH1 WH -S2 ASTERN
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F
LOC.
+20EP F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ECR CONTROL PANEL

INTERFACE PLATE PORTSIDE
A A
Connection
to ECR Panel, 1,5m LOCATION: ECR CONTROL DESK
9 mm
B
-E1 B
SOCKET
250 mm -X2
295 mm
C C
D D
500 mm
523 mm 110 mm
E E
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
490
235 235
A -E1 A
o5,2
BERG
PROPULSION
-H7 WH -H8 WH -H8 WH -H7 WH
-P2 -P1 -P1 -P2
BRIDGE/AFT DP/JOYST.DP/JOYST.BRIDGE/AFT
PORT PORT STBD STBD

BRIDGE/FWD FIFI FIFI BRIDGE/FWD
B CONTROL ACTIVE ACTIVE CONTROL B
PORT PORT STBD STBD
INTERFACE BOX PORT & STBD (1,5m CABLE)

ECR ECR
SHAFT SPEED PITCH CONTROL CONTROL PITCH SHAFT SPEED
PORT STBD
DIMMER -H5 WH -H5 WH DIMMER
-U1 -U1
C -A1 C
-H1 `
-S1 WH -SH2 WH -H3 YE -H3 YE -SH2 WH -S1 WH -H1
CRPM MAIN MAIN CRPM

LAMP LAMP
320
300
BUZZER MODE ON CLUTCH CLUTCH BUZZER

TEST BLOCKED MODE ON TEST
BLOCKED
CONNECTION TO
-H2 RD -SH3 WH -SH3 WH -H2 RD
OVERLOAD MAIN MAIN OVERLOAD

ME CLUTCH CLUTCH ME
D IN IN D
-H11 RD -H10 RD -H4 WH -SH4 RD -SH4 RD -H4 WH -H10 RD -H11 RD
BACK-UP BACK-UP LOCAL MAIN MAIN LOCAL BACK-UP BACK-UP

BRIDGE/AFT ECR CONTROL CLUTCH CLUTCH CONTROL ECR BRIDGE/AFT
ON ON OUT OUT ON ON
AHEAD -SH5 FORWARD AFTER FORWARD AFTER -SH5 AHEAD

-S3 RD RD
-S3

BRIDGE/FWD COMMAND COMMAND BRIDGE/FWD
ON CONTROL LEVER ON
ASTERN
-S2 -SH1 WH -SH1 WH -S2 ASTERN
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F
LOC.
+30BP F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL PANEL

A INTERFACE BOX PORT A
LOCATION: WH/FWD CONTROL DESK
-E1
B B
400 mm
CONNECTION TO
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
C C
120 mm
1,5m
PLUG 600 mm
-X2
D D
MOUNTING HOLES (BACKSIDE)
d = 8 mm
360 mm
E E
560 mm
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
490
235 235
A A
o5,2
BERG
PROPULSION
-E1

-P2 -P1 -P1 -P2
BRIDGE/AFT DP/JOYST.DP/JOYST.BRIDGE/AFT
STBD STBD PORT PORT

BRIDGE/FWD FIFI FIFI BRIDGE/FWD
B CONTROL ACTIVE ACTIVE CONTROL B
STBD STBD PORT PORT
TERMINAL STRIP PORT & STBD (1,5m CABLE)

ECR ECR
SHAFT SPEED PITCH CONTROL CONTROL PITCH SHAFT SPEED
STBD PORT
DIMMER DIMMER
-H5 WH -H5 WH
-U1 -U1
C -A1 C
-H1 `
-S1 WH -SH2 WH -H3 YE -H3 YE -SH2 WH -S1 WH -H1
CRPM MAIN MAIN CRPM

LAMP LAMP
320
300
BUZZER MODE ON CLUTCH CLUTCH BUZZER

TEST BLOCKED MODE ON TEST
BLOCKED
CONNECTION TO
-H2 RD -SH3 WH -SH3 WH -H2 RD
OVERLOAD MAIN MAIN OVERLOAD

ME CLUTCH CLUTCH ME
D IN IN D
-H11 RD -H10 RD -H4 WH -SH4 RD -SH4 RD -H4 WH -H10 RD -H11 RD
BACK-UP BACK-UP LOCAL MAIN MAIN LOCAL BACK-UP BACK-UP

BRIDGE/FWD ECR CONTROL CLUTCH CLUTCH CONTROL ECR BRIDGE/FWD
ON ON OUT OUT ON ON
ASTERN -SH5 -SH5 ASTERN

-S2 RD RD
-S2
BRIDGE/AFT COMMAND COMMAND BRIDGE/AFT
ON CONTROL LEVER ON
AHEAD
-SH1 WH -SH1 WH AHEAD
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
45 mm 105 mm
A A
-J1
15 mm
-J6
MAIN SUPPLY
30 mm
ERC 3000
-J2
CENTRAL UNIT/PORT
CONTROL FAILURE
B B
-J7
-J3
BATTERY SUPPLY ERC 3000
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/PORT
C -J4 C
LOCAL CONTROL -J8

-J5 ERC 3000
REMOTE CONTROL BRIDGE INTERFACE BOX/PORT
D D
Ausführung: - Kunstoff weiß Ausführung: - Kunstoff weiß

- Schrift schwarz - Schrift schwarz
- selbstklebend - selbstklebend
Abmessungen: - 15 x 45 mm (HxB) Abmessungen: - 30 x 105 mm (HxB)

E E
- Schrifthöhe 4 mm, - Schrifthöhe 6 mm,
Helvetica schmalhalbfett Helvetica schmalhalbfett
Stückzahl: - je 1 Stück Stückzahl: - je 1 Stück
PLANT
=1F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
7 < PAGE PAGE > =2F/1 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+00C-X 1 A
cable marking external

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1118 7x2x0,75
-W1107 2x2,5
-W1105 2x2,5
-W1103 2x2,5
-W1204 2x2,5
-W1102 2x6
-W1101 2x6
B B
1 1 5.1
2 2 5.1
1 3 5.2
2 4 5.2
PE ??? 5.3
C C
PE ??? 5.3
1 5 +11V-X 1 5.4
2 6 +11V-X 2 5.4
1 7 +10V-X 1 5.5
2 8 +10V-X 2 5.5
1 9 +20E-X 1 5.6
2 10 +20E-X 2 5.6
1 11 +30B-X 1 5.7
D D
2 12 +30B-X 2 5.7
13 5.7
14 5.7
1 15 +10V-X 3 13.1
2 16 +10V-X 4 13.1
3 17 +10V-X 5 13.2
4 18 +10V-X 6 13.2
5 19 +10V-X 7 13.2
E 6 20 +10V-X 8 13.3 E
7 21 +10V-X 9 13.4
8 22 +10V-X 10 13.4
9 23 +10V-X 11 13.4
10 24 +10V-X 12 13.5
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 1 21
DRAWING
< PAGE PAGE > 2 NORM NO.
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1203 4x2x0,75
-W1118 7x2x0,75
B B
11 25 +10V-X 13 13.5
12 26 +10V-X 14 13.6
1 27 +11V-X 12 15.5
2 28 +11V-X 13 15.5
3 29 +11V-X 14 15.5
C C
4 30 +11V-X 15 15.6
5 31 +11V-X 16 15.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 2 21
DRAWING
1 < PAGE PAGE > 3 NORM NO.
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+00C-X1 3 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1104 1x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +20E-X1 1 8.6
2 2 +20E-X1 2 8.6
PE 8.6
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 3 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1117 4x2x0,75
-W1121 1x2x0.75
-W1120.1 1x2x0.75
-W1120 4x2x0,75
-W1119 2x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +MSB-X 1 11.7
2 2 +MSB-X 2 11.7
3 3 +MSB-X 3 14.2
4 4 +MSB-X 4 14.2
1 5 +AL-X 1 16.1
C C
2 6 +AL-X 2 16.1
3 7 +AL-X 3 16.2
4 8 +AL-X 4 16.2
5 9 +AL-X 5 16.3
6 10 +AL-X 6 16.3
7 11 +AL-X 7 16.3
8 12 +AL-X 8 16.4
1 13 +AL-X 9 16.4
D D
2 14 +AL-X 10 16.4
1 15 +FIFI-X 1 12.2
2 16 +FIFI-X 2 12.2
1 17 +JOY-X x 11.8
2 18 +JOY-X x 11.8
3 19 +JOY-X 1 17.2
4 20 +JOY-X 2 17.3
5 21 +JOY-X 5 17.5
E 6 22 +JOY-X 6 17.5 E
7 23 +JOY-X 7 17.6
8 24 +JOY-X 8 17.6
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 4 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+00C-XG 5 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1302 2x2x0.75
-W1301 4x1,5
B B
1 1 +GB-X000 37 6.2
2 2 +GB-X000 38 6.2
3 3 +GB-X000 39 6.3
4 4 +GB-X000 40 6.4
1 5 +GB-X000 5 11.1
C C
2 6 +GB-X000 7 11.1
3 7 +GB-X000 x 14.6
4 8 +GB-X000 x 14.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 5 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+00C-XM 6 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1110 1x2x0.75
-W1111 1x2x0.75
-W1109 7x2x0,75
-W1108 2x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +ME-X x 11.2
2 2 +ME-X x 11.2
3 3 +ME-X x 11.3
4 4 +ME-X x 11.3
1 5 +ME-X P23 11.4
C C
2 6 +ME-X P24 11.4
3 7 +ME-X P25 11.5
4 8 +ME-X P26 11.5
9 11.6
10 11.6
5 11 +ME-X P27 14.3
6 12 +ME-X P28 14.4
7 13 +ME-X P29 14.4
D D
8 14 +ME-X P30 14.5
9 15 +ME-X P21 12.3
10 16 +ME-X P22 12.3
1 17 +ME-X 15 12.5
2 18 +ME-X 16 12.5
19 15.1
20 15.2
1 21 +ME-X P+ 15.3
E 2 22 +ME-X P- 15.3 E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 6 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+10V-X 7 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1112 4x1,5
-W1118 7x2x0,75
-W1103 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 7 18.1
2 2 +00C-X 8 18.1
1 3 +00C-X 15 18.3
2 4 +00C-X 16 18.4
3 5 +00C-X 17 19.2
C C
4 6 +00C-X 18 19.2
5 7 +00C-X 19 19.4
6 8 +00C-X 20 19.4
7 9 +00C-X 21 25.4
8 10 +00C-X 22 25.4
9 11 +00C-X 23 25.4
10 12 +00C-X 24 25.5
11 13 +00C-X 25 25.5
D D
12 14 +00C-X 26 27.5
1 15 +HY-Y1 A1 19.6
2 16 +HY-Y1 A2 19.6
3 17 +HY-Y2 A1 19.7
4 18 +HY-Y2 A2 19.7
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 7 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1203 4x2x0,75
-W1114 2x2x0.75
-W1205 7x2x0,75
-W1202 7x2x0,75
-W1201 7x2x0,75
-W1204 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 5 18.6
2 2 +00C-X 6 18.6
1 3 +20E-XN 1 20.6
2 4 +20E-XN 2 20.6
1 5 +30B-XN 1 20.6
C C
2 6 +30B-XN 2 20.7
1 7 +31B-XN 1 20.7
2 8 +31B-XN 2 20.7
1 9 +PCU-X 7 21.5
2 10 +PCU-X 8 21.6
3 11 +PCU-X 11 21.6
1 12 +00C-X 27 19.4
2 13 +00C-X 28 21.2
D D
3 14 +00C-X 29 21.2
4 15 +00C-X 30 21.3
5 16 +00C-X 31 21.4
3 17 +20E-XN 3 22.1
4 18 +20E-XN 4 22.2
5 19 +20E-XN 5 22.3
6 20 +20E-XN 6 22.4
7 21 +20E-XN 7 22.5
E 8 22 +20E-XN 8 22.6 E
9 23 +20E-XN 9 22.7
3 24 +30B-XN 3 23.1
4 25 +30B-XN 4 23.2
5 26 +30B-XN 5 23.3
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 8 21
DRAWING REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM CPP
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1205 7x2x0,75
-W1202 7x2x0,75
B B
6 27 +30B-XN 6 23.5
7 28 +30B-XN 7 23.6
8 29 +30B-XN 8 23.5
9 30 +30B-XN 9 23.6
10 31 +30B-XN 10 23.7
C C
3 32 +31B-XN 3 24.2
4 33 +31B-XN 4 24.3
5 34 +31B-XN 5 24.4
6 35 +31B-XN 6 24.5
7 36 +31B-XN 7 24.5
8 37 +31B-XN 8 24.6
9 38 +31B-XN 9 24.7
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 9 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1401 2x2x0.75
-W1402 2x1,5
-W1404 2x2x0.75
-W1403 2x2x0.75
-W1113 4x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +PCU-X 1 25.2
2 2 +PCU-X 2 25.2
3 3 +PCU-X 3 25.2
4 4 +PCU-X 4 25.2
5 5 +PCU-X 5 25.2
C C
6 6 +PCU-X 6 25.2
1 7 +20E-XN 10 25.6
2 8 +20E-XN 11 25.6
1 9 +30B-XN 11 25.7
2 10 +30B-XN 12 25.7
1 11 +FIFI-X x 26.4
2 12 +FIFI-X x 26.5
1 13 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
D D
2 14 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
3 15 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
3 16 +20E-XN 12 27.3
4 17 +20E-XN 13 27.3
3 18 +30B-XN 13 27.4
4 19 +30B-XN 14 27.4
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 10 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+20E-X 11 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1407 4x2x0,75
-W1122 4x2x0,75
-W1406 2x2x0.75
-W1405 2x1,5
-W1105 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 9 28.1
2 2 +00C-X 10 28.2
1 3 +BCP-X2 1 37.1
2 4 +BCP-X2 2 37.2
1 5 +BCP-X2 3 37.3
C C
2 6 +BCP-X2 4 37.4
3 7 +BCP-X2 5 37.6
1 8 +DP-X 1 38.2
2 9 +DP-X 2 38.2
3 10 +DP-X 3 38.3
4 11 +DP-X 4 38.3
5 12 +DP-X 5 38.6
6 13 +DP-X 6 38.6
D D
7 14 +DP-X 7 38.7
8 15 +DP-X 8 38.7
1 16 +ME-X x 39.4
2 17 +ME-X x 39.4
3 18 +ME-X x 39.5
4 19 +ME-X x 39.6
5 20 +ME-X x 39.7
6 21 +ME-X x 39.7
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 11 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+20E-X1 12 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1106 1x2x0.75
-W1104 1x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +00C-X1 1 28.2
2 2 +00C-X1 2 28.2
PE 28.2
1 3 +30B-X1 1 29.1
2 4 +30B-X1 2 29.1
C C
PE 29.1
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 12 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+20E-XN 13 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1403 2x2x0.75
-W1201 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 3 32.1
2 2 +11V-X 4 32.1
3 3 +11V-X 17 32.3
4 4 +11V-X 18 32.4
5 5 +11V-X 19 35.2
C C
6 6 +11V-X 20 35.2
7 7 +11V-X 21 35.3
8 8 +11V-X 22 35.5
9 9 +11V-X 23 35.6
1 10 +12V-X 7 36.2
2 11 +12V-X 8 36.3
3 12 +12V-X 16 36.4
4 13 +12V-X 17 36.4
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 13 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+30B-X 14 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1107 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 11 40.1
2 2 +00C-X 12 40.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 14 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+30B-X1 15 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1106 1x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +20E-X1 3 40.2
2 2 +20E-X1 4 40.2
PE 40.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 15 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1116 7x2x0,75
-W1115 10x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +31B-X 1 49.1
2 2 +31B-X 2 49.2
3 3 +31B-X 3 49.3
4 4 +31B-X 4 49.3
5 5 +31B-X 5 49.4
C C
6 6 +31B-X 6 49.4
7 7 +31B-X 7 49.5
8 8 +31B-X 8 50.2
9 9 +31B-X 9 50.3
10 10 +31B-X 10 50.4
11 11 +31B-X 11 50.5
12 12 +31B-X 12 50.6
13 13 +31B-X 13 51.1
D D
14 14 +31B-X 14 51.2
15 15 +31B-X 15 51.3
16 16 +31B-X 16 51.4
17 17 +31B-X 17 51.5
18 18 +31B-X 18 51.6
19 19 +31B-X 19 51.7
20 20 +31B-X 20 52.2
1 21 +31B-X 21 52.3
E 2 22 +31B-X 22 52.4 E
3 23 +31B-X 23 52.5
4 24 +31B-X 24 52.6
5 25 +31B-X 25 52.7
6 26 +31B-X 26 47.4
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 16 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1116 7x2x0,75
B B
7 27 +31B-X 27 47.5
8 28 +31B-X 28 47.5
9 29 +31B-X 29 47.5
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 17 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =1F+30B-XN 18 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1404 2x2x0.75
-W1202 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 5 43.1
2 2 +11V-X 6 43.2
3 3 +11V-X 24 44.2
4 4 +11V-X 25 44.4
5 5 +11V-X 26 48.1
C C
6 6 +11V-X 27 48.2
7 7 +11V-X 28 48.2
8 8 +11V-X 29 48.4
9 9 +11V-X 30 48.5
10 10 +11V-X 31 48.6
1 11 +12V-X 9 47.2
2 12 +12V-X 10 47.2
3 13 +12V-X 18 47.3
D D
4 14 +12V-X 19 47.3
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 18 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1116 7x2x0,75
-W1115 10x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +30B-X4 1 49.1
2 2 +30B-X4 2 49.2
3 3 +30B-X4 3 49.3
4 4 +30B-X4 4 49.3
5 5 +30B-X4 5 49.3
C C
6 6 +30B-X4 6 49.4
7 7 +30B-X4 7 49.5
8 8 +30B-X4 8 50.2
9 9 +30B-X4 9 50.3
10 10 +30B-X4 10 50.4
11 11 +30B-X4 11 50.5
12 12 +30B-X4 12 50.6
13 13 +30B-X4 13 51.1
D D
14 14 +30B-X4 14 51.2
15 15 +30B-X4 15 51.3
16 16 +30B-X4 16 51.4
17 17 +30B-X4 17 51.5
18 18 +30B-X4 18 51.6
19 19 +30B-X4 19 51.7
20 20 +30B-X4 20 52.2
1 21 +30B-X4 21 52.3
E 2 22 +30B-X4 22 52.4 E
3 23 +30B-X4 23 52.5
4 24 +30B-X4 24 52.6
5 25 +30B-X4 25 52.7
6 26 +30B-X4 26 53.2
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 19 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1116 7x2x0,75
B B
7 27 +30B-X4 27 53.2
8 28 +30B-X4 28 53.3
9 29 +30B-X4 29 53.3
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 20 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W1205 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 7 49.2
2 2 +11V-X 8 49.2
3 3 +11V-X 32 50.2
4 4 +11V-X 33 54.2
5 5 +11V-X 34 54.2
C C
6 6 +11V-X 35 54.3
7 7 +11V-X 36 54.4
8 8 +11V-X 37 54.5
9 9 +11V-X 38 54.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 21 21
DRAWING
20 < PAGE PAGE > =2F/1 NORM NO.
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
=2F+30BP BRIDGE/AFT PANEL REMARK:
. WITH TERMINAL STRIP
A =2F+31B ALL CABLE MARKED AS BUS CABLE A
INTERFACE BOX ALL CABLE SHIELDED
=2F+30B
DP CONTROL SYSTEM 7 FIFI PUMP CONTROL 8 SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
W2115
10x2x0,75
BUS W2116
4x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
ECR PANEL
=2F+20EP 4x2x0,75 JOYSTICK CONTROL
6
W2122
W2107
2x2,5
W2121
B W2117 SYSTEM B
. 4x2x0,75
MAIN SUPPLY 24V DC

INTERFACE PLATE CENTRAL UNIT/STBD W2101 FUSED 10A
CONSUMPTION MAX. 120W
=2F+20E 2x6
BATTERY SUPPLY 24V DC
=2F+00C W2102 FUSED 10A
2x6 CONSUMPTION MAX. 120W
W2106
1x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
C MAIN SWITCH BOARD 4 C
W2118
W2103
2x2,5
W2105 W2119
2x2,5 BUS 2x2x0,75
W2104
1x2x0,75 W2120.1
1x2x0,75 ALARM SYSTEM 5
1 FUEL RACK POS.(4-20mA)
W2120
2 ENG. REMOTE SELECTED 4x2x0,75
CPP ACCEPT REMOTE
ENG. REMOTE CONTROL
ENGINE SPEED (4-20mA)
D MAIN CLUTCH DISENGAGED LOCAL CONTROL BOX D
(START ENABLE)
SLOW DOWN / PITCH REDUCE =2F+10V
SHUT DOWN / PITCH TO ZERO =2F+12V
3 SPEED SETTING (4-20mA)
4x2x0,75
2x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
2x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
1x2x0,75
4 SHAFT GENERATOR BREAKER ON
W2112
4x1,5
W2113
W2114
W2111
W2108
W2109
W2110
CRPM SELECTED
5 CONTROL FAILURE
MAIN POWER FAILURE
BATTERY POWER FAILURE
E LOAD >80% ALARM (FIFI MODE) ENGINE ENGINE AIR SOURCE E
HUB LUBRICATION FAULT JUNCTION BOX CONTROL STATION PANEL
6 7 REQUEST SIGNAL (NO CONTACT) VALVE VALVE P10 P11 PITCH

READY SIGNAL (NO CONTACT) 1 2 3 AHEAD ASTERN LIMITS
PITCH CONTROL SIGNAL (4-20mA)
PITCH FEEDBACK SIGNAL (4-20mA)
CPP HYDRAULIC
MAIN ENGINE YANMAR 8N280M-EV MANOEUVRE VALVE PITCH CONTROL UNIT (P3-31843)
8 FIFI CLUTCH ENGAGED (NO CONTACT)
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
=1F/55 < PAGE PAGE > 2 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
A =2F+30BP BRIDGE/AFT PANEL ALL CABLE MARKED AS BUS CABLE A
. WITH TERMINAL STRIP MUST BE A TWISTED PAIR TYPE
=2F+31B
ALL CABLE SHIELDED
INTERFACE BOX SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
=2F+30B
B ECR PANEL B
=2F+20EP
.
INTERFACE PLATE
=2F+20E
C C
CENTRAL UNIT/STBD
=2F+00C
4x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
7x2x0,75
W2203
W2204
2x2,5
W2201
W2202
W2205
D D
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/STBD

(BACK-UP CONTROL)
=2F+11V
E E
BACK-UP CONTROL
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:

ALL CABLE SHIELDED
SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY
CENTRAL UNIT/STBD
B B
=2F+00C
C C
2x2x0,75
W2301
4x1,5
W2302
D D
CLUTCH CLUTCH CLUTCH ALARM

ENGAGING DISENGAGING PRESS. SUPRESSION (10s)
VALVE VALVE DURING ENGAGEMENT
E MAIN CLUTCH / STBD E
CLUTCH CONTROL
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
REMARK:

ALL CABLE SHIELDED
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL SHIELD MUST BE GROUNDED AT ONE END ONLY

=2F+30BP
.
INTERFACE BOX
=2F+30B
B B
(PITCH/SHAFT SPEED)
ECR PANEL
=2F+20EP
2x2x0,75
.
W2404
INDICATIONS
INTERFACE PLATE
W2407
=2F+20E 4x2x0,75
C C
INDICATIONS
(PITCH/SHAFT SPEED)
W2403
2x2x0,75
ENGINE CONTROL
STATION
ZERO PITCH CONTACT
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/STBD MAIN ENG./STBD
FIFI PUMP CONTROL
W2402 ECR CONTROL
D =2F+12V 2x1,5 BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL D
2x2x0,75
BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL
PITCH POSITION (4-20mA)
W2405
2x1,5
W2406
2x2x0,75
W2401
ISOLATED 24V DC
FOR WATER SENSORS
WATER SATURATION (4-20mA) BCP HUB LUBRICATION
E HYDR. OIL TEMP. (4-20mA) OIL SYSTEM E
LUB. OIL FLOW (4-20mA)
SHAFT SPEED
SENSOR (P4-31976)
INDICATION SYSTEM
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ALL NOT DESIGNATED WIRES ARE H07-VK 0,5 QMM

-U1
+ -
A OUTPUT 1,5 A
DC/DC CONVERTER
INPUT
+ - PE
B B
-V1 -F3 -F4
4A 6A
1,5
P24C/2 6.1
0VC/2 6.1
-F1 -F2 P24CN/2
15.1
0VCN/2
15.1
2A 2A
C A1 A1 C
X1 X1
-K1 -H1 -K2 -H2 -X 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
wh X2 wh X2
A2 A2 -W2204 -W2103 -W2105 -W2107
1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5 1 2 2x2,5
16.1 14 16.2 14
16.1 12 11 16.2 12 11
D D
BRIDGE
CB2/2
1,5 1,5 CB1/2 +30B 40.1
+30B 40.1
-X 1 2 -X 3 4 PE PE
ECR
CM2/2 +20E 28.1
CM1/2 +20E 28.1
E -W2101 -W2102 E
2x6 1 2 2x6 1 2
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
24V DC 24V DC CV2/2
CV1/2 +10V 18.1
FUSE: 10AT FUSE: 10AT LOCAL BOX +10V 18.1
MAIN BATTERY
POWER CONSUMPTION POWER CONSUMPTION CNV2/2
CNV1/2 +10V 18.1
120W 120W +10V 18.1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 7.1
A A
B B
C C
12 14 12 14
-K10 -K11
10.2 11 10.3 11
CLUTCH CLUTCH
D ENGAGE DISENGAGE D
VALVE VALVE
0VC/2 0VC/2
5.8 7.1
-XG 1 2 -XG 3 4
-W2301
E 4x1,5 1 2 3 4 E
+GB
-X000 37 38 39 40
GEARBOX
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 8.1

6.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 8.1
CCB1/2 8.1
A CCB2/2 A
8.1
B B
-D1 -D1
ABG 1 4
PS4-341-MM1
0V1
PE
0V2
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
Digitaler Ausgang
16 Digital-Eingänge/14 Digital-Ausgänge 24V-DC digital output
2 Analog-Ein-/1 Analog-Ausgabe PRG K DISPLAY ON DELAYED
a1 I0.0 13.6 SHAFT SPEED b1 Q0.0 13.1 ENABLE SG2000

a2 I0.1 b2 Q0.1 9.2 CONTROL FAILURE 7.2 Q0.3
a3 I0.2 11.4 ME REMOTE SELECTED b3 Q0.2 9.3 80% LOAD ALARM
a4 I0.3 11.5 ME REMOTE CONTROL b4 Q0.3 7.6 DISPLAY ON DELAYED b4
C a5 I0.4 11.7 SHAFT GENO ON b5 Q0.4 C
a6 I0.5 11.8 JOYSTICK REQUEST b6 Q0.5
a7 I0.6 11.1 CLUTCH PRESS. b7 Q0.6 ------ ONLY INDICATION ------
a8 I0.7 15.6 BACK-UP ON b8 Q0.7 ------ ONLY INDICATION ------
a9 I1.0 13.1 REMOTE ENABLE CPP b9 Q1.0 9.3 HUB LUBRICATION FAU
a10 I1.1 13.3 FAILURE SG2000 b10 Q1.1 9.4 CPP ACCEPT REMOTE
a11 I1.2 11.2 SHUT DOWN ME b11 Q1.2 9.5 READY FOR JOYSTICK -A1 24V 0V 2 3 5
a12 I1.3 11.3 SLOW DOWN ME b12 Q1.3 9.6 RCS. ACTIV/BU OFF
a13 I1.4 12.2 FIFI CLUTCH ENGAGED b13 Q1.4 9.7 CRPM SELECETED
a14 I1.5 16.6 DISPLAY POWER ON b14 Q1.5 10.2 CLUTCH IN DISPLAY UNIT
a15 I1.6 16.7 SW. H TO BACK-UP b15 Q1.6 10.3 CLUTCH OUT XV-232-57
D a16 I1.7 16.7 SCAN FAILURE b16 Q1.7 10.4 ALARM SUPPRESSION ( D
Analogein-/ausgabe
U0 AI0.0 GND
U1 AI0.1
U10 AQ0.0
0.0.0
E E
S1
ON
OFF
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 11.1

7.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 9.1
7.8 CCB1/2
A CCB2/2 A
7.8
-D2
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
B Suconet K1/K B
U0 AI0.0 13.5 ACTUAL PITCH U0 QA0.0 13.4 REFERENCE 10V

0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 13.3 PITCH SETT.CTRL. U1 QA0.1 13.2 PITCH SETTING
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 U2 QA0.2 15.3 SPEED SETTING ME
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 U3 QA0.3 17.6 CPP FEEDBACK (0- 10V)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 13.5 ACTUAL PITCH BACK- UP
0V
C I1 AI0.5 12.4 ACTUAL SPEED ME C
0V
I2 AI0.6 12.6 ACTUAL LOAD ME
0V
I3 AI0.7 17.5 JOYST.DEMAND (4- 20mA
0V
1.1.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0 - 10V IN
OFF OFF OFF +/-10V OUT
D D
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE
OFF: 0 - FFFh
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
-X1 1 2 PE
ON : 0-10V
S3-6: INPUT RANGE
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V -W2104
OFF,ON : +/-10V 1 2 1x2x0,75
ON ,OFF: 0-5V
ON ,ON : 0-10V
S3-8: BUS FORMAT CMB2/2
OFF: PS3-FORMAT (K1) CMB1/2 +20E 28.1
ON : SBI-FORMAT(K) +20E 28.1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1 -D1
CONTROL FAILURE 80% LOAD ALARM HUB LUBRICATION CPP ACCEPT REMOTE READY FOR JOYSTICK RCS. ACTIV/BU OFF CRPM SELECETED
FAULT
7.2 Q0.1 7.2 Q0.2 7.2 Q1.0 7.2 Q1.1 7.2 Q1.2 7.2 Q1.3 7.2 Q1.4
b2 b3 b9 b10 b11 b12 b13
B B
C C
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
D -K3 -K4 -K5 -K6 -K7 -K8 -K9 D

A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
8.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 10.1
E 16.3 14 16.3 14 16.4 14 14.3 14 17.2 14 15.6 14 14.2 14 E

16.3 12
24
11 16.3 12
24
11 16.4 12
24
11 14.3 12
24
11 17.2 12
24
11 15.6 12
24
11 14.2 12
24
11
16.5 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 21
16.5
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-D1 -D1 -D1
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang

CLUTCH IN CLUTCH OUT ALARM SUPPRESSION
(10s)
7.2 Q1.5 7.2 Q1.6 7.2 Q1.7

b14 b15 b16
B B
C C
A1 A1 A1
D -K10 -K11 -K12 D

A2 A2 A2
9.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 11.1
E 6.2 14 6.3 14 14.6 14 E

6.2 12
24
11 6.3 12
24
11 14.6 12
24
11
22 21 22 21 22 21
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 12.1
A A
-XG 5 -XM 1 -XM 3 -XM 5 -XM 7 -XM 9 -X2 1 -X2 17
-W2302 -W2108 -W2109 -W2119 -W2117

1 2x2x0.75 2x2x0.75 1 3 7x2x0,75 1 3 1 2x2x0.75 1 4x2x0,75
+GB +ME +ME +ME +ME +MSB +JOY

-X000 5 -X x -X x -X P23 -X P25 -X 1 -X x
GEARBOX SPARE MAIN JOYSTICK
SWITCH REQUEST
B BOARD B
7 x x P24 P26 2 x
-W2302 -W2108 -W2109 -W2119 -W2117

2 2x2x0.75 2x2x0.75 2 4 7x2x0,75 2 4 2 2x2x0.75 2 4x2x0,75
-XG 6 -XM 2 -XM 4 -XM 6 -XM 8 -XM 10 -X2 2 -X2 18
C OVERLOAD C
CONTACT
(NOT AVAILABLE)
-D1 a7 -D1 a11 -D1 a12 -D1 a3 -D1 a4 -D1 a5 -D1 a6
7.2 I0.6 7.2 I1.2 7.2 I1.3 7.2 I0.2 7.2 I0.3 7.2 I0.4 7.2 I0.5
CLUTCH PRESS. SHUT DOWN ME SLOW DOWN ME ME REMOTE SELECTED ME REMOTE CONTROL SHAFT GENO ON JOYSTICK REQUEST
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input
D D
A1
-K13
A2
10.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 12.1
E E
14.4 14
12 11
14.4 24
22 21
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 15.1
A +ME MAIN ENGINE +ME MAIN ENGINE A

-X2 15 -X CONTROL -X JUNCTION BOX
-W2121 P21 P22 15 16

1x2x0.75 1
-W2109 -W2111
9 10 7x2x0,75 1 2 1x2x0.75
+FIFI
-X 1
-XM -XM
15 16 17 18
FIFI
B PUMP CONTROL B
+FIFI
-X -U2 -U3
2
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
0-20mA 0-10V 0-20mA 0-10V
-W2121 B13000 B13000
1x2x0.75 2 SUPPLY SUPPLY
INPUT INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT
C C
0-20mA 0-20mA
-X2 16 8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
-D1 a13 I1 0V I2 0V
7.2 I1.4 8.1 AI0.5 8.1 AI0.6
FIFI CLUTCH ACTUAL SPEED ME ACTUAL LOAD ME

ENGAGED
D D
Digitaler Eingang analogue input analogue input
digital input
-D2 -D2
11.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 15.1
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D1 -D2 -D2
Digitaler Ausgang analogue output analogue output
digital output
ENABLE SG2000 PITCH SETTING REFERENCE 10V
A A
7.2 Q0.0 8.1 QA0.1 8.1 QA0.0

b1 U1 0V U0 0V
U1 0V U0 0V
8.1 AI0.1 8.1 AI0.0
B PITCH SETT.CTRL. ACTUAL PITCH B

-X 16 17 18 19
-D2
21 22 23
-D2
-W2118
7x2x0,75 2 3 4 5 7 8 9
CV3/2
CV4/2 +10V 18.1
C CV7/2 +10V 18.1 C
CV6/2 +10V 19.1
CV5/2 +10V 19.1
+10V 19.1
CV8/2 +10V 19.1
CV9/2 +12V 25.3
CV10/2 +12V 25.3
CV11/2 +12V 25.3
CV12/2 +12V 25.3
CV13/2 +12V 25.3
LOCAL BOX CV14/2
+12V 27.5
D D
-W2118
7x2x0,75 1 6 10 11 12
-X 15 20 24 25 26
-D1 a9 -D1 a10 I0 0V -D1 a1

E 7.2 I1.0 7.2 I1.1 7.2 I0.0 E
8.1 AI0.4
REMOTE ENABLE CPP FAILURE SG2000 ACTUAL PITCH BACK- SHAFT SPEED
UP
Analog Eingang
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang analogue input Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input
-D2
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
CPP CONTROL START ALARM

CONSTANT RPM ACCEPT REMOTE INTERLOCK IF SUPPRESSION
SELECTED RPM CLUTCH ENGAGED CONTACT
B 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 B
-K9 -K6 -K13 -K12
9.7 11 9.4 11 11.2 11 10.4 11
C C
-X2 3 4 -XM 11 12 -XM 13 14 -XG 7 8
D -W2119 D
-W2109 -W2302
2x2x0.75 3 4 7x2x0,75 5 6 7 8 2x2x0.75 3 4
+MSB +ME +GB

-X 3 4 -X P27 P28 P29 P30 -X000 x x
MAIN SWITCHBOARD MAIN ENGINE CONTROL GEARBOX CONTROL

E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
12.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 16.1

5.8 P24CN/2
-D2 12 14
A A
Analog Ausgang
analogue output -K8
9.6 11
SPEED SETTING ME
-X 31
8.1 QA0.2
-W2203
U2 0V 4x2x0,75 5
B CNV7/2 B
LOCAL BOX +11V 21.1
CNV4/2 +11V 21.1
CNV5/2 +11V 21.1
CNV3/2 +10V 19.1
CNV6/2 +11V 21.1
-U4 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
0-20mA 0-10V -W2203
B13000 4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC
C
OUTPUT -X 27 28 29 30 C
0-20mA
8- +5 6 -
-D1 a8
7.2 I0.7
BACK-UP ON
A1
D D
12 14 22 24
-K14 Digitaler Eingang
-K14 A2
digital input
15.5 11 21
5.8 0VCN/2
12.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 16.1
-XM 19 20 -XM 21 22 15.3 14

15.3 12 11
15.3 24
E 15.3 22 21
E
SPARE -W2110
1 2 1x2x0.75
24V OUTPUT
FOR E/P CONVERTER +ME SPEED SETTING
(NOT USED) SIGNAL (4-20mA)
-X P+ P-
AIR SOURCE PANEL (YANMAR)
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15.8 P24C/2 P24C/2 17.1
A A
13 13 13
B
-S1 -S2 -S3 B
14 14 14
22 24
-K3
9.2 21
C C
HUB -D1 a14 -D1 a15 -D1 a16

MAIN POWER BATTERY POWER CONTROL LUBRICATION 80% LOAD ALARM
FAILURE FAILURE FAILURE FAULT (AT FIFI MODE ONLY) 7.2 I1.5 7.2 I1.6 7.2 I1.7
DISPLAY POWER ON SW. H TO BACK-UP SCAN FAILURE

X1
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 -H3
D -K1 -K2 -K3 -K5 -K4 X2
Digitaler Eingang
digital input
Digitaler Eingang
digital input
Digitaler Eingang
digital input D
5.1 11 5.3 11 9.2 11 9.3 11 9.3 11
15.8 0VC/2 0VC/2 17.1
-X2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
-W2120 -W2120.1
4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1x2x0.75
E E
+AL
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ALARM SYSTEM
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D2
Analog Ausgang
16.8 P24C/2 analogue output
A A
CPP FEEDBACK (0-
10V)
8.1 QA0.3
U3 0V
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- -U5
4-20mA 0-10V
B13000
B SUPPLY INPUT B
24V DC OUTPUT
4-20mA
8- +5 6 -
16.8
0VC/2 -X2 23 24
-W2117
C 4x2x0,75 7 8 C
JOYSTICK CONTROL SYSTEM

7 8
CPP FEEDBACK
CPP ORDER (4-20mA)
(4-20mA)
+JOY
-X
1 2 5 6
D D
-W2117
4x2x0,75 3 4 5 6
-X2 19 20 -X2 21 22
I3 0V
12 14
8.1 AI0.7
E -K7 E
9.5 11 JOYST.DEMAND (4-
20mA)
Analog Eingang
READY FOR analogue input
JOYSTICK
-D2
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24L/2 19.1
P24LN/2 19.1
A A
REMOTE
LOCAL
21 33 13
-S1
22 34 14
LOCAL/REMOTE
SWITCH CPP
B B
I1
20.1
LOCAL SWITCH IN REMOTE
LOGO-INPUT
+11V
-A1
C C
X1 X1 A1
-H1 -H2 -K1
X2 X2 A2
wh wh
LOCAL REMOTE
D D
0VLN/2
0VL/2 19.1
19.1
-X 19.3 14 +11V
1 2 3 4 19.3 12 11 1 2
24 -X
22 21
E CV1/2 E
+00C 5.6 CV2/2
+00C 5.6 CV3/2
+00C 13.8 CV4/2
+00C 13.8
CNV1/2
+00C 5.6 CNV2/2
+00C 5.6
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24L/2 P24L/2
18.8 P24LN/2 P24LN/2 +11V 21.1
18.8 +11V 20.1
A A
12 14
-K1
18.4 11
-A1 +11V
-A1
+11V
-A1
+11V
-A1
14 7 8 3
P24 Enable LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT
Failure
BACK-UP CONTROL ON PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN
SERVO CONTROLLER SG 2000
Meas.points 20.1 20.1 20.1
B +/-10V VALVE Imax VALVE B
Ireq Iact
0V Uin GND ASTERN 1,5A AHEAD
13 1 2 11 9 12 10 V5 V 6 4 Q3/1 Q3/2
, Q1/1 Q1/2
, Q2/1 Q2/2
,
C C
A1 12 14 22 24 32 34 42 44
+11V
+11V -K1
-K1 A2 19.5 11 21 31 41
D D
+11V 12 14 +11V 12 14
-K2 -K3
21.7 11 21.7 11
18.8 0VLN/2 0VLN/2 +11V 20.1
18.8 0VL/2 0VL/2 +12V 27.1
-X +11V -X
5 6 7 8 12 15 16 17 18
-X
+00C 13.8 CV5/2 -W2112
E CV6/2 4x1,5 E
+00C 13.8 19.6 14
12 11
1 2 3 4
CV7/2 19.6 24
+00C 13.8 19.6 22 A1 A1
CV8/2 21
+00C 13.8 19.6 34
19.7 32 +HY +HY
CNV3/2 31
+00C 15.8 19.7 44 -Y1 A2 -Y2 A2
19.7 42 41
19.7
TO CENTRAL UNIT AHEAD ASTERN
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24LN/2 P24LN/2
+10V 19.8 0VLN/2 0VLN/2 21.1
+10V 19.8 21.1
A A
-A1 -A2
L+ M LOGO_12/24RC L+ M
LOGO DM16 24R
8 Eingänge DC 12/24V 8 Eingänge DC 12/24V
4 Relaisausgänge 8A 8 Relaisausgänge 5A
I1 18.4 LOCAL SWITCH IN REMOTE I1 23.6 BRI FWD PITCH ASTERN

I2 24.3 BRI AFT BACK-UP ON
B I2 22.2 SELECTOR ECR/BRI I3 24.4 BRI AFT PITCH AHEAD B
I4 24.5 BRI AFT PITCH ASTERN
I3 22.3 ECR BACK-UP ON I5 21.4 REMOTE CONTROL ACTIVE
I6 22.1 ECR LAMPTEST
I4 22.4 ECR PITCH AHEAD I7 23.1 BRI FWD LAMPTEST
I8 24.2 BRI AFT LAMPTEST
I5 22.5 ECR PITCH ASTERN
I6 23.2 SELECTOR BRI FWD/AFT Q1/1 22.5 ECR BU CTRL ECR ON

Q1/2
I7 23.3 BRI FWD BACK-UP ON
Q2/1 22.6 ECR BU CTRL BRI ON
I8 23.5 BRI FWD PITCH AHEAD Q2/2
C C
Q3/1 23.5 FWD BU CTRL ECR ON
Q3/2
Q1/1 19.6 PITCH AHEAD
Q4/1 23.6 FWD BU CTRL FWD ON
Q1/2 Q4/2
-X 3 4 5 6 7 8
Q2/1 19.7 PITCH ASTERN Q5/1 23.7 FWD BU CTRL AFT ON
Q5/2
Q2/2
Q6/1 24.5 AFT CTRL ECR ON
Q3/1 19.5 BACK-UP CONTROL ON Q6/2
-W2201 1 2 -W2202 1 2 -W2205 1 2
Q3/2 Q7/1 24.6 AFT BU CTRL FWD ON 7x2x0,75 7x2x0,75 7x2x0,75
D D
Q7/2
Q4/1 21.3 SWITCH RCS OFF
Q8/1 24.7 AFT BU CTRL AFT ON
Q4/2 Q8/2 CNW2/2
CNW1/2 +31B 49.1
+31B 49.1
BRIDGE/AFT TERMINALS
CNB2/2 +30B 43.1

CNB1/2 +30B 43.1
E E
CNM2/2
CNM1/2 +20E 32.1
+20E 32.1
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
20.8 P24LN/2 P24LN/2 22.1

+10V 19.8 P24L/2 P24L/2 +12V 27.1
A A
Z2
B B
-R1 4,7k
Z1 -A1
-U1 1 2 5 6 7
LOGO-OUTPUT
I5 LIMIT SWITCH
R/ I-TRANSMITTER SWITCH RCS OFF
24V S A 502-1G 20.3 AHEAD ASTERN
500 Ohm
REMOTE CONTROL ACTIVE

4-20mA
0V 20.1
3 4 9 8
Q4/1 Q4/2
, LOGO-INPUT
C A1 A1 C
-A2
-K2 -K3
A2 A2
D D
20.8 0VLN/2 0VLN/2 +12V 25.1
19.6 14 19.7 14
-X 13 14 15 16 9 10 11 19.6 12 11 19.7 12 11
24 24
22 21 22 21
E -W2114 E
2x2x0.75 1 2 3
CNV4/2
+00C 15.8 CNV5/2
+00C 15.8 PITCH CONNECTION BOX
+00C 15.8
CNV6/2 +PCU 7 8 11
CNV7/2
+00C 15.8 -X LIMIT SWITCH
AHEAD ASTERN
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24LN/2 P24LN/2
21.8 +12V 25.1
-A2 -A2
LOGO-OUTPUT LOGO-OUTPUT
A -F1 ECR BU CTRL ECR ON ECR BU CTRL BRI ON A
2A
20.3 20.3
Q1/1 Q1/2
, Q2/1 Q2/2
,
P24LNL/2
23.1
22 23
B -W2201 B
7x2x0,75 8 9
CNM8/2 +20E 35.1

CNM9/2 +20E 35.1
CNM3/2 +20E 32.1
CNM4/2
CNM5/2 +20E 32.1
CNM6/2 +20E 35.1
CNM7/2 +20E 35.1
ECR INTERFACE PLATE +20E 35.1
C C
-W2201
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6 7
-X 17 18 19 20 21
D I6 I2 I3 I4 I5 D
20.3 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.1
ECR LAMPTEST SELECTOR ECR/BRI ECR BACK-UP ON ECR PITCH AHEAD ECR PITCH ASTERN

-A2 -A1 -A1 -A1 -A1
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A2 -A2 -A2

FWD BU CTRL ECR ON FWD BU CTRL FWD ON FWD BU CTRL AFT ON
A A
20.3 20.3 20.3
Q3/1 Q3/2
, Q4/1 Q4/2
, Q5/1 Q5/2
,
P24LNL/2 P24LNL/2
22.8 24.1
-X
29 30 31
B -W2202 B
7x2x0,75 8 9 10
CNB10/2 +30B 48.1

BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX CNB9/2 +30B 48.1
CNB8/2 +30B 48.1
CNB3/2
CNB4/2 +30B 44.1
CNB5/2 +30B 44.1
C CNB6/2 +30B 48.1 C
CNB7/2 +30B 48.1
+30B 48.1
-W2202
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6 7
-X 24 25 26 27 28
D D
I7 I6 I7 I8 I1
20.3 20.1 20.1 20.1 20.3
BRI FWD LAMPTEST SELECTOR BRI FWD/AFT BRI FWD BACK-UP ON BRI FWD PITCH AHEAD BRI FWD PITCH ASTERN

-A2 -A1 -A1 -A1 -A2
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-A2 -A2 -A2

AFT CTRL ECR ON AFT BU CTRL FWD ON AFT BU CTRL AFT ON
A A
20.3 20.3 20.3
Q6/1 Q6/2
, Q7/1 Q7/2
, Q8/1 Q8/2
,
P24LNL/2
23.8
-X 36 37 38
B -W2205 B
7x2x0,75
7 8 9
BRIDGE/AFT TERMINALS CNW9/2 +31B 54.1

CNW8/2 +31B 54.1
CNW7/2 +31B 54.1
CNW3/2
CNW4/2 +31B 50.1
CNW5/2 +31B 54.1
C CNW6/2 +31B 54.1 C
+31B 54.1
-W2205
7x2x0,75 3 4 5 6
-X 32 33 34 35
D D
I8 I2 I3 I4
20.3 20.3 20.3 20.3
BRI AFT LAMPTEST BRI AFT BACK-UP ON BRI AFT PITCH AHEAD BRI AFT PITCH ASTERN
LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT LOGO-INPUT

-A2 -A2 -A2 -A2
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+11V 22.8 P24LN/2 P24LN/2 26.1
A A
PITCH INDICATION
-U1 2 PC02 6 7 -5V - 0 - +5V
PITCH AMP (EK 1140)
1 3 5 4
B B
7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U2 0-20mA 0-10V
B13000
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT
0-20mA
8- +5 6 -
C LL4/2 C
LL3/2 26.1
26.1
+11V 21.8 0VLN/2 0VLN/2 26.1
D +10V +10V D
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 -X 12 13 -X 7 8 -X 9 10
-X
-W2403 -W2404
-W2113 1 2 2x2x0.75 1 2 2x2x0.75
4x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5 6
E E
CENTRAL ECR INTERFACE PLATE BRIDGE/FWD

+PCU UNIT INTERFACE BOX
CV9/2
-X 1 2 3 4 5 6 +00C 13.8 CV10
CV10/2 VM2/2 VB2/2
+00C 13.8 CV11
CV11/2 VM1/2 +20E 36.1 VB1/2 +30B 47.1
PITCH PITCH +00C 13.8 +20E 36.1 +30B 47.1
CONNECTION POSITION CV12
CV12/2
+00C 13.8 CV13
CV13/2
BOX INDICATION CONTROL +00C 13.8
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
25.8 P24LN/2 P24LN/2 27.1
A A
REMARK:
-U3 TO ADJUST -5% / INITIATED ASTERN DIRECTION
1 7 5 1 7 5 -U4 TO ADJUST +5% / INITIATED AHEAD DIRECTION
-U3 -U4
+ +
B RI 51 RI 51 B
0 - 20mA 0 - 20mA
- + - - + -
2 3 4 6 2 3 4 6
LL3/2
25.8 LL4/2
25.8
C C
CONTACT CLOSED
IN ZERO PITCH
POSITION
ENABLE FIFI PUMP
D D
A1 A1 12 14 12 14
-K1 -K2 -K1 -K2
26.2 11 26.3 11
A2 A2
25.8 0VLN/2 0VLN/2 27.1
E -X 11 12 E
26.4 14
12 11 26.5 14
12 11 -W2402
26.4 24 26.5 24 1 2 2x1,5
22 21 22 21
+FIFI
-X x x
FIFI PUMP CONTROL
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+11V 21.8 P24L/2

26.8 P24LN/2
A A
2 24 23 22
-U5
+
+ +
DW2004
- + - Q
B 1 5 6 10 B
ADJUSTMENT:
41,67 Hz = 10V
VCC
+10V 1 7
GND
-U1 9
2 8
OUT
C C
26.8 0VLN/2
+10V 19.8 0VL/2
D +10V D
-X 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 -X 14
-W2401 -W2403 -W2404

2x2x0.75 1 2 3 2x2x0.75 3 4 2x2x0.75 3 4
+00C 13.8 CV14/2

E VB4/2 E
VB3/2 +30B 47.1
+30B 47.1
1 2 3
+ER
-B1 - ECR INTERFACE PLATE
+ Q
VM4/2
VM3/2 +20E 36.1
+20E 36.1
10 Bolts
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24M/2 29.1
0VM/2 29.1
A MB1/2 A
29.1
MB2/2 29.1
-D1
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
Suconet K1/K
B U0 AI0.0 31.2 ECR LEVER PITCH U0 QA0.0 31.2 ECR 10V REFERENCE B
0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 31.6 ECR POTI SPEED SETTIN U1 QA0.1 31.6 ECR 10V REFERENCE
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 31.7 ECR POTI LOAD LIMIT U2 QA0.2 39.7 PITCH POSITION (0- 10
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 38.5 DP CONTROL SIGNAL (0- U3 QA0.3 38.7 CPP FEEDBACK (2- 10V)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 31.5 ECR CTRL POTIS
0V
I1 AI0.5 37.3 WATER SATURATION (4-2
0V
I2 AI0.6 37.5 HYDR.OIL TEMP. (4- 20
C 0V C
I3 AI0.7 37.7 LUB.OIL FLOW (4- 20mA
0V
1.2.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0-10V IN
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE

D OFF: 0 - FFFh D
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
-X 1 2 -X1 1 2 PE
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
ON : 0-10V
S3-6: INPUT RANGE
S3-7: INPUT RANGE
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V
E CM1/2 OFF,ON : +/-10V E
+00C 5.6 CM2/2 ON ,OFF: 0-5V
+00C 5.6 ON ,ON : 0-10V
S3-8: BUS FORMAT
OFF: PS3-FORMAT
CMB1/2 ON : SBI-FORMAT(K)
+00C 8.6 CMB2/2
+00C 8.6
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
28.8 P24M/2 P24M/2 30.1

28.8 0VM/2 0VM/2 30.1
28.8 MB1/2
A MB2/2 A
28.8
-D2 -D3
1 41 4
0V
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
0V
24V
PE 1 2
Erweiterungsmodul SPS EM4-201-DX2 Lokale Erweiterung LE4-116-XD1
B B
a1 I0.0 32.2 ECR LAMPTEST b1 I0.8 a1 Q0.0 33.2 ECR TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 34.3 ECR OVERLOAD ME
a2 I0.1 32.3 ECR SELECTOR b2 I0.9 a2 Q0.1 33.3 ECR CRPM MODE ON b2 Q0.9 34.4 ECR LOCAL CONTROL
a3 I0.2 32.5 ECR TAKE OVER/IN C b3 I0.10 a3 Q0.2 33.4 ECR CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 34.5 ECR ECR CONTROL
a4 I0.3 32.6 ECR CRPM MODE ON b4 I0.11 a4 Q0.3 33.5 ECR CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 34.6 ECR BRIDGE CONTROL
a5 I0.4 32.7 ECR CLUTCH IN b5 I0.12 a5 Q0.4 31.3 ECR MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 34.7 ECR CLUTCH BLOCKED
a6 I0.5 32.8 ECR CLUTCH OUT b6 I0.13 a6 Q0.5 31.4 ECR MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13
a7 I0.6 38.2 DP REQUEST b7 I0.14 a7 Q0.6 34.1 ECR BUZZER b7 Q0.14 38.3 READY FOR DP AFTER
a8 I0.7 b8 I0.15 a8 Q0.7 34.2 ECR LOAD LIMIT b8 Q0.15 (READY FOR DP)
1.3.0 1.3.1
C C
S1 S2
ON ON
OFF OFF
D D
-X1 3 4 PE
E -W2106 E
1 2 1x2x0.75
MBB2/2
MBB1/2 +30B 40.1
+30B 40.1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F ax : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
29.8 P24M/2 P24M/2 31.1

29.8 0VM/2 0VM/2 31.1
A A
-D4
0V
+24V
0V
24V
a1 Q0.0 39.1 ECR CONTROL b1 Q0.8

B a2 Q0.1 39.2 BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL b2 Q0.9 B
a3 Q0.2 39.3 BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL b3 Q0.10
a4 Q0.3 b4 Q0.11
a5 Q0.4 b5 Q0.12
a6 Q0.5 b6 Q0.13
a7 Q0.6 b7 Q0.14
a8 Q0.7 b8 Q0.15
1.3.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
30.8 P24M/2
-D1 -D3 -D3 -D1
analogue output Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
A digital output digital output A
ECR 10V REFERENCE ECR MOVE LEVER UP ECR MOVE LEVER ECR 10V REFERENCE
DOWN
28.3 QA0.0 29.5 Q0.4 29.5 Q0.5 28.3 QA0.1

U0 0V a5 a6 U1 0V
-X2 1 3 5 6 7
B B
EP24/2 32.1
=1F 31.5 POT1M
=1F 31.5 L1M

L2M
=1F 31.5
Z2 Z2
+20EP +20EP
C -R1 -R2 C
Z1 Z1
=1F 31.5 POT3M

=1F 31.5 POT2M
=1F 31.5 EP0/2 EP0/2 33.1
ECR PANEL
D D
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
-X2
2 4 8 9 10
30.8 0VM/2
U0 0V I0 0V U1 0V U2 0V
E E
28.3 AI0.0 28.3 AI0.4 28.3 AI0.1 28.3 AI0.2
ECR LEVER PITCH ECR CTRL POTIS ECR POTI SPEED ECR POTI LOAD
SETTING LIMIT
Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
analogue input analogue input analogue input analogue input
-D1 -D1 -D1 -D1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
31.8 EP24/2
EP24N/2 35.1
A A
13 21 43 31 13 21 43 31
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP 13
+20EP +20EP -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4
-S1 14 22 44 32
-S2 14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
B B
EP0N/2 35.4
ECR PANEL
-X2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C C
-D2 a1 -D2 a2 -D2 a3 -D2 a4 -D2 a5 -D2 a6

29.1 I0.0 29.1 I0.1 29.1 I0.2 29.1 I0.3 29.1 I0.4 29.1 I0.5
ECR LAMPTEST ECR SELECTOR ECR TAKE OVER/IN ECR CRPM MODE ON ECR CLUTCH IN ECR CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
D D
-XN 1 2 3 4 ECR INTERFACE PLATE
+11V 20.8 CNM1/2

+11V 20.8 CNM2/2
E CNM3/2 E
+11V 22.8 CNM4/2
+11V 22.8
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
digital output digital output digital output digital output
ECR TAKE OVER/IN ECR CRPM MODE ON ECR CLUTCH IN ECR CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
29.5 Q0.0 29.5 Q0.1 29.5 Q0.2 29.5 Q0.3

a1 a2 a3 a4
B B
-X2 21 22 23 24
ECR
INTERFACE PLATE
ECR PANEL
+20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1

C -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4 C
32.5 32.6 32.7 32.8
X2 X2 X2 X2
31.8 EP0/2 EP0/2 34.1
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
ECR BUZZER ECR LOAD LIMIT ECR OVERLOAD ME ECR LOCAL CONTROL ECR ECR CONTROL ECR BRIDGE CONTROL ECR CLUTCH BLOCKED
29.5 Q0.6 29.5 Q0.7 29.5 Q0.8 29.5 Q0.9 29.5 Q0.10 29.5 Q0.11 29.5 Q0.12
a7 a8 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5
B B
-X2 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
ECR
INTERFACE PLATE
ECR PANEL
+20EP +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1 +20EP X1
-H1 -H2 -H3 -H4 -H5 -H6 -H7
C C
ye X2 rd X2 gn X2 gn X2 gn X2 ye X2
33.8 EP0/2
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
32.8 EP24N/2
A A
13 13 23 +20EP +20EP
+20EP +20EP X1
-H8
X1
-SH5 -SH5
14
-S3 14 24 35.2
X2 X2
BACK-UP PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN ECR BRIDGE
CONTROL BACK-UP BACK-UP
ECR ON CONTROL ON CONTROL ON
B B
32.2 EP0N/2
ECR PANEL
C C
-X2 32 33 34 35 36
D D
-XN 5 6 7 8 9
+11V 22.8 CNM5/2

+11V 22.8 CNM6/2
E CNM7/2 E
+11V 22.8 CNM8/2
+11V 22.8 CNM9/2
+11V 22.8
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
ACTUAL PITCH (-5V - 0 - 5V) SHAFT SPEED (0-10V)
+20EP +20EP
-P1 + A1 X1 -P2 + A1 X1
B DLQW72 DLQW72 B
EI 1030 EI95018
- A2 X2 - A2 X2
ECR PANEL
C C
ECR INTERFACE PLATE
-X2 37 38 39 40
D D
-XN 10 11 12 13
E VM1/2 E
+12V 25.6 VM2/2
+12V 25.6
VM3/2
+12V 27.6 VM4/2
+12V 27.6
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
31.1 P24M/2 P24M/2 38.1
A A
-F1
1A
B 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4- B
-U1 0-20mA 0-10V -U2 0-20mA 0-10V -U3 0-20mA 0-10V
B13000 B13000 B13000
SUPPLY INPUT SUPPLY INPUT SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT 24V DC OUTPUT
0-20mA 0-20mA 0-20mA

8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
I1 0V I2 0V I3 0V
C 28.3 AI0.5 28.3 AI0.6 28.3 AI0.7 C
WATER SATURATION HYDR.OIL TEMP. (4- LUB.OIL FLOW (4-

(4-20mA) 20mA) 20mA)
Analog Eingang Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
analogue input analogue input analogue input
-D1
-R1 -R2 -D1
-R3 -D1
470k 470k 470k
0,6W 0,6W 0,6W
0VM/2 0VM/2
D 31.1 38.1 D
-X 3 4 -X 5 6 -X 7
-W2405 -W2406 -W2406

2x1,5 1 2 2x2x0.75 1 2 2x2x0.75 3
E +BCP +BCP +BCP E

-X2 -X2 -X2
1 2 3 4 5
WATER SENSOR HYDAC - AS1000 LUB.OIL FLOW SENSOR - MT1350

(HYDRAULIC TANK/CONNECTION BOX) (HYDRAULIC TANK/CONNECTION BOX)
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
37.8 P24M/2 P24M/2 39.1

-D3 -D1
Analog Ausgang
Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
A digital output A
READY FOR DP AFTER CPP FEEDBACK (2-
REQUEST 10V)
29.5 Q0.14 28.3 QA0.3

b7 U3 0V
7+ +1 2- + 3 4- 7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U4 0-20mA 0-10V -U5 0-20mA 0-10V
B B13000 B13000 B
A1 SUPPLY SUPPLY
INPUT INPUT
24V DC 24V DC
-K1 OUTPUT OUTPUT
A2
0-10V 0-20mA
8- +5 6 - 8- +5 6 -
0VM/2 0VM/2
37.8 39.1
U3 0V
38.3 14
-X 8
12
38.3 24
11 -X 12 13 -X 14 15
28.3 AI0.3
C 22 21 C
DP CONTROL SIGNAL
(0-10V)
Analog Eingang
analogue input
-W2122 -W2122
1 4x2x0,75 -D1 5 6 7 8 4x2x0,75
+DP
-X 1
DP - CONTROL SYSTEM 5 6 7 8
D D
CPP ORDER CPP FEEDBACK
(4-20mA) (4-20mA)
+DP
-X 2 3 4
-W2122
4x2x0,75 2 3 4
9 -X 10 11
-D2 a7
E E
29.1 I0.6 12 14
-K1
DP REQUEST 38.3 11
Digitaler Eingang READY CONTACT

digital input FOR DP CONTROL
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
38.8 P24M/2
A A
-D4 -D4 -D4 -D1
Analog Ausgang
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang analogue output
ECR CONTROL BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL BRIDGE/AFT CONTROL PITCH POSITION (0-
10V)
30.2 Q0.0 30.2 Q0.1 30.2 Q0.2 28.3 QA0.2

a1 a2 a3 U2 0V
B B
7+ +1 2- + 3 4-
-U6 4-20mA 0-10V
B13000
SUPPLY INPUT
24V DC OUTPUT
C 0-10V C
8- +5 6 -
ECR BRIDGE/FWD BRIDGE/AFT
A1 A1 A1 12 14 12 14 12 14
D -K2 -K3 -K4 -K2 -K3 -K4 D

A2 A2 A2 39.1 11 39.2 11 39.3 11
38.8 0VM/2
-X 16 17 18 19 20 21
E 39.4 14 39.5 14 39.6 14 E

39.4 12
24
11 39.5 12
24
11 39.6 12
24
11 -W2407
4x2x0,75
1 2 3 4 5 6
22 21 22 21 22 21
+ME
-X x x x x x x
ENGINE CONTROL STATION/YANMAR
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P24B/2 41.1
0VB/2 41.1
BB1/2 41.1
BB2/2 41.1
A A
-D1
1 4 1 4
0V
PE
24V
1 2
B Suconet K1/K B
U0 AI0.0 43.4 BRI/FWD LEVER U0 QA0.0 43.3 10V REFERENCE FWD

0V 0V
U1 AI0.1 U1 QA0.1 49.3 10V REFERENCE AFT
0V 0V
U2 AI0.2 49.4 BRI/AFT LEVER U2 QA0.2 (VDR PITCH FEEDBACK)
0V 0V
U3 AI0.3 U3 QA0.3 (VDR PITCH DEMAND)
0V 0V
I0 AI0.4 43.3 CTRL BRI FWD LEVER
0V
C I1 AI0.5 49.3 CTRL BRI AFT LEVER C
0V
I2 AI0.6
0V
I3 AI0.7
0V
1.4.0
S1 S2 S3
ON ON ON 0-10V IN
D D
S3-1: BIPOLAR RANGE

OFF: 0 - FFFh
ON : 800 - FFFh
S3-2: RESOLUTION
OFF: 8 bit
ON : 12 bit
S3-3: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-4: ONLY S-NET K1
S3-5: OUTPUT RANGE
OFF: +/-10V
ON : 0-10V
S3-7: INPUT RANGE
-X 1 2 -X1 1 2 PE
6,7 OFF,OFF: +/-5V
OFF,ON : +/-10V
CB1/2 ON ,OFF: 0-5V
+00C 5.7 CB2/2 ON ,ON : 0-10V
+00C 5.7 S3-8: BUS FORMAT
MBB1/2 OFF: PS3-FORMAT
+20E 29.2 MBB2/2 ON : SBI-FORMAT(K)
+20E 29.2
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
40.8 P24B/2 P24B/2 42.1

40.8 0VB/2 0VB/2 42.1
A A
40.8 BB1/2
40.8 BB2/2
...
-D2 -D3
1 41 4
0V
+24V
+24V
0V
0V
0V
24V
Erweiterungsmodul SPS EM4-201-DX2
PE
B 1 2
Lokale Erweiterung LE4-116-XD1 B
a1 I0.0 44.2 FWD LAMPTEST b1 I0.8 50.2 AFT LAMPTEST a1 Q0.0 45.1 FWD TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 45.7 FWD CLUTCH BLOCKED
a2 I0.1 44.3 FWD SELECTOR b2 I0.9 50.3 AFT TAKE OVER/IN C a2 Q0.1 45.2 FWD CRPM MODE b2 Q0.9 46.2 FWD LOCAL CTRL.
a3 I0.2 44.4 FWD TAKE OVER/IN C b3 I0.10 50.4 AFT CRPM MODE a3 Q0.2 45.3 FWD CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 46.3 FWD ECR CTRL.
a4 I0.3 44.5 FWD CRPM MODE b4 I0.11 50.5 AFT CLUTCH IN a4 Q0.3 45.4 FWD CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 46.4 FWD FWD CTRL.
a5 I0.4 44.6 FWD CLUTCH IN b5 I0.12 50.6 AFT CLUTCH OUT a5 Q0.4 43.4 FWD MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 46.5 FWD AFT CTRL.
a6 I0.5 44.7 FWD CLUTCH OUT b6 I0.13 a6 Q0.5 43.5 FWD MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13 46.6 FWD DP/JOYSTICK CO
a7 I0.6 b7 I0.14 a7 Q0.6 45.5 FWD BUZZER b7 Q0.14 46.7 FWD FIFI MODE ACT
a8 I0.7 b8 I0.15 a8 Q0.7 45.6 FWD OVERLOAD ME b8 Q0.15
C C
1.5.0 1.5.1
S1 S2
ON ON
OFF OFF
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
41.8 P24B/2 P24B/2 43.1

41.8 0VB/2 0VB/2 43.1
A A
-D4
0V
+24V
B B
0V
24V
a1 Q0.0 51.1 AFT TAKE OVER/IN C b1 Q0.8 51.7 AFT CLUTCH BLOCKED
a2 Q0.1 51.2 AFT CRPM MODE b2 Q0.9 52.2 AFT LOCAL CTRL.
a3 Q0.2 51.3 AFT CLUTCH IN b3 Q0.10 52.3 AFT ECR CTRL.
a4 Q0.3 51.4 AFT CLUTCH OUT b4 Q0.11 52.4 AFT FWD CTRL.
a5 Q0.4 49.4 AFT MOVE LEVER UP b5 Q0.12 52.5 AFT AFT CTRL.
a6 Q0.5 49.5 AFT MOVE LEVER D b6 Q0.13 52.6 AFT DP/JOYSTICK CO
a7 Q0.6 51.5 AFT BUZZER b7 Q0.14 52.7 AFT FIFI MODE ACT
C a8 Q0.7 51.6 AFT OVERLOAD ME b8 Q0.15 C
1.5.2
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
42.8 P24B/2 P24B/2 +31B 49.1
-D1 -D3 -D3

A Analog Ausgang A
10V REFERENCE FWD FWD MOVE LEVER UP FWD MOVE LEVER
DOWN
40.3 QA0.0 41.5 Q0.4 41.5 Q0.5

U0 0V a5 a6
B -X2 1 3 6 7 B
BP24/2 44.1
BP24N/2 44.1
POT1B
=1F 43.6
L1B
=1F 43.6 L2B
=1F 43.6
C C
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
=1F 43.6 POT3B

=1F 43.6 POT2B
BP0N/2
D BP0/2 47.1 D
45.1
-X2 -X2 BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX

31 32 2 4 5
I0 0V U0 0V
E 40.3 AI0.4 40.3 AI0.0 E

-XN 1 2
CTRL BRI FWD LEVER BRI/FWD LEVER
CNB1/2
+11V 20.8 CNB2/2
+11V 20.8 Analog Eingang Analog Eingang
-D1 -D1
0VB/2 0VB/2
42.8 +31B 49.1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
43.8 BP24/2 BP24/2 47.1

43.8 BP24N/2 BP24N/2 47.1
A A
+30BP 13 21 43 31 +30BP 13 21 43 31
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
+30BP 13
-S1 -S2 -SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4
14 22 44 32 14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
B B
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
-X2 8 -X2 33 -X2 9 -X2 34 -X2 10 11 12 13
C C
-D2 a1 -D2 a2 -D2 a3 -D2 a4 -D2 a5 -D2 a6

41.1 I0.0 41.1 I0.1 41.1 I0.2 41.1 I0.3 41.1 I0.4 41.1 I0.5
FWD LAMPTEST FWD SELECTOR FWD TAKE OVER/IN FWD CRPM MODE FWD CLUTCH IN FWD CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
D D
-XN 3 -XN 4
E E
CNB3/2
+11V 23.8 CNB4/2
+11V 23.8
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3
FWD TAKE OVER/IN FWD CRPM MODE FWD CLUTCH IN FWD CLUTCH OUT FWD BUZZER FWD OVERLOAD ME FWD CLUTCH BLOCKED
COMMAND
41.5 Q0.0 41.5 Q0.1 41.5 Q0.2 41.5 Q0.3 41.5 Q0.6 41.5 Q0.7 41.5 Q0.8
a1 a2 a3 a4 a7 a8 b1
B B

-X2 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
C +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP C
-SH1 -SH2 -SH3 -SH4 -H1 -H2 -H3
44.4 X2 44.5 X2 44.6 X2 44.7 X2 rd X2 ye X2
=1F 43.6 BDIM0/2 BDIM0/2 46.1

BP0/2 BP0/2
43.8 47.1
D D
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3 -D3

A Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang A
digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output
FWD LOCAL CTRL. FWD ECR CTRL. FWD FWD CTRL. FWD AFT CTRL. FWD DP/JOYSTICK FWD FIFI MODE
CONTROL ACTIVE
41.5 Q0.9 41.5 Q0.10 41.5 Q0.11 41.5 Q0.12 41.5 Q0.13 41.5 Q0.14
b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
B B
-X2 21 22 23 24 25 26
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
C C
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
+30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP +30BP
-H4 -H5 -H6 -H7 -H8 -H9
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
wh wh wh wh wh wh
D D
BDIM0/2 BDIM0/2
45.8 47.1
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
44.8 BP24/2
44.8 BP24N/2 BP24N/2 48.1
BDIMN/2 48.3
A A

(-5V - 0 - 5V) (0-10V)
+ 24V DIM + 24V DIM

+30BP +30BP
-P1 -P2 + +30BP
+ A1 X1 A1 X1
-U1
DLQW72
DLQW72
B EI 1030
EI95018 B
U DIMMER U DIMMER
- A2 X2 - A2 X2 U 1,5 A U 1,5 A
- 0V - 0V
BDIM0/2
46.8
BP0/2
45.8 BP0N/2
43.8
C C
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
27 28 29 30
-X2
D D
-XN 11 12 13 14 -X4 26 27 28 29
E E
VB1/2
+12V 25.8 VB2/2
+12V 25.8
BW4/2
BW3/2 +31B 53.1
VB3/2 BW2/2 +31B 53.1
+12V 27.6 VB4/2 BW1/2 +31B 53.1
+12V 27.6 +31B 53.1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
47.8 BP24N/2
A A
13 13 23
+30BP +30BP +30BP
+30BP +30BP -H10
X1 X1
-H11
X1
-SH5 -SH5
14
-S3 14 24 rd 48.1 rd
X2 X2 X2
BACK-UP PITCH AHEAD PITCH ASTERN BACK-UP BACK-UP BACK-UP
BRIDGE/FWD ECR ON BRIDGE/FWD BRIDGE/AFT
B ON ON ON B
47.8 BDIMN/2
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL

C C
-X2
35 36 37 38 39 40
D D
-XN 5 6 7 8 9 10
+11V 23.8 CNB5/2

+11V 23.8 CNB6/2
E CNB7/2 E
+11V 23.8
CNB8/2
+11V 23.8 CNB9/2
+11V 23.8 CNB10/2
+11V 23.8
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B

-D1 -D4 -D4
Analog Ausgang
A P24B/2 A
+30B 43.8 10V REFERENCE AFT AFT MOVE LEVER UP AFT MOVE LEVER
+30B 43.8 0VB/2 DOWN
40.3 QA0.1 42.1 Q0.4 42.1 Q0.5

U1 0V a5 a6
+30B
-X4 1 2 3 6 7
B -W2115 B
10x2x0.75 1 2 3 6 7
-X 1 2 -X 3 6 7
WP24/2 50.1
WP24N/2 50.1
POT1W
=1F 49.6 L1W
=1F 49.6 L2W
=1F 49.6
C C
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
=1F 49.6 POT3W

=1F 49.6 POT2W
WP0/2
WP0N/2 51.1
D 53.4 D
4 5
-W2115
10x2x0.75 4 5
-XN 1 2 +30B BRIDGE/FWD INTERFACE BOX

-X4
4 5
I1 0V U2 0V
E E
40.3 AI0.5 40.3 AI0.2
CTRL BRI AFT LEVER BRI/AFT LEVER

CNW1/2 analogue input analogue input
+11V 20.8 CNW2/2
+11V 20.8 +30B +30B
-D1 -D1
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
49.8 WP24/2 WP24/2 53.1

49.8 WP24N/2 WP24N/2 53.1
A A
13 21 43 31 -SH1 13 -SH2 13 -SH3 13 -SH4 13

-S1
14 22 44 32 14 14 14 14
wh wh wh rd
B B
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
-X 8 -XN 3 -X 9 10 11 12
CNW3/2
+11V 24.8
-W2115
8 9 10 11 12 10x2x0.75
C C

-X4 8 9 10 11 12
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D2 b1 -D2 b2 -D2 b3 -D2 b4 -D2 b5
D D
41.1 I0.8 41.1 I0.9 41.1 I0.10 41.1 I0.11 41.1 I0.12
AFT LAMPTEST AFT TAKE OVER/IN AFT CRPM MODE AFT CLUTCH IN AFT CLUTCH OUT
COMMAND
Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang Digitaler Eingang
digital input digital input digital input digital input digital input
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4
AFT TAKE OVER/IN AFT CRPM MODE AFT CLUTCH IN AFT CLUTCH OUT AFT BUZZER AFT OVERLOAD ME AFT CLUTCH BLOCKED
COMMAND
42.1 Q0.0 42.1 Q0.1 42.1 Q0.2 42.1 Q0.3 42.1 Q0.6 42.1 Q0.7 42.1 Q0.8
a1 a2 a3 a4 a7 a8 b1
+30B
-X4 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
B B
-W2115
10x2x0.75 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
-X 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
C C
-SH1 X1 -SH2 X1 -SH3 X1 -SH4 X1

-H1 -H2 X1
-H3 X1
50.3 WH 50.4 WH 50.5 WH 50.6 WH RD YE
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
D D
WDIM0/2 WDIM0/2
=1F 49.6 WP0/2 WP0/2 52.1
49.8 53.4
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+30B +30B +30B +30B +30B +30B

-D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4 -D4
Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang Digitaler Ausgang
A digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output digital output A
AFT LOCAL CTRL. AFT ECR CTRL. AFT FWD CTRL. AFT AFT CTRL. AFT DP/JOYSTICK AFT FIFI MODE
CONTROL ACTIVE
42.1 Q0.9 42.1 Q0.10 42.1 Q0.11 42.1 Q0.12 42.1 Q0.13 42.1 Q0.14
b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7

-X4 20 21 22 23 24 25
B B
-W2115 -W2116
10x2x0.75 20 7x2x0,75 1 2 3 4 5
-X 20 21 22 23 24 25
C C
X1 X1 X1 X1 X1 X1
-H4 -H5 -H6 -H7 -H8 -H9
WH WH WH WH WH WH
X2 X2 X2 X2 X2 X2
D D
WDIM0/2 WDIM0/2
51.8 53.1
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
50.8 WP24N/2 WP24N/2 54.1

50.8 WP24/2

A (-5V - 0 - 5V) (0-10V) A
-P1 -P2
+ A1 X1 + A1 X1
DLQW72
DLQW72
EI95018
EI 1033
- A2 X2 - A2 X2
B B
WDIMN/2 54.1
52.8 WDIM0/2
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
-U1 + 24V DIM + 24V DIM
C C
-X 26 27 28 29
-W2116
U DIMMER U DIMMER
7x2x0,75 6 7 8 9 U 1,5 A U 1,5 A
- 0V - 0V
D WP0/2 D
51.8 WP0N/2
49.8
+30B 47.6 BW1/2

+30B 47.6 BW2/2
+30B 47.6 BW3/2
+30B 47.6 BW4/2
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
53.8 WP24N/2
A A
-SH5 13 13 23 X1 X1 -SH5 X1
-S2 -H10 -H11
54.2 RD
14 14 24 RD X2 RD X2 X2
BACK-UP AHEAD ASTERN BACK-UP BACK-UP BACK-UP
BRI/AFT ON ECR ON BRI/FWD ON BRI/AFT ON
B B
53.8 WDIMN/2
BRIDGE/AFT PANEL
C C
D D
-XN 4 5 6 7 8 9
+11V 24.8 CNW4/2

+11V 24.8 CNW5/2
E CNW6/2 E
+11V 24.8
CNW7/2
+11V 24.8 CNW8/2
+11V 24.8 CNW9/2
+11V 24.8
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
B B
SPARE
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
54 < PAGE PAGE > CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
-E1
CENTRAL UNIT
SERVICE DISPLAY
TO BE MOUNTED IN ECR
B B
Tiefe: 210 mm
depth:
Schutzgrad: IP 55
protection:
Farbe: RAL 7032s
colour:

600 mm
650 mm
C C
MAIN CONTROL BATTERY
SUPPLY FAILURE SUPPLY
NOTES:
ambient temperature rises above 55°C
in operation
D D
E E
560 mm
600 mm 8,8mm
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
=1F/55 < PAGE PAGE > 2 CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
8,8
-E1
B LOCAL CONTROL BOX B
TO BE MOUNTED IN ER (CPP HYDRAULIC)
LOCAL REMOTE
CONTROL CONTROL Tiefe: 210 mm
depth:
Schutzgrad: IP 55
protection:
Farbe: RAL 7032
colour:
C C
500 mm
550 mm
NOTES:

D ambient temperature rises above 55°C D
in operation
460 mm
500 mm
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ECR CONTROL PANEL

INTERFACE PLATE STARBOARD
A A
Connection
to ECR Panel, 1,5m LOCATION: ECR CONTROL DESK
9 mm
B
-E1 B
SOCKET
250 mm -X2
295 mm
C C
D D
500 mm
523 mm 110 mm
E E
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BRIDGE/FWD CONTROL PANEL

A INTERFACE BOX STBD A
LOCATION: WH/FWD CONTROL DESK
-E1
B B
400 mm
CONNECTION TO
BRIDGE/FWD PANEL
C C
120 mm
1,5m
PLUG 600 mm
-X2
D D
MOUNTING HOLES (BACKSIDE)
d = 8 mm
360 mm
E E
560 mm
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
45 mm 105 mm
A A
-J1
15 mm
-J6
MAIN SUPPLY
30 mm
ERC 3000
-J2
CENTRAL UNIT/STBD
CONTROL FAILURE
B B
-J7
-J3
BATTERY SUPPLY ERC 3000
LOCAL CONTROL BOX/STBD
C -J4 C
LOCAL CONTROL -J8

-J5 ERC 3000
REMOTE CONTROL BRIDGE INTERFACE BOX/STBD
D D
Ausführung: - Kunstoff weiß Ausführung: - Kunstoff weiß

- Schrift schwarz - Schrift schwarz
- selbstklebend - selbstklebend
Abmessungen: - 15 x 45 mm (HxB) Abmessungen: - 30 x 105 mm (HxB)

E E
- Schrifthöhe 4 mm, - Schrifthöhe 6 mm,
Helvetica schmalhalbfett Helvetica schmalhalbfett
Stückzahl: - je 1 Stück Stückzahl: - je 1 Stück
PLANT
=2F
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073 F a x : + 46 31976538
F LOC. F
DRAWING NO.
4 < PAGE PAGE > CLASS DNV P3-32073 073.079.10 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2118 7x2x0,75
-W2107 2x2,5
-W2105 2x2,5
-W2103 2x2,5
-W2204 2x2,5
-W2102 2x6
-W2101 2x6
B B
1 1 5.1
2 2 5.1
1 3 5.2
2 4 5.2
PE ??? 5.3
C C
PE ??? 5.3
1 5 +11V-X 1 5.4
2 6 +11V-X 2 5.4
1 7 +10V-X 1 5.5
2 8 +10V-X 2 5.5
1 9 +20E-X 1 5.6
2 10 +20E-X 2 5.6
1 11 +30B-X 1 5.7
D D
2 12 +30B-X 2 5.7
13 5.7
14 5.7
1 15 +10V-X 3 13.1
2 16 +10V-X 4 13.1
3 17 +10V-X 5 13.2
4 18 +10V-X 6 13.2
5 19 +10V-X 7 13.2
E 6 20 +10V-X 8 13.3 E
7 21 +10V-X 9 13.4
8 22 +10V-X 10 13.4
9 23 +10V-X 11 13.4
10 24 +10V-X 12 13.5
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 1 21
DRAWING
=1F/55 < PAGE PAGE > 2 NORM NO.
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2203 4x2x0,75
-W2118 7x2x0,75
B B
11 25 +10V-X 13 13.5
12 26 +10V-X 14 13.6
1 27 +11V-X 12 15.5
2 28 +11V-X 13 15.5
3 29 +11V-X 14 15.5
C C
4 30 +11V-X 15 15.6
5 31 +11V-X 16 15.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 2 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2104 1x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +20E-X1 1 8.6
2 2 +20E-X1 2 8.6
PE 8.6
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 3 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2117 4x2x0,75
-W2121 1x2x0.75
-W2120.1 1x2x0.75
-W2120 4x2x0,75
-W2119 2x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +MSB-X 1 11.7
2 2 +MSB-X 2 11.7
3 3 +MSB-X 3 14.2
4 4 +MSB-X 4 14.2
1 5 +AL-X 1 16.1
C C
2 6 +AL-X 2 16.1
3 7 +AL-X 3 16.2
4 8 +AL-X 4 16.2
5 9 +AL-X 5 16.3
6 10 +AL-X 6 16.3
7 11 +AL-X 7 16.3
8 12 +AL-X 8 16.4
1 13 +AL-X 9 16.4
D D
2 14 +AL-X 10 16.4
1 15 +FIFI-X 1 12.2
2 16 +FIFI-X 2 12.2
1 17 +JOY-X x 11.8
2 18 +JOY-X x 11.8
3 19 +JOY-X 1 17.2
4 20 +JOY-X 2 17.3
5 21 +JOY-X 5 17.5
E 6 22 +JOY-X 6 17.5 E
7 23 +JOY-X 7 17.6
8 24 +JOY-X 8 17.6
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 4 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =2F+00C-XG 5 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2302 2x2x0.75
-W2301 4x1,5
B B
1 1 +GB-X000 37 6.2
2 2 +GB-X000 38 6.2
3 3 +GB-X000 39 6.3
4 4 +GB-X000 40 6.4
1 5 +GB-X000 5 11.1
C C
2 6 +GB-X000 7 11.1
3 7 +GB-X000 x 14.6
4 8 +GB-X000 x 14.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 5 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =2F+00C-XM 6 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2110 1x2x0.75
-W2111 1x2x0.75
-W2109 7x2x0,75
-W2108 2x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +ME-X x 11.2
2 2 +ME-X x 11.2
3 3 +ME-X x 11.3
4 4 +ME-X x 11.3
1 5 +ME-X P23 11.4
C C
2 6 +ME-X P24 11.4
3 7 +ME-X P25 11.5
4 8 +ME-X P26 11.5
9 11.6
10 11.6
5 11 +ME-X P27 14.3
6 12 +ME-X P28 14.4
7 13 +ME-X P29 14.4
D D
8 14 +ME-X P30 14.5
9 15 +ME-X P21 12.3
10 16 +ME-X P22 12.3
1 17 +ME-X 15 12.5
2 18 +ME-X 16 12.5
19 15.1
20 15.2
1 21 +ME-X P+ 15.3
E 2 22 +ME-X P- 15.3 E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 6 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2112 4x1,5
-W2118 7x2x0,75
-W2103 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 7 18.1
2 2 +00C-X 8 18.1
1 3 +00C-X 15 18.3
2 4 +00C-X 16 18.4
3 5 +00C-X 17 19.2
C C
4 6 +00C-X 18 19.2
5 7 +00C-X 19 19.4
6 8 +00C-X 20 19.4
7 9 +00C-X 21 25.4
8 10 +00C-X 22 25.4
9 11 +00C-X 23 25.4
10 12 +00C-X 24 25.5
11 13 +00C-X 25 25.5
D D
12 14 +00C-X 26 27.5
1 15 +HY-Y1 A1 19.6
2 16 +HY-Y1 A2 19.6
3 17 +HY-Y2 A1 19.7
4 18 +HY-Y2 A2 19.7
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 7 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2203 4x2x0,75
-W2114 2x2x0.75
-W2205 7x2x0,75
-W2202 7x2x0,75
-W2201 7x2x0,75
-W2204 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 5 18.6
2 2 +00C-X 6 18.6
1 3 +20E-XN 1 20.6
2 4 +20E-XN 2 20.6
1 5 +30B-XN 1 20.6
C C
2 6 +30B-XN 2 20.7
1 7 +31B-XN 1 20.7
2 8 +31B-XN 2 20.7
1 9 +PCU-X 7 21.5
2 10 +PCU-X 8 21.6
3 11 +PCU-X 11 21.6
1 12 +00C-X 27 19.4
2 13 +00C-X 28 21.2
D D
3 14 +00C-X 29 21.2
4 15 +00C-X 30 21.3
5 16 +00C-X 31 21.4
3 17 +20E-XN 3 22.1
4 18 +20E-XN 4 22.2
5 19 +20E-XN 5 22.3
6 20 +20E-XN 6 22.4
7 21 +20E-XN 7 22.5
E 8 22 +20E-XN 8 22.6 E
9 23 +20E-XN 9 22.7
3 24 +30B-XN 3 23.1
4 25 +30B-XN 4 23.2
5 26 +30B-XN 5 23.3
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 8 21
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2205 7x2x0,75
-W2202 7x2x0,75
B B
6 27 +30B-XN 6 23.5
7 28 +30B-XN 7 23.6
8 29 +30B-XN 8 23.5
9 30 +30B-XN 9 23.6
10 31 +30B-XN 10 23.7
C C
3 32 +31B-XN 3 24.2
4 33 +31B-XN 4 24.3
5 34 +31B-XN 5 24.4
6 35 +31B-XN 6 24.5
7 36 +31B-XN 7 24.5
8 37 +31B-XN 8 24.6
9 38 +31B-XN 9 24.7
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 9 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2401 2x2x0.75
-W2402 2x1,5
-W2404 2x2x0.75
-W2403 2x2x0.75
-W2113 4x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +PCU-X 1 25.2
2 2 +PCU-X 2 25.2
3 3 +PCU-X 3 25.2
4 4 +PCU-X 4 25.2
5 5 +PCU-X 5 25.2
C C
6 6 +PCU-X 6 25.2
1 7 +20E-XN 10 25.6
2 8 +20E-XN 11 25.6
1 9 +30B-XN 11 25.7
2 10 +30B-XN 12 25.7
1 11 +FIFI-X x 26.4
2 12 +FIFI-X x 26.5
1 13 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
D D
2 14 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
3 15 +ER -B1 ??? 27.2
3 16 +20E-XN 12 27.3
4 17 +20E-XN 13 27.3
3 18 +30B-XN 13 27.4
4 19 +30B-XN 14 27.4
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 10 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =2F+20E-X 11 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2407 4x2x0,75
-W2122 4x2x0,75
-W2406 2x2x0.75
-W2405 2x1,5
-W2105 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 9 28.1
2 2 +00C-X 10 28.2
1 3 +BCP-X2 1 37.1
2 4 +BCP-X2 2 37.2
1 5 +BCP-X2 3 37.3
C C
2 6 +BCP-X2 4 37.4
3 7 +BCP-X2 5 37.6
1 8 +DP-X 1 38.2
2 9 +DP-X 2 38.2
3 10 +DP-X 3 38.3
4 11 +DP-X 4 38.3
5 12 +DP-X 5 38.6
6 13 +DP-X 6 38.6
D D
7 14 +DP-X 7 38.7
8 15 +DP-X 8 38.7
1 16 +ME-X x 39.4
2 17 +ME-X x 39.4
3 18 +ME-X x 39.5
4 19 +ME-X x 39.6
5 20 +ME-X x 39.7
6 21 +ME-X x 39.7
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 11 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =2F+20E-X1 12 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2106 1x2x0.75
-W2104 1x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +00C-X1 1 28.2
2 2 +00C-X1 2 28.2
PE 28.2
1 3 +30B-X1 1 29.1
2 4 +30B-X1 2 29.1
C C
PE 29.1
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 12 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:
A TERMINAL STRIP =2F+20E-XN 13 A

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2403 2x2x0.75
-W2201 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 3 32.1
2 2 +11V-X 4 32.1
3 3 +11V-X 17 32.3
4 4 +11V-X 18 32.4
5 5 +11V-X 19 35.2
C C
6 6 +11V-X 20 35.2
7 7 +11V-X 21 35.3
8 8 +11V-X 22 35.5
9 9 +11V-X 23 35.6
1 10 +12V-X 7 36.2
2 11 +12V-X 8 36.3
3 12 +12V-X 16 36.4
4 13 +12V-X 17 36.4
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 13 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2107 2x2,5
B B
1 1 +00C-X 11 40.1
2 2 +00C-X 12 40.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 14 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2106 1x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +20E-X1 3 40.2
2 2 +20E-X1 4 40.2
PE 40.2
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 15 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2116 7x2x0,75
-W2115 10x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +31B-X 1 49.1
2 2 +31B-X 2 49.2
3 3 +31B-X 3 49.3
4 4 +31B-X 4 49.3
5 5 +31B-X 5 49.4
C C
6 6 +31B-X 6 49.4
7 7 +31B-X 7 49.5
8 8 +31B-X 8 50.2
9 9 +31B-X 9 50.3
10 10 +31B-X 10 50.4
11 11 +31B-X 11 50.5
12 12 +31B-X 12 50.6
13 13 +31B-X 13 51.1
D D
14 14 +31B-X 14 51.2
15 15 +31B-X 15 51.3
16 16 +31B-X 16 51.4
17 17 +31B-X 17 51.5
18 18 +31B-X 18 51.6
19 19 +31B-X 19 51.7
20 20 +31B-X 20 52.2
1 21 +31B-X 21 52.3
E 2 22 +31B-X 22 52.4 E
3 23 +31B-X 23 52.5
4 24 +31B-X 24 52.6
5 25 +31B-X 25 52.7
6 26 +31B-X 26 47.4
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 16 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2116 7x2x0,75
B B
7 27 +31B-X 27 47.5
8 28 +31B-X 28 47.5
9 29 +31B-X 29 47.5
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 17 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2404 2x2x0.75
-W2202 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 5 43.1
2 2 +11V-X 6 43.2
3 3 +11V-X 24 44.2
4 4 +11V-X 25 44.4
5 5 +11V-X 26 48.1
C C
6 6 +11V-X 27 48.2
7 7 +11V-X 28 48.2
8 8 +11V-X 29 48.4
9 9 +11V-X 30 48.5
10 10 +11V-X 31 48.6
1 11 +12V-X 9 47.2
2 12 +12V-X 10 47.2
3 13 +12V-X 18 47.3
D D
4 14 +12V-X 19 47.3
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 18 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2116 7x2x0,75
-W2115 10x2x0.75
B B
1 1 +30B-X4 1 49.1
2 2 +30B-X4 2 49.2
3 3 +30B-X4 3 49.3
4 4 +30B-X4 4 49.3
5 5 +30B-X4 5 49.3
C C
6 6 +30B-X4 6 49.4
7 7 +30B-X4 7 49.5
8 8 +30B-X4 8 50.2
9 9 +30B-X4 9 50.3
10 10 +30B-X4 10 50.4
11 11 +30B-X4 11 50.5
12 12 +30B-X4 12 50.6
13 13 +30B-X4 13 51.1
D D
14 14 +30B-X4 14 51.2
15 15 +30B-X4 15 51.3
16 16 +30B-X4 16 51.4
17 17 +30B-X4 17 51.5
18 18 +30B-X4 18 51.6
19 19 +30B-X4 19 51.7
20 20 +30B-X4 20 52.2
1 21 +30B-X4 21 52.3
E 2 22 +30B-X4 22 52.4 E
3 23 +30B-X4 23 52.5
4 24 +30B-X4 24 52.6
5 25 +30B-X4 25 52.7
6 26 +30B-X4 26 53.2
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 19 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2116 7x2x0,75
B B
7 27 +30B-X4 27 53.2
8 28 +30B-X4 28 53.3
9 29 +30B-X4 29 53.3
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 20 21
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PAGE:

Extern destination
CONNECTION
TERMINAL NO.
LINKS
DESIGNATION
PAGE/PATH
-W2205 7x2x0,75
B B
1 1 +11V-X 7 49.2
2 2 +11V-X 8 49.2
3 3 +11V-X 32 50.2
4 4 +11V-X 33 54.2
5 5 +11V-X 34 54.2
C C
6 6 +11V-X 35 54.3
7 7 +11V-X 36 54.4
8 8 +11V-X 37 54.5
9 9 +11V-X 38 54.6
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 21 21
DRAWING
20 < PAGE PAGE > NORM NO.
DNV P3-32073 073.079.40 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
CABLE LIST: 0 7 3 - 0 7 9 PAGE: 1 A
No. DESTINATION 1 DESTINATION 2 CABLE DESIGNATION CABLE TYPE USED

CORES
1 =1F+00C-X =1F+00C-X -W1101 2x6 2
2 =1F+00C-X =1F+00C-X -W1102 2x6 2
3 =1F+10V-X =1F+00C-X -W1103 2x2,5 2
4 =1F+20E-X1 =1F+00C-X1 -W1104 1x2x0,75 2
B 5 =1F+20E-X =1F+00C-X -W1105 2x2,5 2 B
6 =1F+30B-X1 =1F+20E-X1 -W1106 1x2x0.75 2
7 =1F+30B-X =1F+00C-X -W1107 2x2,5 2
8 =1F+ME-X =1F+00C-XM -W1108 2x2x0.75 4
9 =1F+ME-X =1F+00C-XM -W1109 7x2x0,75 10
10 =1F+ME-X =1F+00C-XM -W1110 1x2x0.75 2
11 =1F+00C-XM =1F+ME-X -W1111 1x2x0.75 2
12 =1F+HY-Y1 =1F+10V-X -W1112 4x1,5 4
13 =1F+PCU-X =1F+12V-X -W1113 4x2x0,75 6
C C
14 =1F+PCU-X =1F+11V-X -W1114 2x2x0.75 3
15 =1F+31B-X =1F+30B-X4 -W1115 10x2x0.75 20
16 =1F+31B-X =1F+30B-X4 -W1116 7x2x0,75 9
17 =1F+00C-X2 =1F+JOY-X -W1117 4x2x0,75 8
18 =1F+10V-X =1F+00C-X -W1118 7x2x0,75 12
19 =1F+MSB-X =1F+00C-X2 -W1119 2x2x0.75 4
20 =1F+00C-X2 =1F+AL-X -W1120 4x2x0,75 8
21 =1F+00C-X2 =1F+AL-X -W1120.1 1x2x0.75 2
D D
22 =1F+00C-X2 =1F+FIFI-X -W1121 1x2x0.75 2
23 =1F+20E-X =1F+DP-X -W1122 4x2x0,75 8
24 =1F+20E-XN =1F+11V-X -W1201 7x2x0,75 9
25 =1F+30B-XN =1F+11V-X -W1202 7x2x0,75 10
26 =1F+11V-X =1F+00C-X -W1203 4x2x0,75 5
27 =1F+11V-X =1F+00C-X -W1204 2x2,5 2
28 =1F+31B-XN =1F+11V-X -W1205 7x2x0,75 9
29 =1F+GB-X000 =1F+00C-XG -W1301 4x1,5 4
E E
30 =1F+GB-X000 =1F+00C-XG -W1302 2x2x0.75 4
31 =1F+ER -B1 =1F+12V-X -W1401 2x2x0.75 3
32 =1F+FIFI-X =1F+12V-X -W1402 2x1,5 2
33 =1F+20E-XN =1F+12V-X -W1403 2x2x0.75 4
34 =1F+30B-XN =1F+12V-X -W1404 2x2x0.75 4
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 1 3
DNV P3-32073 073.079.30 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A

CORES
35 =1F+20E-X =1F+BCP-X2 -W1405 2x1,5 2
36 =1F+BCP-X2 =1F+20E-X -W1406 2x2x0.75 3
37 =1F+ME-X =1F+20E-X -W1407 4x2x0,75 6
38 =2F+00C-X =2F+00C-X -W2101 2x6 2
B 39 =2F+00C-X =2F+00C-X -W2102 2x6 2 B
40 =2F+10V-X =2F+00C-X -W2103 2x2,5 2
41 =2F+20E-X1 =2F+00C-X1 -W2104 1x2x0,75 2
42 =2F+20E-X =2F+00C-X -W2105 2x2,5 2
43 =2F+30B-X1 =2F+20E-X1 -W2106 1x2x0.75 2
44 =2F+30B-X =2F+00C-X -W2107 2x2,5 2
45 =2F+ME-X =2F+00C-XM -W2108 2x2x0.75 4
46 =2F+ME-X =2F+00C-XM -W2109 7x2x0,75 10
47 =2F+ME-X =2F+00C-XM -W2110 1x2x0.75 2
C C
48 =2F+00C-XM =2F+ME-X -W2111 1x2x0.75 2
49 =2F+HY-Y1 =2F+10V-X -W2112 4x1,5 4
50 =2F+PCU-X =2F+12V-X -W2113 4x2x0,75 6
51 =2F+PCU-X =2F+11V-X -W2114 2x2x0.75 3
52 =2F+31B-X =2F+30B-X4 -W2115 10x2x0.75 20
53 =2F+31B-X =2F+30B-X4 -W2116 7x2x0,75 9
54 =2F+00C-X2 =2F+JOY-X -W2117 4x2x0,75 8
55 =2F+10V-X =2F+00C-X -W2118 7x2x0,75 12
D D
56 =2F+00C-X2 =2F+MSB-X -W2119 2x2x0.75 4
57 =2F+00C-X2 =2F+AL-X -W2120 4x2x0,75 8
58 =2F+00C-X2 =2F+AL-X -W2120.1 1x2x0.75 2
59 =2F+00C-X2 =2F+FIFI-X -W2121 1x2x0.75 2
60 =2F+20E-X =2F+DP-X -W2122 4x2x0,75 8
61 =2F+20E-XN =2F+11V-X -W2201 7x2x0,75 9
62 =2F+30B-XN =2F+11V-X -W2202 7x2x0,75 10
63 =2F+11V-X =2F+00C-X -W2203 4x2x0,75 5
E E
64 =2F+11V-X =2F+00C-X -W2204 2x2,5 2
65 =2F+31B-XN =2F+11V-X -W2205 7x2x0,75 9
66 =2F+GB-X000 =2F+00C-XG -W2301 4x1,5 4
67 =2F+GB-X000 =2F+00C-XG -W2302 2x2x0.75 4
68 =2F+ER -B1 =2F+12V-X -W2401 2x2x0.75 3
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 2 3
DNV P3-32073 073.079.30 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A

CORES
69 =2F+FIFI-X =2F+12V-X -W2402 2x1,5 2
70 =2F+20E-XN =2F+12V-X -W2403 2x2x0.75 4
71 =2F+30B-XN =2F+12V-X -W2404 2x2x0.75 4
72 =2F+20E-X =2F+BCP-X2 -W2405 2x1,5 2
B 73 =2F+BCP-X2 =2F+20E-X -W2406 2x2x0.75 3 B
74 =2F+ME-X =2F+20E-X -W2407 4x2x0,75 6
C C
D D
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 3 3
DRAWING
DNV P3-32073 073.079.30 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 1

A A
No.: quant. designation type Berg Part.no. drawing code

1 2 PLC Master PS4-341-MM1 EL1000 =1F+00C-D1, =2F+00C-D1
2 2 automatic fuse 2-pole S (4A) FAZ-S4/2 EL1080 =1F+00C-F3, =2F+00C-F3
3 8 illumination lamp device withe ZA2-BV01 EL2100 =1F+00C-H1, =1F+00C-H2
=1F+10V-H1, =1F+10V-H2
B =2F+00C-H1, =2F+00C-H2 B
=2F+10V-H1, =2F+10V-H2
4 4 electromechanical relay w. screwless terminal 38.61.7.024.0050 EL2500 =1F+00C-K1, =1F+00C-K2
=2F+00C-K1, =2F+00C-K2
5 4 fixing flange with 1 auxiliary switch ZA2-BZ101 EL2120
6 2 push-button switch XA2-BA21 EL2125 =1F+00C-S3, =2F+00C-S3
7 2 DC/DC-converter SD-150B-24 EL1100 =1F+00C-U1, =2F+00C-U1
8 2 switch cabinet WA 050520 RAL7032s (024) EM1775 =1F+10V-E1, =2F+10V-E1
9 16 mounting accessory KR 990101 EM1650
C C
10 10 lamp holder, without lamp ZA2-BV6 EL2105
11 44 EMI module with LED gn 99.02.9.024.99 EL2515
12 2 fixing flange with 2 auxiliary switch ZA2-BZ105 EL2130
13 2 extension module 6ED1055-1NB10-0BA0 =1F+11V-A2, =2F+11V-A2
14 2 miniature-plug-in relay 55.34.9.024.0040 EL2525 =1F+11V-K1, =2F+11V-K1
15 2 clip 094.71 EL2532
16 42 relay holder series 4X 095.01 EL2512
17 2 transducer, programmable DW2004 =1F+12V-U5, =2F+12V-U5
D D
18 4 binary input module EM4-201-DX2 EL1030 =1F+20E-D2, =1F+30B-D2
=2F+20E-D2, =2F+30B-D2
19 2 double control lever system, 24V ED 95156 ED95156 =1F+20EP-A1, =1F+30BP-A1
20 1 Berg - ECR front panel FPBEDB01 =1F+20EP-E1
21 1 Berg - ECR screen print FPBEDL01
22 6 light bulb GN KF25KSGN EL2018
23 90 label BSQXU
24 24 telephone lamp X54.54.22.380 EL2010
E 25 4 E
selector switch 1-2 QXJWA EL2053 =1F+20EP-S2, =1F+30BP-S2
=2F+20EP-S2, =2F+30BP-S2
26 30 push button switching module with lamp ATL EL2050
27 4 button head GN T25FGN EL2025
28 6 resistor MRS25 470R, 0,6W 350V 946-8463 =1F+20E-R1, =1F+20E-R2
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 1 7
DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 2

A A
=1F+20E-R3, =2F+20E-R1
=2F+20E-R2, =2F+20E-R3
29 168 female contact 0,5 qmm silver plated 0915 000 6203 EL1805
30 6 PLC analog module EM4-101-AA2 EL1010 =1F+00C-D2, =1F+20E-D1
B =1F+30B-D1, =2F+00C-D2 B
=2F+20E-D1, =2F+30B-D1
31 22 plug SUCONET K S1-PS3 EL1048
32 2 mounting plate KL 1572700 EM1668
33 11 blind QX24 =1F+20EP-BV, =1F+20EP-BV
=1F+20EP-BV, =1F+20EP-BV
=1F+20EP-BV, =1F+30BP-BV
=1F+30BP-BV, =1F+31B-BV
=1F+31B-BV, =1F+31B-BV
C C
=1F+31B-BV
34 1 Berg - FWD screen print FPBFDL02
35 54 illumination lamp QXJN EL2058 =1F+20EP-H2, =1F+20EP-H3
=1F+20EP-H4, =1F+20EP-H5
=1F+20EP-H6, =1F+20EP-H7
=1F+20EP-H8, =1F+30BP-H2
=1F+30BP-H3, =1F+30BP-H4
=1F+30BP-H5, =1F+30BP-H6
D D
=1F+30BP-H7, =1F+30BP-H8
=1F+30BP-H9, =1F+30BP-H10
=1F+30BP-H11, =1F+31B-H2
=1F+31B-H3, =1F+31B-H4
=1F+31B-H5, =1F+31B-H6
=1F+31B-H7, =1F+31B-H8
=1F+31B-H9, =1F+31B-H10
=1F+31B-H11, =2F+20EP-H2
E E
=2F+20EP-H3, =2F+20EP-H4
=2F+20EP-H5, =2F+20EP-H6
=2F+20EP-H7, =2F+20EP-H8
=2F+30BP-H2, =2F+30BP-H3
=2F+30BP-H4, =2F+30BP-H5
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 2 7
DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 3

A A
=2F+30BP-H6, =2F+30BP-H7
=2F+30BP-H8, =2F+30BP-H9
=2F+30BP-H10, =2F+30BP-H11
=2F+31B-H2, =2F+31B-H3
B =2F+31B-H4, =2F+31B-H5 B
=2F+31B-H6, =2F+31B-H7
=2F+31B-H8, =2F+31B-H9
=2F+31B-H10, =2F+31B-H11
36 54 lamp holder T5,5K AL5 EL2012
37 2 bulkhead mounting 0930 010 0305 EL1845 =1F+30B-X2, =2F+30B-X2
38 168 male contact 0,5 qmm silver plated 0915 000 6103 EL1800
39 1 double control lever system, 24V ED 95157 ED95157 =1F+31B-A1
40 2 Berg - AFT front panel FPBFDB02 =1F+30BP-E1, =1F+31B-E1
C C
41 1 Berg - AFT screen print FPBADL02
42 24 light bulb WH KF25KSKL EL2020
43 2 illuminated pitch indicator, DLQ-pc DLQW72-pc-PY (El 1033) EI1033 =1F+31B-P1, =2F+31B-P1
44 6 illuminated speed indicator, DLQ-pc DLQW72-pc-PY (El 95018) EI95018 =1F+20EP-P2, =1F+30BP-P2
=1F+31B-P2, =2F+20EP-P2
=2F+30BP-P2, =2F+31B-P2
45 60 telephone lamp X54.54.22.331 EL2009
46 12 button head RD T25FRT EL2028
D D
47 2 operating panel with touchscreen XV-232-57BAS-1-10(0S/CF) =1F+00C-A1, =2F+00C-A1
48 2 cable PS4 ZB4-303-KB1 EM8650
49 2 memory card ZB4-901-SF2 EL1040
50 2 battery SAFT LS 14250CNA EL1038
51 2 switch cabinet WA 060620 RAL7032s (047) EM1780 =1F+00C-E1, =2F+00C-E1
52 6 fuse element 5x20 2A träge EM3022
53 2 automatic fuse 2-pole S (6A) FAZ-S6/2 EL1090 =1F+00C-F4, =2F+00C-F4
54 2 illumination lamp device red ZA2-BV04 EL2110 =1F+00C-H3, =2F+00C-H3
E 55 42 E
relay socket (screws) series 4X 95.05 EL2510
56 42 plug-in relay 44.52.9.024.0000 EL2505 =1F+00C-K3, =1F+00C-K4
=1F+00C-K5, =1F+00C-K6
=1F+00C-K7, =1F+00C-K8
=1F+00C-K9, =1F+00C-K10
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 3 7
< PAGE PAGE > NORM NO.
2 4 DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 4

A A
=1F+00C-K11, =1F+00C-K12
=1F+00C-K13, =1F+00C-K14
=1F+10V-K1, =1F+11V-K2
=1F+11V-K3, =1F+12V-K1
B =1F+12V-K2, =1F+20E-K1 B
=1F+20E-K2, =1F+20E-K3
=1F+20E-K4, =2F+00C-K3
=2F+00C-K4, =2F+00C-K5
=2F+00C-K6, =2F+00C-K7
=2F+00C-K8, =2F+00C-K9
=2F+00C-K10, =2F+00C-K11
=2F+00C-K12, =2F+00C-K13
=2F+00C-K14, =2F+10V-K1
C C
=2F+11V-K2, =2F+11V-K3
=2F+12V-K1, =2F+12V-K2
=2F+20E-K1, =2F+20E-K2
=2F+20E-K3, =2F+20E-K4
57 8 IVS mounting rail adapter M22-IVS EL2140
58 6 position switch 2 pos. ZA2-BD2 EL2115 =1F+00C-S1, =1F+00C-S2
=1F+10V-S1, =2F+00C-S1
=2F+00C-S2, =2F+10V-S1
D D
59 22 standard-signal isolator 24V (switching) B13000 F1 / Opt. 336 EL1095 =1F+00C-U2, =1F+00C-U3
=1F+00C-U4, =1F+00C-U5
=1F+12V-U2, =1F+20E-U1
=1F+20E-U2, =1F+20E-U3
=1F+20E-U4, =1F+20E-U5
=1F+20E-U6, =2F+00C-U2
=2F+00C-U3, =2F+00C-U4
=2F+00C-U5, =2F+12V-U2
E E
=2F+20E-U1, =2F+20E-U2
=2F+20E-U3, =2F+20E-U4
=2F+20E-U5, =2F+20E-U6
60 2 DC bridge rectifier with flat plug KBPC 3504F EL1130 =1F+00C-V1, =2F+00C-V1
61 12 PE-terminal (ZPE 2,5) 1608640000 EL2260 =1F+00C-X, =1F+00C-X1
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 4 7
DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 5

A A
=1F+20E-X1, =1F+30B-X1
=2F+00C-X, =2F+00C-X1
=2F+20E-X1, =2F+30B-X1
62 8 terminal ZDU 6 1608620000 EL2270 =1F+00C-X, =2F+00C-X
B
63 2 servo controller SG2000 EL1050 =1F+10V-A1, =2F+10V-A1 B
64 10 subminiature lamp Ba9s (10x28) 24V 2W X09.10.28.335 EM1810
65 2 auxiliary switch without mounting flange ZB2-BE101 EL2135
66 2 opto-electronic element W0S1 12-28VDC 100kHz EL1075 =1F+10V-U1, =2F+10V-U1
67 2 micro PLC 8 IN/4 relay 24V DC 6ED1052-1MD00-0BA5 EL1005 =1F+11V-A1, =2F+11V-A1
68 2 socket 94.04 EL2530
69 2 R/I converter SA 502-1G EL1065 =1F+11V-U1, =2F+11V-U1
70 2 Pitch Amplifier PC02 EK1140 =1F+12V-U1, =2F+12V-U1
71 4 limit switch RI51 EL1078 =1F+12V-U3, =1F+12V-U4
C C
=2F+12V-U3, =2F+12V-U4
72 8 local ext. unit 16 binary outputs LE4-116-XD1 EL1035 =1F+20E-D3, =1F+20E-D4
=1F+30B-D3, =1F+30B-D4
=2F+20E-D3, =2F+20E-D4
=2F+30B-D3, =2F+30B-D4
73 2 module mounting plate MR25-MMO63 EL1500 =1F+20E-E1, =2F+20E-E1
74 8 fuse terminal ZSI 2.5 EL2265 =1F+00C-F1, =1F+00C-F2
=1F+11V-F1, =1F+20E-F1
D D
=2F+00C-F1, =2F+00C-F2
=2F+11V-F1, =2F+20E-F1
75 2 fuse element 5x20 1A träge
76 6 potentiometer M22-R4K7 EL1510 =1F+11V-R1, =1F+20EP-R1
=1F+20EP-R2, =2F+11V-R1
=2F+20EP-R1, =2F+20EP-R2
77 6 digitaly joystick with return XDL-PA22 EB2005 =1F+20EP-S3, =1F+30BP-S3
=1F+31B-S2, =2F+20EP-S3
E E
=2F+30BP-S3, =2F+31B-S2
78 36 push button QXJT EL2055 =1F+20EP-S1, =1F+20EP-SH1
=1F+20EP-SH2, =1F+20EP-SH3
=1F+20EP-SH4, =1F+20EP-SH5
=1F+30BP-S1, =1F+30BP-SH1
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 5 7
< PAGE PAGE > NORM NO.
4 6 DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 6

A A
=1F+30BP-SH2, =1F+30BP-SH3
=1F+30BP-SH4, =1F+30BP-SH5
=1F+31B-S1, =1F+31B-SH1
=1F+31B-SH2, =1F+31B-SH3
B =1F+31B-SH4, =1F+31B-SH5 B
=2F+20EP-S1, =2F+20EP-SH1
=2F+20EP-SH2, =2F+20EP-SH3
=2F+20EP-SH4, =2F+20EP-SH5
=2F+30BP-S1, =2F+30BP-SH1
=2F+30BP-SH2, =2F+30BP-SH3
=2F+30BP-SH4, =2F+30BP-SH5
=2F+31B-S1, =2F+31B-SH1
=2F+31B-SH2, =2F+31B-SH3
C C
=2F+31B-SH4, =2F+31B-SH5
79 2 surface mounting, 2 side-entries 0930 010 1291 =1F+20E-X2, =2F+20E-X2
80 4 male housing frame high 42p., 1x Pg21 0930 010 0542 EL1825
81 4 male housing 42p. 0916 042 3001 EL1820
82 2 terminal box KL 1512510 EM1665 =1F+30B-E1, =2F+30B-E1
83 6 buzzer OKSG410 EL2035 =1F+20EP-H1, =1F+30BP-H1
=1F+31B-H1, =2F+20EP-H1
=2F+30BP-H1, =2F+31B-H1
D D
84 94 connection plug XA EL2033
85 4 illuminated pitch indicator, DLQ-pc DLQW72-pc-PY (El 1030) EI1030 =1F+20EP-P1, =1F+30BP-P1
=2F+20EP-P1, =2F+30BP-P1
86 4 Dimmer card PWM (dual) SAR011-2G EL1055 =1F+30BP-U1, =1F+31B-U1
=2F+30BP-U1, =2F+31B-U1
87 4 female housing 42p. 0916 042 3101 EL1815
88 6 buzzer frame FROKSW EL2038
89 16 light bulb RD KF25KSRT EL2023
E 90 8 E
light bulb YE KF25KSGB EL2015
91 10 push button switching module 2-pole AT2 EL2060
92 20 button head WH T25FKL EL2030
93 562 terminal ZDU 2.5 1608510000 EL2255 =1F+00C-X, =1F+00C-X1
=1F+00C-X2, =1F+00C-XG
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 6 7
DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PART LIST PAGE: 7

A A
=1F+00C-XM, =1F+10V-X
=1F+11V-X, =1F+12V-X
=1F+20E-X, =1F+20E-X1
=1F+20E-XN, =1F+30B-X
B =1F+30B-X1, =1F+30B-X4 B
=1F+30B-XN, =1F+31B-X
=1F+31B-XN, =2F+00C-X
=2F+00C-X1, =2F+00C-X2
=2F+00C-XG, =2F+00C-XM
=2F+10V-X, =2F+11V-X
=2F+12V-X, =2F+20E-X
=2F+20E-X1, =2F+20E-XN
=2F+30B-X, =2F+30B-X1
C C
=2F+30B-X4, =2F+30B-XN
=2F+31B-X, =2F+31B-XN
94 2 frequency recorder FA1J-4A-70 EI95181 =1F+ER -B1, =2F+ER -B1
95 10 ident sign-board, white, self-adhesive 15x45 =1F-J1, =1F-J2, =1F-J3
=1F-J4, =1F-J5, =2F-J1
=2F-J2, =2F-J3, =2F-J4
=2F-J5
96 6 ident sign-board, white, self-adhesive 30x105 =1F-J6, =1F-J7, =1F-J8
D D
=2F-J6, =2F-J7, =2F-J8
E E
PLANT
BERG
5351 - 5353 EN32073
T e l : + 46 31976500
F a x : + 46 31976538
=
F LOC. F
NAME APPROVED 7 7
DNV 073.079.50 061615/061617/061826 TYPE ERC 3000 P3-32073
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5.14
B. Shaft Speed Sensor

5.15
C. Sensor Arrangement
CPP Controls (ERC3000)
Part List MONITOR [001] - Berg Propulsion AB ANDY.JON / 04-02-19 11:47Sida: 1 av 1
PARTLIST
Art.No HD31843
Description PCU BCP SENSORS
Drawing No P3-31843
Pos Art.No Description Qty Type

1 EP1260 ANGLE TRANSMITTER 1.0 PCS
2 HD6110 ADAPTOR ANGLE TRANSMITTER 1.0 PCS
4 BP1010 PLAIN WASHER BRB 4.0 PCS
5 DR4051 DISTANCE SCREW 4.0 PCS
6 AK6900 SHAFT COUPLING 8-6mm 1.0 PCS
7 HD6106 CAM CURV 2.0 PCS
9 EB1020 MICRO SWITCH 14CE2-1 2.0 PCS
10 BF1015 SPRING WASHER 2.0 PCS
12 EI1022 CONNECTION BOX 1.0 PCS
Postal address Visiting address Phone Reg.no. Bankgiro

BERG PROPULSION AB +46-31 976500 SE556568305801 5254-2628
Box 1005 Långesand 1 Telefax VAT.no. Postgiro
S-430 90 ÖCKERÖ S-430 90 ÖCKERÖ +46-31 976538 SE556568305801 146961-8
SWEDEN Email: INFO@BERGPROPULSION.S WWW: WWW.BERGPROPULSION.SE Resid:
6 SUPERVISING SYSTEM
6.1 Propeller System Alarm

Drawings
1. Propeller System Alarm P3-32062
2. Alarm Setting List ASL32062

6.1 Propeller System
Alarm
Alarm Setting List
IDENT DESCRIPTION OF MONITOR OPERATES FUNCTION ALARM NORMAL SIGNAL RANGE

NO. WHEN LEVEL LEVEL TYPE REMARKS
High Low Alarm Auto Time

motor delay
start (secs)
Delay set in
SS01 Auto-start STANDBY pump X X 8 < 10 bar ON/OFF 5-40 bar starter unit by
BERG
Delay set in
SS03 Hydraulic system pressure X X 5 < 5 bar 50 bar ON/OFF 5-40 bar Alarm system
SS04 Hydraulic oil temperature X X >60° 40°C ON/OFF 50-100°C -
SS05 Hydraulic tank, Oil level X X < 70% 100% ON/OFF -
SS06 Gravity tank, BCP hub lubrication, oil level X X < 70% 100% ON/OFF -
SS07 Gravity tank, sterntube, Oil level X X < 70% 100% ON/OFF -
SS08 Aft Sterntube bearing temperature X X >70°C 50°C PT100 Fitted by Yard
SS18 Shaft Journal bearing temperature X X >70°C 50°C PT100

Delay set in
SS25 Hydraulic system pressure X X 5 >65 50 bar ON/OFF 10-100 bar Alarm system
SS34 Remote Control System failure X ON/OFF Can be linked in

series to give one
SS36 Remote Control Main Power failure X ON/OFF alarm.
SS37 Remote Control Backup power failure X ON/OFF

Water Saturation
SS38 Hub Lubrication system Fault X ON/OFF High or Flow low
Drawing Reference P4-32062 Sheet 1 of 1

7 SPARE PARTS
ORDERING OF SPARE PARTS

Spare parts lists are included with each drawing.
When ordering spare parts, reference should always be made to BERG order number.
You then specify the drawing number and the name and item number for the desired part.
For example: We hereby order, for order number 5362

Drawing no./Item No Description Qty
XXX XX XX X
The following lists of spares are included in the order:-
PROPELLER EQUIPMENT
Description Article No. Quantity
7-Spare Parts Berg Propulsion AB, Öckerö, Sweden

Tel:+46-31-97 65 00 Fax:+46-31-97 65 38 Page 1 of 1
8 SPECIAL TOOLS
The following lists of tools are included in the delivery:-
Description Article No. Quantity
Blade screw spanner VA1033 1
Mounting equipment for OMC Coupling VA90871 1
Spanner for Shaft Nut VA16567-4 1
8-Special Tools Berg Propulsion AB, Öckerö, Sweden

Tel:+46-31-97 65 00 Fax:+46-31-97 65 38 Page 1 of 1

5351a PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

5351a PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5351a PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main components described in the manual?

What are the main components described in the manual?

What type of propeller and shaft details are provided?

What type of propeller and shaft details are provided?

Operation & Service Manual

2 Propeller & Shaft

CPP SYSTEM 3 Accessories

5 Remote Control System

After Sales Support & Spares

www.bergpropulsion.com BERG PROPULSION.

PROPELLER AND HUB

Type BCP 760

Rated Power 2500 KW

Max Shaft Speed 184 RPM

TAIL SHAFT + INTERMEDIATE SHAFTS

Hollow Bore DIA. 72mm

Pump Type DENISON PV20E PTO PV29

Motor type VEM 3 ph 4 pole

Calculated Pressure 35 BAR

Working Pressure 45 BAR

1-Tech Spec Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 2

REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM

Supply Voltage 24VDC

Power Consumption Max. 120 Watts

1-Tech Spec Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 2 of 2

2 BCP AND HDX DESCRIPTION

2.1 PROPELLER AND SHAFTING ..........................................................................3

2.1.2 INSTALLATION OF BLADE .................................................................................. 3

2.1.3 INSTALLATION OF PROPELLER SHAFT ................................................................. 5

2.1.4 OIL FILLING OF HUB......................................................................................... 5

2.1.5 LOCKING OF SCREWS AND PLUGS BEFORE LAUNCHING ........................................ 6

2.1.6 CHECK OF CORRECT MOUNTING OF BLADE ......................................................... 6

2.2 HUB DESIGN.................................................................................................. 7

2.3 OIL PRESURE COUPLING TYPE OMC ..............................................................9

2.3.2 SCOPE OF SUPPLY ............................................................................................ 9

2.3.3 MOUNTING INSTRUCTION ................................................................................ 10

2.3.4 DISMOUNTING INSTRUCTION ........................................................................... 11

2.4 OIL PIPES ................................................................................................... 12

2.4.2 INSTALLING OD-BOX MALE COUPLING INTO PIPE ASSEMBLY ................................ 12

2.4.3 INSTALLING THE GEAR SHAFT PIPES ................................................................. 13

2.4.4 EXAMPLES OF DIFFERENT POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS .......................................... 14

2.5 OD BOX ....................................................................................................... 15

2.5.2 DESIGN OF THE OD-BOX ................................................................................. 16

2.5.3 PIPE CONECTIONS .......................................................................................... 20

2.5.4 INSTALLATION BY THE YARD ............................................................................ 21

2.5.5 INSTALLATION BY THE BERG REPRESENTATIVE .................................................. 22

Propeller BCP (Ngj 2005-07-21) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 1 of 27

2.6 LUBRICATION AND HYDRAULIC OIL............................................................ 23

2.6.3 OIL DRAINAGE OF HUB .................................................................................... 25

2.6.4 LOCKING OF PLUG .......................................................................................... 25

2.7 OIL CIRCULATION ....................................................................................... 26

2.8 APPENDIX ................................................................................................... 27

Propeller BCP (Ngj 2005-07-21) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 2 of 27

2.1 PROPELLER AND SHAFTING

2.1.1 TYPE OF DELIVERY

2.1.2 INSTALLATION OF BLADE

Refer to the exploded view overleaf.

Propeller BCP (Ngj 2005-07-21) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 3 of 27

Propeller BCP (Ngj 2005-07-21) Berg Propulsion, Öckerö, Sweden 4 of 27